User interfaces with a character having a visual state based on device activity state and an indication of time

ABSTRACT

The present disclosure generally describe user interfaces related to time. In accordance with embodiments, user interfaces for displaying and enabling an adjustment of a displayed time zone are described. In accordance with embodiments, user interfaces for initiating a measurement of time are described. In accordance with embodiments, user interfaces for enabling and displaying a user interface using a character are described. In accordance with embodiments, user interfaces for enabling and displaying a user interface that includes an indication of a current time are described. In accordance with embodiments, user interfaces for enabling configuration of a background for a user interface are described. In accordance with embodiments, user interfaces for enabling configuration of displayed applications on a user interface are described.

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application Ser.No. 63/023,194, filed May 11, 2020, entitled “USER INTERFACES RELATED TOTIME” and U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 63/078,314 filed Sep.14, 2020, entitled “USER INTERFACES RELATED TO TIME.” All of theseapplications are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety.

FIELD

The present disclosure relates generally to computer user interfaces,and more specifically to techniques for managing user interfaces relatedto time.

BACKGROUND

User interfaces can be displayed on an electronic device. A user of theelectronic device can interact with the electronic device via thedisplayed user interface. User interfaces can enable one or moreoperations to be performed on the electronic device.

BRIEF SUMMARY

Some techniques for managing user interfaces related to time usingelectronic devices, however, are generally cumbersome and inefficient.For example, some existing techniques use a complex and time-consuminguser interface, which may include multiple key presses or keystrokes.Existing techniques require more time than necessary, wasting user timeand device energy. This latter consideration is particularly importantin battery-operated devices.

Accordingly, the present technique provides devices with faster, moreefficient methods and interfaces for managing user interfaces related totime. Such methods and interfaces optionally complement or replace othermethods for managing user interfaces related to time. Such methods andinterfaces reduce the cognitive burden on a user and produce a moreefficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computingdevices, such methods and interfaces conserve power and increase thetime between battery charges.

In accordance with some embodiments, a method performed at a computersystem that is in communication with a display generation component andone or more input devices is described. The method comprises:displaying, via the display generation component, a watch userinterface, wherein displaying the watch user interface includesconcurrently displaying: a first analog dial and a first time indicatorthat indicates a current time in a first time zone on the first analogdial, and a second analog dial and a second time indicator thatindicates a current time in a second time zone on the second analogdial, wherein the second analog dial is displayed at a first orientationrelative to the first analog dial; after displaying the watch userinterface with the first analog dial and the second analog dial that isdisplayed at a first orientation relative to the first analog dial,receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request to change a timezone associated with the second analog dial; in response to receivingthe request to change the time zone associated with the second analogdial, changing the time zone associated with the second analog dial to athird time zone that is different from the first time zone; and whilethe second analog dial is associated with the third time zone,displaying, via the display generation component, the watch userinterface, wherein displaying the watch user interface includesconcurrently displaying: the first analog dial and the first timeindicator indicating a current time in the first time zone on the firstanalog dial, and the second analog dial and the second time indicatorindicating a current time in the third time zone on the second analogdial, wherein the second analog dial is displayed at a secondorientation relative to the first analog dial.

In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readablestorage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed byone or more processors of a computer system that is in communicationwith a display generation component and one or more input devices isdescribed. The one or more programs include instructions for:displaying, via the display generation component, a watch userinterface, wherein displaying the watch user interface includesconcurrently displaying: a first analog dial and a first time indicatorthat indicates a current time in a first time zone on the first analogdial, and a second analog dial and a second time indicator thatindicates a current time in a second time zone on the second analogdial, wherein the second analog dial is displayed at a first orientationrelative to the first analog dial; after displaying the watch userinterface with the first analog dial and the second analog dial that isdisplayed at a first orientation relative to the first analog dial,receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request to change a timezone associated with the second analog dial; in response to receivingthe request to change the time zone associated with the second analogdial, changing the time zone associated with the second analog dial to athird time zone that is different from the first time zone; and whilethe second analog dial is associated with the third time zone,displaying, via the display generation component, the watch userinterface, wherein displaying the watch user interface includesconcurrently displaying: the first analog dial and the first timeindicator indicating a current time in the first time zone on the firstanalog dial, and the second analog dial and the second time indicatorindicating a current time in the third time zone on the second analogdial, wherein the second analog dial is displayed at a secondorientation relative to the first analog dial.

In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readablestorage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed byone or more processors of a computer system that is in communicationwith a display generation component and one or more input devices isdescribed. The one or more programs include instructions for:displaying, via the display generation component, a watch userinterface, wherein displaying the watch user interface includesconcurrently displaying: a first analog dial and a first time indicatorthat indicates a current time in a first time zone on the first analogdial, and a second analog dial and a second time indicator thatindicates a current time in a second time zone on the second analogdial, wherein the second analog dial is displayed at a first orientationrelative to the first analog dial; after displaying the watch userinterface with the first analog dial and the second analog dial that isdisplayed at a first orientation relative to the first analog dial,receiving, via the one or more input devices, a request to change a timezone associated with the second analog dial; in response to receivingthe request to change the time zone associated with the second analogdial, changing the time zone associated with the second analog dial to athird time zone that is different from the first time zone; and whilethe second analog dial is associated with the third time zone,displaying, via the display generation component, the watch userinterface, wherein displaying the watch user interface includesconcurrently displaying: the first analog dial and the first timeindicator indicating a current time in the first time zone on the firstanalog dial, and the second analog dial and the second time indicatorindicating a current time in the third time zone on the second analogdial, wherein the second analog dial is displayed at a secondorientation relative to the first analog dial.

In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system comprising adisplay generation component, one or more input devices, one or moreprocessors, and memory storing one or more programs configured to beexecuted by the one or more processors is described. The one or moreprograms including instructions for: displaying, via the displaygeneration component, a watch user interface, wherein displaying thewatch user interface includes concurrently displaying: a first analogdial and a first time indicator that indicates a current time in a firsttime zone on the first analog dial, and a second analog dial and asecond time indicator that indicates a current time in a second timezone on the second analog dial, wherein the second analog dial isdisplayed at a first orientation relative to the first analog dial;after displaying the watch user interface with the first analog dial andthe second analog dial that is displayed at a first orientation relativeto the first analog dial, receiving, via the one or more input devices,a request to change a time zone associated with the second analog dial;in response to receiving the request to change the time zone associatedwith the second analog dial, changing the time zone associated with thesecond analog dial to a third time zone that is different from the firsttime zone; and while the second analog dial is associated with the thirdtime zone, displaying, via the display generation component, the watchuser interface, wherein displaying the watch user interface includesconcurrently displaying: the first analog dial and the first timeindicator indicating a current time in the first time zone on the firstanalog dial, and the second analog dial and the second time indicatorindicating a current time in the third time zone on the second analogdial, wherein the second analog dial is displayed at a secondorientation relative to the first analog dial.

In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system is described. Thecomputer system comprises: a display generation component; one or moreinput devices; and means for displaying, via the display generationcomponent, a watch user interface, wherein displaying the watch userinterface includes concurrently displaying: a first analog dial and afirst time indicator that indicates a current time in a first time zoneon the first analog dial, and a second analog dial and a second timeindicator that indicates a current time in a second time zone on thesecond analog dial, wherein the second analog dial is displayed at afirst orientation relative to the first analog dial; means for, afterdisplaying the watch user interface with the first analog dial and thesecond analog dial that is displayed at a first orientation relative tothe first analog dial, receiving, via the one or more input devices, arequest to change a time zone associated with the second analog dial;means for, in response to receiving the request to change the time zoneassociated with the second analog dial, changing the time zoneassociated with the second analog dial to a third time zone that isdifferent from the first time zone; and means for, while the secondanalog dial is associated with the third time zone, displaying, via thedisplay generation component, the watch user interface, whereindisplaying the watch user interface includes concurrently displaying:the first analog dial and the first time indicator indicating a currenttime in the first time zone on the first analog dial, and the secondanalog dial and the second time indicator indicating a current time inthe third time zone on the second analog dial, wherein the second analogdial is displayed at a second orientation relative to the first analogdial.

In accordance with some embodiments, a method performed at a computersystem that is in communication with a display generation component andone or more input devices is described. The method comprises:displaying, via the display generation component, a watch userinterface, the watch user interface including an analog clock face thatincludes a first clock hand and a graphical indicator, wherein thegraphical indicator is displayed at a first position relative to theanalog clock face; while displaying the watch user interface, detecting,via the one or more input devices, a first user input; in response todetecting the first user input, moving the graphical indicator to asecond position relative to the analog clock face such that thegraphical indicator is aligned with the first clock hand; and while thegraphical indicator is displayed at the second position relative to theanalog clock face, displaying a graphical indication of a time that haselapsed from a time when the first user input was detected to a currenttime.

In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readablestorage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed byone or more processors of a computer system that is in communicationwith a display generation component and one or more input devices isdescribed. The one or more programs include instructions for:displaying, via the display generation component, a watch userinterface, the watch user interface including an analog clock face thatincludes a first clock hand and a graphical indicator, wherein thegraphical indicator is displayed at a first position relative to theanalog clock face; while displaying the watch user interface, detecting,via the one or more input devices, a first user input; in response todetecting the first user input, moving the graphical indicator to asecond position relative to the analog clock face such that thegraphical indicator is aligned with the first clock hand; and while thegraphical indicator is displayed at the second position relative to theanalog clock face, displaying a graphical indication of a time that haselapsed from a time when the first user input was detected to a currenttime.

In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readablestorage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed byone or more processors of a computer system that is in communicationwith a display generation component and one or more input devices isdescribed. The one or more programs include instructions for:displaying, via the display generation component, a watch userinterface, the watch user interface including an analog clock face thatincludes a first clock hand and a graphical indicator, wherein thegraphical indicator is displayed at a first position relative to theanalog clock face; while displaying the watch user interface, detecting,via the one or more input devices, a first user input; in response todetecting the first user input, moving the graphical indicator to asecond position relative to the analog clock face such that thegraphical indicator is aligned with the first clock hand; and while thegraphical indicator is displayed at the second position relative to theanalog clock face, displaying a graphical indication of a time that haselapsed from a time when the first user input was detected to a currenttime.

In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system comprising adisplay generation component, one or more input devices, one or moreprocessors, and memory storing one or more programs configured to beexecuted by the one or more processors is described. The one or moreprograms including instructions for: displaying, via the displaygeneration component, a watch user interface, the watch user interfaceincluding an analog clock face that includes a first clock hand and agraphical indicator, wherein the graphical indicator is displayed at afirst position relative to the analog clock face; while displaying thewatch user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, afirst user input; in response to detecting the first user input, movingthe graphical indicator to a second position relative to the analogclock face such that the graphical indicator is aligned with the firstclock hand; and while the graphical indicator is displayed at the secondposition relative to the analog clock face, displaying a graphicalindication of a time that has elapsed from a time when the first userinput was detected to a current time.

In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system is described. Thecomputer system comprises: a display generation component; one or moreinput devices; means for displaying, via the display generationcomponent, a watch user interface, the watch user interface including ananalog clock face that includes a first clock hand and a graphicalindicator, wherein the graphical indicator is displayed at a firstposition relative to the analog clock face; means for, while displayingthe watch user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices,a first user input; means for, in response to detecting the first userinput, moving the graphical indicator to a second position relative tothe analog clock face such that the graphical indicator is aligned withthe first clock hand; and means for, while the graphical indicator isdisplayed at the second position relative to the analog clock face,displaying a graphical indication of a time that has elapsed from a timewhen the first user input was detected to a current time.

In accordance with some embodiments, a method performed at a computersystem that is in communication with a display generation component isdescribed. The method comprises: at a first time, displaying,concurrently in a user interface displayed via the display generationcomponent: an indication of time, and a graphical representation of afirst character, wherein displaying the graphical representation of thefirst character includes: in accordance with a determination that thecomputer system is in a first activity state, displaying the graphicalrepresentation of the first character in a first visual state thatcorresponds to the first activity state of the computer system; and inaccordance with a determination that the computer system is in a secondactivity state that is different from the first activity state,displaying the graphical representation of the first character in asecond visual state, different from the first visual state, thatcorresponds to the second activity state of the computer system; and ata second time, after the first time, displaying, concurrently in theuser interface: the indication of time, and a graphical representationof a second character, wherein displaying the graphical representationof the second character includes: in accordance with a determinationthat the computer system is in the first activity state, displaying thegraphical representation of the second character in the first visualstate that corresponds to the first activity state of the computersystem; and in accordance with a determination that the computer systemis in the second activity state that is different from the firstactivity state, displaying the graphical representation of the secondcharacter in the second visual state, different from the first visualstate, that corresponds to the second activity state of the computersystem.

In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readablestorage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed byone or more processors of a computer system that is in communicationwith a display generation component is described. The one or moreprograms include instructions for: at a first time, displaying,concurrently in a user interface displayed via the display generationcomponent: an indication of time, and a graphical representation of afirst character, wherein displaying the graphical representation of thefirst character includes: in accordance with a determination that thecomputer system is in a first activity state, displaying the graphicalrepresentation of the first character in a first visual state thatcorresponds to the first activity state of the computer system; and inaccordance with a determination that the computer system is in a secondactivity state that is different from the first activity state,displaying the graphical representation of the first character in asecond visual state, different from the first visual state, thatcorresponds to the second activity state of the computer system; and ata second time, after the first time, displaying, concurrently in theuser interface: the indication of time, and a graphical representationof a second character, wherein displaying the graphical representationof the second character includes: in accordance with a determinationthat the computer system is in the first activity state, displaying thegraphical representation of the second character in the first visualstate that corresponds to the first activity state of the computersystem; and in accordance with a determination that the computer systemis in the second activity state that is different from the firstactivity state, displaying the graphical representation of the secondcharacter in the second visual state, different from the first visualstate, that corresponds to the second activity state of the computersystem.

In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readablestorage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed byone or more processors of a computer system that is in communicationwith a display generation component is described. The one or moreprograms include instructions for: at a first time, displaying,concurrently in a user interface displayed via the display generationcomponent: an indication of time, and a graphical representation of afirst character, wherein displaying the graphical representation of thefirst character includes: in accordance with a determination that thecomputer system is in a first activity state, displaying the graphicalrepresentation of the first character in a first visual state thatcorresponds to the first activity state of the computer system; and inaccordance with a determination that the computer system is in a secondactivity state that is different from the first activity state,displaying the graphical representation of the first character in asecond visual state, different from the first visual state, thatcorresponds to the second activity state of the computer system; and ata second time, after the first time, displaying, concurrently in theuser interface: the indication of time, and a graphical representationof a second character, wherein displaying the graphical representationof the second character includes: in accordance with a determinationthat the computer system is in the first activity state, displaying thegraphical representation of the second character in the first visualstate that corresponds to the first activity state of the computersystem; and in accordance with a determination that the computer systemis in the second activity state that is different from the firstactivity state, displaying the graphical representation of the secondcharacter in the second visual state, different from the first visualstate, that corresponds to the second activity state of the computersystem.

In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system comprising adisplay generation component; one or more processors; and memory storingone or more programs configured to be executed by the one or moreprocessors is described. The one or more programs include instructionsfor: at a first time, displaying, concurrently in a user interfacedisplayed via the display generation component: an indication of time,and a graphical representation of a first character, wherein displayingthe graphical representation of the first character includes: inaccordance with a determination that the computer system is in a firstactivity state, displaying the graphical representation of the firstcharacter in a first visual state that corresponds to the first activitystate of the computer system; and in accordance with a determinationthat the computer system is in a second activity state that is differentfrom the first activity state, displaying the graphical representationof the first character in a second visual state, different from thefirst visual state, that corresponds to the second activity state of thecomputer system; and at a second time, after the first time, displaying,concurrently in the user interface: the indication of time, and agraphical representation of a second character, wherein displaying thegraphical representation of the second character includes: in accordancewith a determination that the computer system is in the first activitystate, displaying the graphical representation of the second characterin the first visual state that corresponds to the first activity stateof the computer system; and in accordance with a determination that thecomputer system is in the second activity state that is different fromthe first activity state, displaying the graphical representation of thesecond character in the second visual state, different from the firstvisual state, that corresponds to the second activity state of thecomputer system.

In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system is described. Thecomputer system comprises: a display generation component; means for, ata first time, displaying, concurrently in a user interface displayed viathe display generation component: an indication of time, and a graphicalrepresentation of a first character, wherein displaying the graphicalrepresentation of the first character includes: in accordance with adetermination that the computer system is in a first activity state,displaying the graphical representation of the first character in afirst visual state that corresponds to the first activity state of thecomputer system; and in accordance with a determination that thecomputer system is in a second activity state that is different from thefirst activity state, displaying the graphical representation of thefirst character in a second visual state, different from the firstvisual state, that corresponds to the second activity state of thecomputer system; and means for, at a second time, after the first time,displaying, concurrently in the user interface: the indication of time,and a graphical representation of a second character, wherein displayingthe graphical representation of the second character includes: inaccordance with a determination that the computer system is in the firstactivity state, displaying the graphical representation of the secondcharacter in the first visual state that corresponds to the firstactivity state of the computer system; and in accordance with adetermination that the computer system is in the second activity statethat is different from the first activity state, displaying thegraphical representation of the second character in the second visualstate, different from the first visual state, that corresponds to thesecond activity state of the computer system.

In accordance with some embodiments, a method performed at a computersystem that is in communication with a display generation component isdescribed. The method comprises: displaying, via the display generationcomponent, a time user interface that includes a representation of afirst face having a first facial feature and a second facial feature,wherein: the first facial feature of the first face indicates a currenttime, and the second facial feature of the first face has a first visualcharacteristic; while displaying the representation of the first face,detecting the satisfaction of a predetermined criteria for changing anappearance of the time user interface; and in response to detecting thesatisfaction of the predetermined criteria for changing an appearance ofthe time user interface, ceasing to display the representation of thefirst face and displaying a representation of a second face having afirst facial feature and a second facial feature, wherein: therepresentation of the second face is different from the representationof the first face, the first facial feature of the second face indicatesa current time, the second facial feature of the second face has asecond visual characteristic different from the first visualcharacteristic, and ceasing to display the representation of the firstface and displaying the representation of the second face includesdisplaying a gradual transition from the first face to the second facethat includes transitioning the second facial feature of the first facefrom having the first visual characteristic through a plurality ofintermediate states to a final state in which the second facial featureof the second face has the second visual characteristic.

In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readablestorage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed byone or more processors of a computer system that is in communicationwith a display generation component is described. The one or moreprograms include instructions for: displaying, via the displaygeneration component, a time user interface that includes arepresentation of a first face having a first facial feature and asecond facial feature, wherein: the first facial feature of the firstface indicates a current time, and the second facial feature of thefirst face has a first visual characteristic; while displaying therepresentation of the first face, detecting the satisfaction of apredetermined criteria for changing an appearance of the time userinterface; and in response to detecting the satisfaction of thepredetermined criteria for changing an appearance of the time userinterface, ceasing to display the representation of the first face anddisplaying a representation of a second face having a first facialfeature and a second facial feature, wherein: the representation of thesecond face is different from the representation of the first face, thefirst facial feature of the second face indicates a current time, thesecond facial feature of the second face has a second visualcharacteristic different from the first visual characteristic, andceasing to display the representation of the first face and displayingthe representation of the second face includes displaying a gradualtransition from the first face to the second face that includestransitioning the second facial feature of the first face from havingthe first visual characteristic through a plurality of intermediatestates to a final state in which the second facial feature of the secondface has the second visual characteristic.

In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readablestorage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed byone or more processors of a computer system that is in communicationwith a display generation component is described. The one or moreprograms include instructions for: displaying, via the displaygeneration component, a time user interface that includes arepresentation of a first face having a first facial feature and asecond facial feature, wherein: the first facial feature of the firstface indicates a current time, and the second facial feature of thefirst face has a first visual characteristic; while displaying therepresentation of the first face, detecting the satisfaction of apredetermined criteria for changing an appearance of the time userinterface; and in response to detecting the satisfaction of thepredetermined criteria for changing an appearance of the time userinterface, ceasing to display the representation of the first face anddisplaying a representation of a second face having a first facialfeature and a second facial feature, wherein: the representation of thesecond face is different from the representation of the first face, thefirst facial feature of the second face indicates a current time, thesecond facial feature of the second face has a second visualcharacteristic different from the first visual characteristic, andceasing to display the representation of the first face and displayingthe representation of the second face includes displaying a gradualtransition from the first face to the second face that includestransitioning the second facial feature of the first face from havingthe first visual characteristic through a plurality of intermediatestates to a final state in which the second facial feature of the secondface has the second visual characteristic.

In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system comprising adisplay generation component, one or more processors, and memory storingone or more programs configured to be executed by the one or moreprocessors is described. The one or more programs including instructionsfor: displaying, via the display generation component, a time userinterface that includes a representation of a first face having a firstfacial feature and a second facial feature, wherein: the first facialfeature of the first face indicates a current time, and the secondfacial feature of the first face has a first visual characteristic;while displaying the representation of the first face, detecting thesatisfaction of a predetermined criteria for changing an appearance ofthe time user interface; and in response to detecting the satisfactionof the predetermined criteria for changing an appearance of the timeuser interface, ceasing to display the representation of the first faceand displaying a representation of a second face having a first facialfeature and a second facial feature, wherein: the representation of thesecond face is different from the representation of the first face, thefirst facial feature of the second face indicates a current time, thesecond facial feature of the second face has a second visualcharacteristic different from the first visual characteristic, andceasing to display the representation of the first face and displayingthe representation of the second face includes displaying a gradualtransition from the first face to the second face that includestransitioning the second facial feature of the first face from havingthe first visual characteristic through a plurality of intermediatestates to a final state in which the second facial feature of the secondface has the second visual characteristic.

In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system is described. Thecomputer system comprises; a display generation component; means fordisplaying, via the display generation component, a time user interfacethat includes a representation of a first face having a first facialfeature and a second facial feature, wherein: the first facial featureof the first face indicates a current time, and the second facialfeature of the first face has a first visual characteristic; means for,while displaying the representation of the first face, detecting thesatisfaction of a predetermined criteria for changing an appearance ofthe time user interface; and means for, in response to detecting thesatisfaction of the predetermined criteria for changing an appearance ofthe time user interface, ceasing to display the representation of thefirst face and displaying a representation of a second face having afirst facial feature and a second facial feature, wherein: therepresentation of the second face is different from the representationof the first face, the first facial feature of the second face indicatesa current time, the second facial feature of the second face has asecond visual characteristic different from the first visualcharacteristic, and ceasing to display the representation of the firstface and displaying the representation of the second face includesdisplaying a gradual transition from the first face to the second facethat includes transitioning the second facial feature of the first facefrom having the first visual characteristic through a plurality ofintermediate states to a final state in which the second facial featureof the second face has the second visual characteristic.

In accordance with some embodiments, a method performed at a computersystem that is in communication with a display generation component andone or more input devices is described. The method comprises:displaying, via the display generation component, an editing userinterface for editing a background of a user interface, wherein: theuser interface includes content overlaid on the background, and theediting user interface includes a representation of the background ofthe user interface that includes a first number of stripes that isgreater than one; while displaying the editing user interface,detecting, via the one or more input devices, a first user input; inresponse to detecting the first user input: in accordance with adetermination that the first user input corresponds to a first type ofinput, displaying, in the user interface, a representation of an updatedbackground with a second number of stripes that is greater than thefirst number of stripes; and in accordance with a determination that thefirst user input corresponds to a second type of input different fromthe first type of input, displaying, in the user interface, therepresentation of the updated background with a third number of stripesthat is less than the first number of stripes; detecting, via the one ormore input devices, a second user input; and in response to detectingthe second user input, displaying, via the display generation component,the user interface with the updated background.

In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readablestorage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed byone or more processors of a computer system that is in communicationwith a display generation component and one or more input devices isdescribed. The one or more programs include instructions for:displaying, via the display generation component, an editing userinterface for editing a background of a user interface, wherein: theuser interface includes content overlaid on the background, and theediting user interface includes a representation of the background ofthe user interface that includes a first number of stripes that isgreater than one; while displaying the editing user interface,detecting, via the one or more input devices, a first user input; inresponse to detecting the first user input: in accordance with adetermination that the first user input corresponds to a first type ofinput, displaying, in the user interface, a representation of an updatedbackground with a second number of stripes that is greater than thefirst number of stripes; and in accordance with a determination that thefirst user input corresponds to a second type of input different fromthe first type of input, displaying, in the user interface, therepresentation of the updated background with a third number of stripesthat is less than the first number of stripes; detecting, via the one ormore input devices, a second user input; and in response to detectingthe second user input, displaying, via the display generation component,the user interface with the updated background.

In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readablestorage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed byone or more processors of a computer system that is in communicationwith a display generation component and one or more input devices isdescribed. The one or more programs include instructions for:displaying, via the display generation component, an editing userinterface for editing a background of a user interface, wherein: theuser interface includes content overlaid on the background, and theediting user interface includes a representation of the background ofthe user interface that includes a first number of stripes that isgreater than one; while displaying the editing user interface,detecting, via the one or more input devices, a first user input; inresponse to detecting the first user input: in accordance with adetermination that the first user input corresponds to a first type ofinput, displaying, in the user interface, a representation of an updatedbackground with a second number of stripes that is greater than thefirst number of stripes; and in accordance with a determination that thefirst user input corresponds to a second type of input different fromthe first type of input, displaying, in the user interface, therepresentation of the updated background with a third number of stripesthat is less than the first number of stripes; detecting, via the one ormore input devices, a second user input; and in response to detectingthe second user input, displaying, via the display generation component,the user interface with the updated background.

In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system comprising adisplay generation component, one or more input devices, one or moreprocessors, and memory storing one or more programs configured to beexecuted by the one or more processors is described. The one or moreprograms include instructions for: displaying, via the displaygeneration component, an editing user interface for editing a backgroundof a user interface, wherein: the user interface includes contentoverlaid on the background, and the editing user interface includes arepresentation of the background of the user interface that includes afirst number of stripes that is greater than one; while displaying theediting user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, afirst user input; in response to detecting the first user input: inaccordance with a determination that the first user input corresponds toa first type of input, displaying, in the user interface, arepresentation of an updated background with a second number of stripesthat is greater than the first number of stripes; and in accordance witha determination that the first user input corresponds to a second typeof input different from the first type of input, displaying, in the userinterface, the representation of the updated background with a thirdnumber of stripes that is less than the first number of stripes;detecting, via the one or more input devices, a second user input; andin response to detecting the second user input, displaying, via thedisplay generation component, the user interface with the updatedbackground.

In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system is described. Thecomputer system comprises: a display generation component; one or moreinput devices; means for displaying, via the display generationcomponent, an editing user interface for editing a background of a userinterface, wherein: the user interface includes content overlaid on thebackground, and the editing user interface includes a representation ofthe background of the user interface that includes a first number ofstripes that is greater than one; means for, while displaying theediting user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, afirst user input; means for, in response to detecting the first userinput: in accordance with a determination that the first user inputcorresponds to a first type of input, displaying, in the user interface,a representation of an updated background with a second number ofstripes that is greater than the first number of stripes; and inaccordance with a determination that the first user input corresponds toa second type of input different from the first type of input,displaying, in the user interface, the representation of the updatedbackground with a third number of stripes that is less than the firstnumber of stripes; means for detecting, via the one or more inputdevices, a second user input; and means for, in response to detectingthe second user input, displaying, via the display generation component,the user interface with the updated background.

In accordance with some embodiments, a method performed at a computersystem that is in communication with a display generation component andone or more input devices is described. The method comprises:displaying, via the display generation component, a watch face editinguser interface, wherein the watch face editing user interface includes arepresentation of a layout of a watch user interface including a timeregion for displaying a current time and one or more complicationregions for displaying complications on the watch user interface; whiledisplaying the watch face editing user interface, detecting, via the oneor more input devices, a first input directed to a complication regionof the one or more complication regions; and in response to detectingthe first input directed to the complication region of the one or morecomplication regions, displaying a complication selection userinterface, wherein displaying the complication selection user interfaceincludes concurrently displaying: an indication of a first application,a first complication preview corresponding to a first complication thatis configured to display, on the watch user interface, a first set ofinformation obtained from the first application, wherein the firstcomplication preview includes a graphical representation of the firstcomplication displaying the first set of information, and a secondcomplication preview corresponding to a second complication that isconfigured to display, on the watch user interface, a second set ofinformation, different from the first set of information, obtained fromthe first application, wherein the second complication preview includesa graphical representation of the second complication displaying thesecond set of information; while displaying the complication selectionuser interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a secondinput directed to selecting a respective complication preview; and inresponse to detecting the second input directed to selecting therespective complication preview, displaying, via the display generationcomponent, a representation of the watch user interface with arepresentation of a selected complication corresponding to therespective complication preview displayed at the first complicationregion of the watch user interface, wherein: in accordance with adetermination that the respective complication preview is the firstcomplication preview, the first complication is displayed in the firstcomplication region of the watch user interface; and in accordance witha determination that the respective complication preview is the secondcomplication preview, the second complication is displayed in the firstcomplication region of the watch user interface.

In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readablestorage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed byone or more processors of a computer system that is in communicationwith a display generation component and one or more input devices isdescribed. The one or more programs include instructions for:displaying, via the display generation component, a watch face editinguser interface, wherein the watch face editing user interface includes arepresentation of a layout of a watch user interface including a timeregion for displaying a current time and one or more complicationregions for displaying complications on the watch user interface; whiledisplaying the watch face editing user interface, detecting, via the oneor more input devices, a first input directed to a complication regionof the one or more complication regions; and in response to detectingthe first input directed to the complication region of the one or morecomplication regions, displaying a complication selection userinterface, wherein displaying the complication selection user interfaceincludes concurrently displaying: an indication of a first application,a first complication preview corresponding to a first complication thatis configured to display, on the watch user interface, a first set ofinformation obtained from the first application, wherein the firstcomplication preview includes a graphical representation of the firstcomplication displaying the first set of information, and a secondcomplication preview corresponding to a second complication that isconfigured to display, on the watch user interface, a second set ofinformation, different from the first set of information, obtained fromthe first application, wherein the second complication preview includesa graphical representation of the second complication displaying thesecond set of information; while displaying the complication selectionuser interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a secondinput directed to selecting a respective complication preview; and inresponse to detecting the second input directed to selecting therespective complication preview, displaying, via the display generationcomponent, a representation of the watch user interface with arepresentation of a selected complication corresponding to therespective complication preview displayed at the first complicationregion of the watch user interface, wherein: in accordance with adetermination that the respective complication preview is the firstcomplication preview, the first complication is displayed in the firstcomplication region of the watch user interface; and in accordance witha determination that the respective complication preview is the secondcomplication preview, the second complication is displayed in the firstcomplication region of the watch user interface.

In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readablestorage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed byone or more processors of a computer system that is in communicationwith a display generation component and one or more input devices isdescribed. The one or more programs include instructions for:displaying, via the display generation component, a watch face editinguser interface, wherein the watch face editing user interface includes arepresentation of a layout of a watch user interface including a timeregion for displaying a current time and one or more complicationregions for displaying complications on the watch user interface; whiledisplaying the watch face editing user interface, detecting, via the oneor more input devices, a first input directed to a complication regionof the one or more complication regions; and in response to detectingthe first input directed to the complication region of the one or morecomplication regions, displaying a complication selection userinterface, wherein displaying the complication selection user interfaceincludes concurrently displaying: an indication of a first application,a first complication preview corresponding to a first complication thatis configured to display, on the watch user interface, a first set ofinformation obtained from the first application, wherein the firstcomplication preview includes a graphical representation of the firstcomplication displaying the first set of information, and a secondcomplication preview corresponding to a second complication that isconfigured to display, on the watch user interface, a second set ofinformation, different from the first set of information, obtained fromthe first application, wherein the second complication preview includesa graphical representation of the second complication displaying thesecond set of information; while displaying the complication selectionuser interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a secondinput directed to selecting a respective complication preview; and inresponse to detecting the second input directed to selecting therespective complication preview, displaying, via the display generationcomponent, a representation of the watch user interface with arepresentation of a selected complication corresponding to therespective complication preview displayed at the first complicationregion of the watch user interface, wherein: in accordance with adetermination that the respective complication preview is the firstcomplication preview, the first complication is displayed in the firstcomplication region of the watch user interface; and in accordance witha determination that the respective complication preview is the secondcomplication preview, the second complication is displayed in the firstcomplication region of the watch user interface.

In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system comprising adisplay generation component, one or more input devices, one or moreprocessors, and memory storing one or more programs configured to beexecuted by the one or more processors is described. The one or moreprograms include instructions for: displaying, via the displaygeneration component, a watch face editing user interface, wherein thewatch face editing user interface includes a representation of a layoutof a watch user interface including a time region for displaying acurrent time and one or more complication regions for displayingcomplications on the watch user interface; while displaying the watchface editing user interface, detecting, via the one or more inputdevices, a first input directed to a complication region of the one ormore complication regions; and in response to detecting the first inputdirected to the complication region of the one or more complicationregions, displaying a complication selection user interface, whereindisplaying the complication selection user interface includesconcurrently displaying: an indication of a first application, a firstcomplication preview corresponding to a first complication that isconfigured to display, on the watch user interface, a first set ofinformation obtained from the first application, wherein the firstcomplication preview includes a graphical representation of the firstcomplication displaying the first set of information, and a secondcomplication preview corresponding to a second complication that isconfigured to display, on the watch user interface, a second set ofinformation, different from the first set of information, obtained fromthe first application, wherein the second complication preview includesa graphical representation of the second complication displaying thesecond set of information; while displaying the complication selectionuser interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a secondinput directed to selecting a respective complication preview; and inresponse to detecting the second input directed to selecting therespective complication preview, displaying, via the display generationcomponent, a representation of the watch user interface with arepresentation of a selected complication corresponding to therespective complication preview displayed at the first complicationregion of the watch user interface, wherein: in accordance with adetermination that the respective complication preview is the firstcomplication preview, the first complication is displayed in the firstcomplication region of the watch user interface; and in accordance witha determination that the respective complication preview is the secondcomplication preview, the second complication is displayed in the firstcomplication region of the watch user interface.

In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system is described. Thecomputer system comprises: a display generation component; one or moreinput devices; means for displaying, via the display generationcomponent, a watch face editing user interface, wherein the watch faceediting user interface includes a representation of a layout of a watchuser interface including a time region for displaying a current time andone or more complication regions for displaying complications on thewatch user interface; means for, while displaying the watch face editinguser interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a firstinput directed to a complication region of the one or more complicationregions; and means for, in response to detecting the first inputdirected to the complication region of the one or more complicationregions, displaying a complication selection user interface, whereindisplaying the complication selection user interface includesconcurrently displaying: an indication of a first application, a firstcomplication preview corresponding to a first complication that isconfigured to display, on the watch user interface, a first set ofinformation obtained from the first application, wherein the firstcomplication preview includes a graphical representation of the firstcomplication displaying the first set of information, and a secondcomplication preview corresponding to a second complication that isconfigured to display, on the watch user interface, a second set ofinformation, different from the first set of information, obtained fromthe first application, wherein the second complication preview includesa graphical representation of the second complication displaying thesecond set of information; means for, while displaying the complicationselection user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices,a second input directed to selecting a respective complication preview;and means for, in response to detecting the second input directed toselecting the respective complication preview, displaying, via thedisplay generation component, a representation of the watch userinterface with a representation of a selected complication correspondingto the respective complication preview displayed at the firstcomplication region of the watch user interface, wherein: in accordancewith a determination that the respective complication preview is thefirst complication preview, the first complication is displayed in thefirst complication region of the watch user interface; and in accordancewith a determination that the respective complication preview is thesecond complication preview, the second complication is displayed in thefirst complication region of the watch user interface.

In accordance with some embodiments, a method performed at a computersystem that is in communication with a display generation component isdescribed. The method comprises: displaying, via the display generationcomponent, a representation of a watch face user interface that isassociated with one or more graphical representations of respectivecharacters; while displaying the representation of the watch face userinterface, detecting an input corresponding to a request to share thewatch face user interface with an external device; in response todetecting the input, initiating a process for sharing the watch faceuser interface with the external device, wherein: in accordance with adetermination that the watch face user interface is associated with lessthan a threshold number of graphical representations of respectivecharacters, the process for sharing the watch face user interface withthe external device includes sharing one or more characteristics of thewatch face user interface including transmitting a representation of oneor more of the one or more graphical representations of respectivecharacters associated with the watch face user interface; and inaccordance with a determination that the watch face user interface isassociated with greater than or equal to the threshold number ofgraphical representations of respective characters, the process forsharing the watch face user interface with the external device includessharing one or more characteristics of the watch face user interfacewithout transmitting a representation of the one or more graphicalrepresentations of respective characters associated with the watch userinterface.

In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readablestorage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed byone or more processors of a computer system that is in communicationwith a display generation component is described. The one or moreprograms include instructions for: displaying, via the displaygeneration component, a representation of a watch face user interfacethat is associated with one or more graphical representations ofrespective characters; while displaying the representation of the watchface user interface, detecting an input corresponding to a request toshare the watch face user interface with an external device; in responseto detecting the input, initiating a process for sharing the watch faceuser interface with the external device, wherein: in accordance with adetermination that the watch face user interface is associated with lessthan a threshold number of graphical representations of respectivecharacters, the process for sharing the watch face user interface withthe external device includes sharing one or more characteristics of thewatch face user interface including transmitting a representation of oneor more of the one or more graphical representations of respectivecharacters associated with the watch face user interface; and inaccordance with a determination that the watch face user interface isassociated with greater than or equal to the threshold number ofgraphical representations of respective characters, the process forsharing the watch face user interface with the external device includessharing one or more characteristics of the watch face user interfacewithout transmitting a representation of the one or more graphicalrepresentations of respective characters associated with the watch userinterface.

In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readablestorage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed byone or more processors of a computer system that is in communicationwith a display generation component is described. The one or moreprograms include instructions for: displaying, via the displaygeneration component, a representation of a watch face user interfacethat is associated with one or more graphical representations ofrespective characters; while displaying the representation of the watchface user interface, detecting an input corresponding to a request toshare the watch face user interface with an external device; in responseto detecting the input, initiating a process for sharing the watch faceuser interface with the external device, wherein: in accordance with adetermination that the watch face user interface is associated with lessthan a threshold number of graphical representations of respectivecharacters, the process for sharing the watch face user interface withthe external device includes sharing one or more characteristics of thewatch face user interface including transmitting a representation of oneor more of the one or more graphical representations of respectivecharacters associated with the watch face user interface; and inaccordance with a determination that the watch face user interface isassociated with greater than or equal to the threshold number ofgraphical representations of respective characters, the process forsharing the watch face user interface with the external device includessharing one or more characteristics of the watch face user interfacewithout transmitting a representation of the one or more graphicalrepresentations of respective characters associated with the watch userinterface.

In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system comprising adisplay generation component, one or more processors, and memory storingone or more programs configured to be executed by the one or moreprocessors is described. The one or more programs include instructionsfor: displaying, via the display generation component, a representationof a watch face user interface that is associated with one or moregraphical representations of respective characters; while displaying therepresentation of the watch face user interface, detecting an inputcorresponding to a request to share the watch face user interface withan external device; in response to detecting the input, initiating aprocess for sharing the watch face user interface with the externaldevice, wherein: in accordance with a determination that the watch faceuser interface is associated with less than a threshold number ofgraphical representations of respective characters, the process forsharing the watch face user interface with the external device includessharing one or more characteristics of the watch face user interfaceincluding transmitting a representation of one or more of the one ormore graphical representations of respective characters associated withthe watch face user interface; and in accordance with a determinationthat the watch face user interface is associated with greater than orequal to the threshold number of graphical representations of respectivecharacters, the process for sharing the watch face user interface withthe external device includes sharing one or more characteristics of thewatch face user interface without transmitting a representation of theone or more graphical representations of respective charactersassociated with the watch user interface.

In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system is described. Thecomputer system comprises: a display generation component; means fordisplaying, via the display generation component, a representation of awatch face user interface that is associated with one or more graphicalrepresentations of respective characters; means, while displaying therepresentation of the watch face user interface, for detecting an inputcorresponding to a request to share the watch face user interface withan external device; in response to detecting the input, means forinitiating a process for sharing the watch face user interface with theexternal device, wherein: in accordance with a determination that thewatch face user interface is associated with less than a thresholdnumber of graphical representations of respective characters, theprocess for sharing the watch face user interface with the externaldevice includes sharing one or more characteristics of the watch faceuser interface including transmitting a representation of one or more ofthe one or more graphical representations of respective charactersassociated with the watch face user interface; and in accordance with adetermination that the watch face user interface is associated withgreater than or equal to the threshold number of graphicalrepresentations of respective characters, the process for sharing thewatch face user interface with the external device includes sharing oneor more characteristics of the watch face user interface withouttransmitting a representation of the one or more graphicalrepresentations of respective characters associated with the watch userinterface.

Executable instructions for performing these functions are, optionally,included in a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium or othercomputer program product configured for execution by one or moreprocessors. Executable instructions for performing these functions are,optionally, included in a transitory computer-readable storage medium orother computer program product configured for execution by one or moreprocessors.

Thus, devices are provided with faster, more efficient methods andinterfaces for managing user interfaces related to time, therebyincreasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction withsuch computer systems (e.g., electronic devices). Such methods andinterfaces may complement or replace other methods for managing userinterfaces related to time.

DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES

For a better understanding of the various described embodiments,reference should be made to the Description of Embodiments below, inconjunction with the following drawings in which like reference numeralsrefer to corresponding parts throughout the figures.

FIG. 1A is a block diagram illustrating a portable multifunction devicewith a touch-sensitive display in accordance with some embodiments.

FIG. 1B is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for eventhandling in accordance with some embodiments.

FIG. 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device having a touch screenin accordance with some embodiments.

FIG. 3 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with adisplay and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with someembodiments.

FIG. 4A illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu ofapplications on a portable multifunction device in accordance with someembodiments.

FIG. 4B illustrates an exemplary user interface for a multifunctiondevice with a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the displayin accordance with some embodiments.

FIG. 5A illustrates a personal electronic device in accordance with someembodiments.

FIG. 5B is a block diagram illustrating a personal electronic device inaccordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 6A-6H illustrate exemplary user interfaces for displaying andenabling an adjustment of a displayed time zone, in accordance with someembodiments.

FIGS. 7A-7C are a flow diagram illustrating methods of displaying andenabling an adjustment of a displayed time zone, in accordance with someembodiments.

FIGS. 8A-8M illustrate exemplary user interfaces for initiating ameasurement of time, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 9A-9B are a flow diagram illustrating methods of initiating ameasurement of time, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 10A-10AC illustrate exemplary user interfaces for enabling anddisplaying a user interface using a character, in accordance with someembodiments.

FIGS. 11A-11H are a flow diagram illustrating methods of enabling anddisplaying a user interface using a character, in accordance with someembodiments.

FIGS. 12A-12G illustrate exemplary user interfaces for enabling anddisplaying an indication of a current time, in accordance with someembodiments.

FIGS. 13A-13C are a flow diagram illustrating methods of enabling anddisplaying an indication of a current time, in accordance with someembodiments.

FIGS. 14A-14AD illustrate exemplary user interfaces for enablingconfiguration of a background for a user interface, in accordance withsome embodiments.

FIGS. 15A-15F are a flow diagram illustrating methods of enablingconfiguration of a background for a user interface, in accordance withsome embodiments.

FIGS. 16A-16AE illustrate exemplary user interfaces for enablingconfiguration of a user interface, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 17A-17D are a flow diagram illustrating methods of enablingconfiguration of a user interface, in accordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 18A-18J illustrate exemplary user interfaces for sharing aconfiguration of a user interface with an external device, in accordancewith some embodiments.

FIGS. 19A-19C are a flow diagram illustrating methods for sharing aconfiguration of a user interface with an external device, in accordancewith some embodiments.

DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENTS

The following description sets forth exemplary methods, parameters, andthe like. It should be recognized, however, that such description is notintended as a limitation on the scope of the present disclosure but isinstead provided as a description of exemplary embodiments.

There is a need for electronic devices that provide efficient methodsand interfaces for managing user interfaces related to time. Forexample, there is a need for devices that enable an intuitive andefficient method for adjusting and displaying a time zone. For anotherexample, there is a need for devices that enable an intuitive andefficient method for initiating and providing a measurement of time. Foranother example, there is a need for devices that provide an indicationof a current time in a compelling manner. For another example, there isa need for devices that enable adjustments and modifications to abackground and/or applications of a user interface in an intuitive andefficient manner. Such techniques can reduce the cognitive burden on auser who accesses user interfaces related to time on a device, therebyenhancing productivity. Further, such techniques can reduce processorand battery power otherwise wasted on redundant user inputs.

Below, FIGS. 1A-1B, 2, 3, 4A-4B, and 5A-5B provide a description ofexemplary devices for performing the techniques for managing eventnotifications. FIGS. 6A-6H illustrate exemplary user interfaces fordisplaying and enabling an adjustment of a displayed time zone, inaccordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 7A-7C are a flow diagramillustrating methods of displaying and enabling an adjustment of adisplayed time zone, in accordance with some embodiments. The userinterfaces in FIGS. 6A-6H are used to illustrate the processes describedbelow, including the processes in FIGS. 7A-7C. FIGS. 8A-8M illustrateexemplary user interfaces for initiating a measurement of time, inaccordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 9A-9B are a flow diagramillustrating methods of initiating a measurement of time, in accordancewith some embodiments. The user interfaces in FIGS. 8A-8M are used toillustrate the processes described below, including the processes inFIGS. 9A-9B. FIGS. 10A-10AC illustrate exemplary user interfaces forenabling and displaying a user interface using a character, inaccordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 11A-11H are a flow diagramillustrating methods of enabling and displaying a user interface using acharacter, in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces inFIGS. 10A-10AC are used to illustrate the processes described below,including the processes in FIGS. 11A-11H. FIGS. 12A-12G illustrateexemplary user interfaces for enabling and displaying an indication of acurrent time, in accordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 13A-13C are aflow diagram illustrating methods of enabling and displaying anindication of a current time, in accordance with some embodiments. Theuser interfaces in FIGS. 12A-12G are used to illustrate the processesdescribed below, including the processes in FIGS. 13A-13C. FIGS.14A-14AD illustrate exemplary user interfaces for enabling configurationof a background for a user interface, in accordance with someembodiments. FIGS. 15A-15F are a flow diagram illustrating methods ofenabling configuration of a background for a user interface, inaccordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in FIGS. 14A-14ADare used to illustrate the processes described below, including theprocesses in FIGS. 15A-15F. FIGS. 16A-16AE illustrate exemplary userinterfaces for enabling configuration of a user interface, in accordancewith some embodiments. FIGS. 17A-17D are a flow diagram illustratingmethods of enabling configuration of a user interface, in accordancewith some embodiments. The user interfaces in FIGS. 16A-16AE are used toillustrate the processes described below, including the processes inFIGS. 17A-17D. FIGS. 18A-18J illustrate exemplary user interfaces forsharing a configuration of a user interface with an external device, inaccordance with some embodiments. FIGS. 19A-19C are a flow diagramillustrating methods for sharing a configuration of a user interfacewith an external device, in accordance with some embodiments. The userinterfaces in FIGS. 18A-18J are used to illustrate the processesdescribed below, including the processes in FIGS. 19A-19C.

Although the following description uses terms “first,” “second,” etc. todescribe various elements, these elements should not be limited by theterms. These terms are only used to distinguish one element fromanother. For example, a first touch could be termed a second touch, and,similarly, a second touch could be termed a first touch, withoutdeparting from the scope of the various described embodiments. The firsttouch and the second touch are both touches, but they are not the sametouch.

The terminology used in the description of the various describedembodiments herein is for the purpose of describing particularembodiments only and is not intended to be limiting. As used in thedescription of the various described embodiments and the appendedclaims, the singular forms “a,” “an,” and “the” are intended to includethe plural forms as well, unless the context clearly indicatesotherwise. It will also be understood that the term “and/or” as usedherein refers to and encompasses any and all possible combinations ofone or more of the associated listed items. It will be furtherunderstood that the terms “includes,” “including,” “comprises,” and/or“comprising,” when used in this specification, specify the presence ofstated features, integers, steps, operations, elements, and/orcomponents, but do not preclude the presence or addition of one or moreother features, integers, steps, operations, elements, components,and/or groups thereof.

The term “if” is, optionally, construed to mean “when” or “upon” or “inresponse to determining” or “in response to detecting,” depending on thecontext. Similarly, the phrase “if it is determined” or “if [a statedcondition or event] is detected” is, optionally, construed to mean “upondetermining” or “in response to determining” or “upon detecting [thestated condition or event]” or “in response to detecting [the statedcondition or event],” depending on the context.

Embodiments of electronic devices, user interfaces for such devices, andassociated processes for using such devices are described. In someembodiments, the device is a portable communications device, such as amobile telephone, that also contains other functions, such as PDA and/ormusic player functions. Exemplary embodiments of portable multifunctiondevices include, without limitation, the iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad®devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif. Other portable electronicdevices, such as laptops or tablet computers with touch-sensitivesurfaces (e.g., touch screen displays and/or touchpads), are,optionally, used. It should also be understood that, in someembodiments, the device is not a portable communications device, but isa desktop computer with a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch screendisplay and/or a touchpad). In some embodiments, the electronic deviceis a computer system that is in communication (e.g., via wirelesscommunication, via wired communication) with a display generationcomponent. The display generation component is configured to providevisual output, such as display via a CRT display, display via an LEDdisplay, or display via image projection. In some embodiments, thedisplay generation component is integrated with the computer system. Insome embodiments, the display generation component is separate from thecomputer system. As used herein, “displaying” content includes causingto display the content (e.g., video data rendered or decoded by displaycontroller 156) by transmitting, via a wired or wireless connection,data (e.g., image data or video data) to an integrated or externaldisplay generation component to visually produce the content.

In the discussion that follows, an electronic device that includes adisplay and a touch-sensitive surface is described. It should beunderstood, however, that the electronic device optionally includes oneor more other physical user-interface devices, such as a physicalkeyboard, a mouse, and/or a joystick.

The device typically supports a variety of applications, such as one ormore of the following: a drawing application, a presentationapplication, a word processing application, a website creationapplication, a disk authoring application, a spreadsheet application, agaming application, a telephone application, a video conferencingapplication, an e-mail application, an instant messaging application, aworkout support application, a photo management application, a digitalcamera application, a digital video camera application, a web browsingapplication, a digital music player application, and/or a digital videoplayer application.

The various applications that are executed on the device optionally useat least one common physical user-interface device, such as thetouch-sensitive surface. One or more functions of the touch-sensitivesurface as well as corresponding information displayed on the deviceare, optionally, adjusted and/or varied from one application to the nextand/or within a respective application. In this way, a common physicalarchitecture (such as the touch-sensitive surface) of the deviceoptionally supports the variety of applications with user interfacesthat are intuitive and transparent to the user.

Attention is now directed toward embodiments of portable devices withtouch-sensitive displays. FIG. 1A is a block diagram illustratingportable multifunction device 100 with touch-sensitive display system112 in accordance with some embodiments. Touch-sensitive display 112 issometimes called a “touch screen” for convenience and is sometimes knownas or called a “touch-sensitive display system.” Device 100 includesmemory 102 (which optionally includes one or more computer-readablestorage mediums), memory controller 122, one or more processing units(CPUs) 120, peripherals interface 118, RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry110, speaker 111, microphone 113, input/output (I/O) subsystem 106,other input control devices 116, and external port 124. Device 100optionally includes one or more optical sensors 164. Device 100optionally includes one or more contact intensity sensors 165 fordetecting intensity of contacts on device 100 (e.g., a touch-sensitivesurface such as touch-sensitive display system 112 of device 100).Device 100 optionally includes one or more tactile output generators 167for generating tactile outputs on device 100 (e.g., generating tactileoutputs on a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive displaysystem 112 of device 100 or touchpad 355 of device 300). Thesecomponents optionally communicate over one or more communication busesor signal lines 103.

As used in the specification and claims, the term “intensity” of acontact on a touch-sensitive surface refers to the force or pressure(force per unit area) of a contact (e.g., a finger contact) on thetouch-sensitive surface, or to a substitute (proxy) for the force orpressure of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface. The intensity of acontact has a range of values that includes at least four distinctvalues and more typically includes hundreds of distinct values (e.g., atleast 256). Intensity of a contact is, optionally, determined (ormeasured) using various approaches and various sensors or combinationsof sensors. For example, one or more force sensors underneath oradjacent to the touch-sensitive surface are, optionally, used to measureforce at various points on the touch-sensitive surface. In someimplementations, force measurements from multiple force sensors arecombined (e.g., a weighted average) to determine an estimated force of acontact. Similarly, a pressure-sensitive tip of a stylus is, optionally,used to determine a pressure of the stylus on the touch-sensitivesurface. Alternatively, the size of the contact area detected on thetouch-sensitive surface and/or changes thereto, the capacitance of thetouch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto,and/or the resistance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to thecontact and/or changes thereto are, optionally, used as a substitute forthe force or pressure of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface. Insome implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force orpressure are used directly to determine whether an intensity thresholdhas been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is described in unitscorresponding to the substitute measurements). In some implementations,the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are convertedto an estimated force or pressure, and the estimated force or pressureis used to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded(e.g., the intensity threshold is a pressure threshold measured in unitsof pressure). Using the intensity of a contact as an attribute of a userinput allows for user access to additional device functionality that mayotherwise not be accessible by the user on a reduced-size device withlimited real estate for displaying affordances (e.g., on atouch-sensitive display) and/or receiving user input (e.g., via atouch-sensitive display, a touch-sensitive surface, or aphysical/mechanical control such as a knob or a button).

As used in the specification and claims, the term “tactile output”refers to physical displacement of a device relative to a previousposition of the device, physical displacement of a component (e.g., atouch-sensitive surface) of a device relative to another component(e.g., housing) of the device, or displacement of the component relativeto a center of mass of the device that will be detected by a user withthe user's sense of touch. For example, in situations where the deviceor the component of the device is in contact with a surface of a userthat is sensitive to touch (e.g., a finger, palm, or other part of auser's hand), the tactile output generated by the physical displacementwill be interpreted by the user as a tactile sensation corresponding toa perceived change in physical characteristics of the device or thecomponent of the device. For example, movement of a touch-sensitivesurface (e.g., a touch-sensitive display or trackpad) is, optionally,interpreted by the user as a “down click” or “up click” of a physicalactuator button. In some cases, a user will feel a tactile sensationsuch as an “down click” or “up click” even when there is no movement ofa physical actuator button associated with the touch-sensitive surfacethat is physically pressed (e.g., displaced) by the user's movements. Asanother example, movement of the touch-sensitive surface is, optionally,interpreted or sensed by the user as “roughness” of the touch-sensitivesurface, even when there is no change in smoothness of thetouch-sensitive surface. While such interpretations of touch by a userwill be subject to the individualized sensory perceptions of the user,there are many sensory perceptions of touch that are common to a largemajority of users. Thus, when a tactile output is described ascorresponding to a particular sensory perception of a user (e.g., an “upclick,” a “down click,” “roughness”), unless otherwise stated, thegenerated tactile output corresponds to physical displacement of thedevice or a component thereof that will generate the described sensoryperception for a typical (or average) user.

It should be appreciated that device 100 is only one example of aportable multifunction device, and that device 100 optionally has moreor fewer components than shown, optionally combines two or morecomponents, or optionally has a different configuration or arrangementof the components. The various components shown in FIG. 1A areimplemented in hardware, software, or a combination of both hardware andsoftware, including one or more signal processing and/orapplication-specific integrated circuits.

Memory 102 optionally includes high-speed random access memory andoptionally also includes non-volatile memory, such as one or moremagnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or othernon-volatile solid-state memory devices. Memory controller 122optionally controls access to memory 102 by other components of device100.

Peripherals interface 118 can be used to couple input and outputperipherals of the device to CPU 120 and memory 102. The one or moreprocessors 120 run or execute various software programs and/or sets ofinstructions stored in memory 102 to perform various functions fordevice 100 and to process data. In some embodiments, peripheralsinterface 118, CPU 120, and memory controller 122 are, optionally,implemented on a single chip, such as chip 104. In some otherembodiments, they are, optionally, implemented on separate chips.

RF (radio frequency) circuitry 108 receives and sends RF signals, alsocalled electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry 108 converts electricalsignals to/from electromagnetic signals and communicates withcommunications networks and other communications devices via theelectromagnetic signals. RF circuitry 108 optionally includes well-knowncircuitry for performing these functions, including but not limited toan antenna system, an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner,one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, asubscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth. RFcircuitry 108 optionally communicates with networks, such as theInternet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranetand/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, awireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network(MAN), and other devices by wireless communication. The RF circuitry 108optionally includes well-known circuitry for detecting near fieldcommunication (NFC) fields, such as by a short-range communicationradio. The wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality ofcommunications standards, protocols, and technologies, including but notlimited to Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced DataGSM Environment (EDGE), high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA),high-speed uplink packet access (HSUPA), Evolution, Data-Only (EV-DO),HSPA, HSPA+, Dual-Cell HSPA (DC-HSPDA), long term evolution (LTE), nearfield communication (NFC), wideband code division multiple access(W-CDMA), code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multipleaccess (TDMA), Bluetooth, Bluetooth Low Energy (BTLE), Wireless Fidelity(Wi-Fi) (e.g., IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g, IEEE 802.11n,and/or IEEE 802.11ac), voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, aprotocol for e-mail (e.g., Internet message access protocol (IMAP)and/or post office protocol (POP)), instant messaging (e.g., extensiblemessaging and presence protocol (XMPP), Session Initiation Protocol forInstant Messaging and Presence Leveraging Extensions (SIMPLE), InstantMessaging and Presence Service (IMPS)), and/or Short Message Service(SMS), or any other suitable communication protocol, includingcommunication protocols not yet developed as of the filing date of thisdocument.

Audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, and microphone 113 provide an audiointerface between a user and device 100. Audio circuitry 110 receivesaudio data from peripherals interface 118, converts the audio data to anelectrical signal, and transmits the electrical signal to speaker 111.Speaker 111 converts the electrical signal to human-audible sound waves.Audio circuitry 110 also receives electrical signals converted bymicrophone 113 from sound waves. Audio circuitry 110 converts theelectrical signal to audio data and transmits the audio data toperipherals interface 118 for processing. Audio data is, optionally,retrieved from and/or transmitted to memory 102 and/or RF circuitry 108by peripherals interface 118. In some embodiments, audio circuitry 110also includes a headset jack (e.g., 212, FIG. 2). The headset jackprovides an interface between audio circuitry 110 and removable audioinput/output peripherals, such as output-only headphones or a headsetwith both output (e.g., a headphone for one or both ears) and input(e.g., a microphone).

I/O subsystem 106 couples input/output peripherals on device 100, suchas touch screen 112 and other input control devices 116, to peripheralsinterface 118. I/O subsystem 106 optionally includes display controller156, optical sensor controller 158, depth camera controller 169,intensity sensor controller 159, haptic feedback controller 161, and oneor more input controllers 160 for other input or control devices. Theone or more input controllers 160 receive/send electrical signalsfrom/to other input control devices 116. The other input control devices116 optionally include physical buttons (e.g., push buttons, rockerbuttons, etc.), dials, slider switches, joysticks, click wheels, and soforth. In some alternate embodiments, input controller(s) 160 are,optionally, coupled to any (or none) of the following: a keyboard, aninfrared port, a USB port, and a pointer device such as a mouse. The oneor more buttons (e.g., 208, FIG. 2) optionally include an up/down buttonfor volume control of speaker 111 and/or microphone 113. The one or morebuttons optionally include a push button (e.g., 206, FIG. 2). In someembodiments, the electronic device is a computer system that is incommunication (e.g., via wireless communication, via wiredcommunication) with one or more input devices. In some embodiments, theone or more input devices include a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., atrackpad, as part of a touch-sensitive display). In some embodiments,the one or more input devices include one or more camera sensors (e.g.,one or more optical sensors 164 and/or one or more depth camera sensors175), such as for tracking a user's gestures (e.g., hand gestures) asinput. In some embodiments, the one or more input devices are integratedwith the computer system. In some embodiments, the one or more inputdevices are separate from the computer system.

A quick press of the push button optionally disengages a lock of touchscreen 112 or optionally begins a process that uses gestures on thetouch screen to unlock the device, as described in U.S. patentapplication Ser. No. 11/322,549, “Unlocking a Device by PerformingGestures on an Unlock Image,” filed Dec. 23, 2005, U.S. Pat. No.7,657,849, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Alonger press of the push button (e.g., 206) optionally turns power todevice 100 on or off. The functionality of one or more of the buttonsare, optionally, user-customizable. Touch screen 112 is used toimplement virtual or soft buttons and one or more soft keyboards.

Touch-sensitive display 112 provides an input interface and an outputinterface between the device and a user. Display controller 156 receivesand/or sends electrical signals from/to touch screen 112. Touch screen112 displays visual output to the user. The visual output optionallyincludes graphics, text, icons, video, and any combination thereof(collectively termed “graphics”). In some embodiments, some or all ofthe visual output optionally corresponds to user-interface objects.

Touch screen 112 has a touch-sensitive surface, sensor, or set ofsensors that accepts input from the user based on haptic and/or tactilecontact. Touch screen 112 and display controller 156 (along with anyassociated modules and/or sets of instructions in memory 102) detectcontact (and any movement or breaking of the contact) on touch screen112 and convert the detected contact into interaction withuser-interface objects (e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages,or images) that are displayed on touch screen 112. In an exemplaryembodiment, a point of contact between touch screen 112 and the usercorresponds to a finger of the user.

Touch screen 112 optionally uses LCD (liquid crystal display)technology, LPD (light emitting polymer display) technology, or LED(light emitting diode) technology, although other display technologiesare used in other embodiments. Touch screen 112 and display controller156 optionally detect contact and any movement or breaking thereof usingany of a plurality of touch sensing technologies now known or laterdeveloped, including but not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared,and surface acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximitysensor arrays or other elements for determining one or more points ofcontact with touch screen 112. In an exemplary embodiment, projectedmutual capacitance sensing technology is used, such as that found in theiPhone® and iPod Touch® from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.

A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen 112 is,optionally, analogous to the multi-touch sensitive touchpads describedin the following U.S. Pat. No. 6,323,846 (Westerman et al.), U.S. Pat.No. 6,570,557 (Westerman et al.), and/or U.S. Pat. No. 6,677,932(Westerman), and/or U.S. Patent Publication 2002/0015024A1, each ofwhich is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. However,touch screen 112 displays visual output from device 100, whereastouch-sensitive touchpads do not provide visual output.

A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen 112 isdescribed in the following applications: (1) U.S. patent applicationSer. No. 11/381,313, “Multipoint Touch Surface Controller,” filed May 2,2006; (2) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/840,862, “MultipointTouchscreen,” filed May 6, 2004; (3) U.S. patent application Ser. No.10/903,964, “Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jul. 30,2004; (4) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/048,264, “Gestures ForTouch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jan. 31, 2005; (5) U.S. patentapplication Ser. No. 11/038,590, “Mode-Based Graphical User InterfacesFor Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jan. 18, 2005; (6) U.S. patentapplication Ser. No. 11/228,758, “Virtual Input Device Placement On ATouch Screen User Interface,” filed Sep. 16, 2005; (7) U.S. patentapplication Ser. No. 11/228,700, “Operation Of A Computer With A TouchScreen Interface,” filed Sep. 16, 2005; (8) U.S. patent application Ser.No. 11/228,737, “Activating Virtual Keys Of A Touch-Screen VirtualKeyboard,” filed Sep. 16, 2005; and (9) U.S. patent application Ser. No.11/367,749, “Multi-Functional Hand-Held Device,” filed Mar. 3, 2006. Allof these applications are incorporated by reference herein in theirentirety.

Touch screen 112 optionally has a video resolution in excess of 100 dpi.In some embodiments, the touch screen has a video resolution ofapproximately 160 dpi. The user optionally makes contact with touchscreen 112 using any suitable object or appendage, such as a stylus, afinger, and so forth. In some embodiments, the user interface isdesigned to work primarily with finger-based contacts and gestures,which can be less precise than stylus-based input due to the larger areaof contact of a finger on the touch screen. In some embodiments, thedevice translates the rough finger-based input into a precisepointer/cursor position or command for performing the actions desired bythe user.

In some embodiments, in addition to the touch screen, device 100optionally includes a touchpad for activating or deactivating particularfunctions. In some embodiments, the touchpad is a touch-sensitive areaof the device that, unlike the touch screen, does not display visualoutput. The touchpad is, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface that isseparate from touch screen 112 or an extension of the touch-sensitivesurface formed by the touch screen.

Device 100 also includes power system 162 for powering the variouscomponents. Power system 162 optionally includes a power managementsystem, one or more power sources (e.g., battery, alternating current(AC)), a recharging system, a power failure detection circuit, a powerconverter or inverter, a power status indicator (e.g., a light-emittingdiode (LED)) and any other components associated with the generation,management and distribution of power in portable devices.

Device 100 optionally also includes one or more optical sensors 164.FIG. 1A shows an optical sensor coupled to optical sensor controller 158in I/O subsystem 106. Optical sensor 164 optionally includescharge-coupled device (CCD) or complementary metal-oxide semiconductor(CMOS) phototransistors. Optical sensor 164 receives light from theenvironment, projected through one or more lenses, and converts thelight to data representing an image. In conjunction with imaging module143 (also called a camera module), optical sensor 164 optionallycaptures still images or video. In some embodiments, an optical sensoris located on the back of device 100, opposite touch screen display 112on the front of the device so that the touch screen display is enabledfor use as a viewfinder for still and/or video image acquisition. Insome embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the front of thedevice so that the user's image is, optionally, obtained for videoconferencing while the user views the other video conferenceparticipants on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, theposition of optical sensor 164 can be changed by the user (e.g., byrotating the lens and the sensor in the device housing) so that a singleoptical sensor 164 is used along with the touch screen display for bothvideo conferencing and still and/or video image acquisition.

Device 100 optionally also includes one or more depth camera sensors175. FIG. 1A shows a depth camera sensor coupled to depth cameracontroller 169 in I/O subsystem 106. Depth camera sensor 175 receivesdata from the environment to create a three dimensional model of anobject (e.g., a face) within a scene from a viewpoint (e.g., a depthcamera sensor). In some embodiments, in conjunction with imaging module143 (also called a camera module), depth camera sensor 175 is optionallyused to determine a depth map of different portions of an image capturedby the imaging module 143. In some embodiments, a depth camera sensor islocated on the front of device 100 so that the user's image with depthinformation is, optionally, obtained for video conferencing while theuser views the other video conference participants on the touch screendisplay and to capture selfies with depth map data. In some embodiments,the depth camera sensor 175 is located on the back of device, or on theback and the front of the device 100. In some embodiments, the positionof depth camera sensor 175 can be changed by the user (e.g., by rotatingthe lens and the sensor in the device housing) so that a depth camerasensor 175 is used along with the touch screen display for both videoconferencing and still and/or video image acquisition.

Device 100 optionally also includes one or more contact intensitysensors 165. FIG. 1A shows a contact intensity sensor coupled tointensity sensor controller 159 in I/O subsystem 106. Contact intensitysensor 165 optionally includes one or more piezoresistive strain gauges,capacitive force sensors, electric force sensors, piezoelectric forcesensors, optical force sensors, capacitive touch-sensitive surfaces, orother intensity sensors (e.g., sensors used to measure the force (orpressure) of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface). Contact intensitysensor 165 receives contact intensity information (e.g., pressureinformation or a proxy for pressure information) from the environment.In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is collocatedwith, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitivedisplay system 112). In some embodiments, at least one contact intensitysensor is located on the back of device 100, opposite touch screendisplay 112, which is located on the front of device 100.

Device 100 optionally also includes one or more proximity sensors 166.FIG. 1A shows proximity sensor 166 coupled to peripherals interface 118.Alternately, proximity sensor 166 is, optionally, coupled to inputcontroller 160 in I/O subsystem 106. Proximity sensor 166 optionallyperforms as described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/241,839,“Proximity Detector In Handheld Device”; Ser. No. 11/240,788, “ProximityDetector In Handheld Device”; Ser. No. 11/620,702, “Using Ambient LightSensor To Augment Proximity Sensor Output”; Ser. No. 11/586,862,“Automated Response To And Sensing Of User Activity In PortableDevices”; and Ser. No. 11/638,251, “Methods And Systems For AutomaticConfiguration Of Peripherals,” which are hereby incorporated byreference in their entirety. In some embodiments, the proximity sensorturns off and disables touch screen 112 when the multifunction device isplaced near the user's ear (e.g., when the user is making a phone call).

Device 100 optionally also includes one or more tactile outputgenerators 167. FIG. 1A shows a tactile output generator coupled tohaptic feedback controller 161 in I/O subsystem 106. Tactile outputgenerator 167 optionally includes one or more electroacoustic devicessuch as speakers or other audio components and/or electromechanicaldevices that convert energy into linear motion such as a motor,solenoid, electroactive polymer, piezoelectric actuator, electrostaticactuator, or other tactile output generating component (e.g., acomponent that converts electrical signals into tactile outputs on thedevice). Contact intensity sensor 165 receives tactile feedbackgeneration instructions from haptic feedback module 133 and generatestactile outputs on device 100 that are capable of being sensed by a userof device 100. In some embodiments, at least one tactile outputgenerator is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface(e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112) and, optionally, generates atactile output by moving the touch-sensitive surface vertically (e.g.,in/out of a surface of device 100) or laterally (e.g., back and forth inthe same plane as a surface of device 100). In some embodiments, atleast one tactile output generator sensor is located on the back ofdevice 100, opposite touch screen display 112, which is located on thefront of device 100.

Device 100 optionally also includes one or more accelerometers 168. FIG.1A shows accelerometer 168 coupled to peripherals interface 118.Alternately, accelerometer 168 is, optionally, coupled to an inputcontroller 160 in I/O subsystem 106. Accelerometer 168 optionallyperforms as described in U.S. Patent Publication No. 20050190059,“Acceleration-based Theft Detection System for Portable ElectronicDevices,” and U.S. Patent Publication No. 20060017692, “Methods AndApparatuses For Operating A Portable Device Based On An Accelerometer,”both of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety. Insome embodiments, information is displayed on the touch screen displayin a portrait view or a landscape view based on an analysis of datareceived from the one or more accelerometers. Device 100 optionallyincludes, in addition to accelerometer(s) 168, a magnetometer and a GPS(or GLONASS or other global navigation system) receiver for obtaininginformation concerning the location and orientation (e.g., portrait orlandscape) of device 100.

In some embodiments, the software components stored in memory 102include operating system 126, communication module (or set ofinstructions) 128, contact/motion module (or set of instructions) 130,graphics module (or set of instructions) 132, text input module (or setof instructions) 134, Global Positioning System (GPS) module (or set ofinstructions) 135, and applications (or sets of instructions) 136.Furthermore, in some embodiments, memory 102 (FIG. 1A) or 370 (FIG. 3)stores device/global internal state 157, as shown in FIGS. 1A and 3.Device/global internal state 157 includes one or more of: activeapplication state, indicating which applications, if any, are currentlyactive; display state, indicating what applications, views or otherinformation occupy various regions of touch screen display 112; sensorstate, including information obtained from the device's various sensorsand input control devices 116; and location information concerning thedevice's location and/or attitude.

Operating system 126 (e.g., Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X, iOS,WINDOWS, or an embedded operating system such as VxWorks) includesvarious software components and/or drivers for controlling and managinggeneral system tasks (e.g., memory management, storage device control,power management, etc.) and facilitates communication between varioushardware and software components.

Communication module 128 facilitates communication with other devicesover one or more external ports 124 and also includes various softwarecomponents for handling data received by RF circuitry 108 and/orexternal port 124. External port 124 (e.g., Universal Serial Bus (USB),FIREWIRE, etc.) is adapted for coupling directly to other devices orindirectly over a network (e.g., the Internet, wireless LAN, etc.). Insome embodiments, the external port is a multi-pin (e.g., 30-pin)connector that is the same as, or similar to and/or compatible with, the30-pin connector used on iPod® (trademark of Apple Inc.) devices.

Contact/motion module 130 optionally detects contact with touch screen112 (in conjunction with display controller 156) and othertouch-sensitive devices (e.g., a touchpad or physical click wheel).Contact/motion module 130 includes various software components forperforming various operations related to detection of contact, such asdetermining if contact has occurred (e.g., detecting a finger-downevent), determining an intensity of the contact (e.g., the force orpressure of the contact or a substitute for the force or pressure of thecontact), determining if there is movement of the contact and trackingthe movement across the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., detecting one ormore finger-dragging events), and determining if the contact has ceased(e.g., detecting a finger-up event or a break in contact).Contact/motion module 130 receives contact data from the touch-sensitivesurface. Determining movement of the point of contact, which isrepresented by a series of contact data, optionally includes determiningspeed (magnitude), velocity (magnitude and direction), and/or anacceleration (a change in magnitude and/or direction) of the point ofcontact. These operations are, optionally, applied to single contacts(e.g., one finger contacts) or to multiple simultaneous contacts (e.g.,“multitouch”/multiple finger contacts). In some embodiments,contact/motion module 130 and display controller 156 detect contact on atouchpad.

In some embodiments, contact/motion module 130 uses a set of one or moreintensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has beenperformed by a user (e.g., to determine whether a user has “clicked” onan icon). In some embodiments, at least a subset of the intensitythresholds are determined in accordance with software parameters (e.g.,the intensity thresholds are not determined by the activation thresholdsof particular physical actuators and can be adjusted without changingthe physical hardware of device 100). For example, a mouse “click”threshold of a trackpad or touch screen display can be set to any of alarge range of predefined threshold values without changing the trackpador touch screen display hardware. Additionally, in some implementations,a user of the device is provided with software settings for adjustingone or more of the set of intensity thresholds (e.g., by adjustingindividual intensity thresholds and/or by adjusting a plurality ofintensity thresholds at once with a system-level click “intensity”parameter).

Contact/motion module 130 optionally detects a gesture input by a user.Different gestures on the touch-sensitive surface have different contactpatterns (e.g., different motions, timings, and/or intensities ofdetected contacts). Thus, a gesture is, optionally, detected bydetecting a particular contact pattern. For example, detecting a fingertap gesture includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detectinga finger-up (liftoff) event at the same position (or substantially thesame position) as the finger-down event (e.g., at the position of anicon). As another example, detecting a finger swipe gesture on thetouch-sensitive surface includes detecting a finger-down event followedby detecting one or more finger-dragging events, and subsequentlyfollowed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event.

Graphics module 132 includes various known software components forrendering and displaying graphics on touch screen 112 or other display,including components for changing the visual impact (e.g., brightness,transparency, saturation, contrast, or other visual property) ofgraphics that are displayed. As used herein, the term “graphics”includes any object that can be displayed to a user, including, withoutlimitation, text, web pages, icons (such as user-interface objectsincluding soft keys), digital images, videos, animations, and the like.

In some embodiments, graphics module 132 stores data representinggraphics to be used. Each graphic is, optionally, assigned acorresponding code. Graphics module 132 receives, from applicationsetc., one or more codes specifying graphics to be displayed along with,if necessary, coordinate data and other graphic property data, and thengenerates screen image data to output to display controller 156.

Haptic feedback module 133 includes various software components forgenerating instructions used by tactile output generator(s) 167 toproduce tactile outputs at one or more locations on device 100 inresponse to user interactions with device 100.

Text input module 134, which is, optionally, a component of graphicsmodule 132, provides soft keyboards for entering text in variousapplications (e.g., contacts 137, e-mail 140, IM 141, browser 147, andany other application that needs text input).

GPS module 135 determines the location of the device and provides thisinformation for use in various applications (e.g., to telephone 138 foruse in location-based dialing; to camera 143 as picture/video metadata;and to applications that provide location-based services such as weatherwidgets, local yellow page widgets, and map/navigation widgets).

Applications 136 optionally include the following modules (or sets ofinstructions), or a subset or superset thereof:

-   -   Contacts module 137 (sometimes called an address book or contact        list);    -   Telephone module 138;    -   Video conference module 139;    -   E-mail client module 140;    -   Instant messaging (IM) module 141;    -   Workout support module 142;    -   Camera module 143 for still and/or video images;    -   Image management module 144;    -   Video player module;    -   Music player module;    -   Browser module 147;    -   Calendar module 148;    -   Widget modules 149, which optionally include one or more of:        weather widget 149-1, stocks widget 149-2, calculator widget        149-3, alarm clock widget 149-4, dictionary widget 149-5, and        other widgets obtained by the user, as well as user-created        widgets 149-6;    -   Widget creator module 150 for making user-created widgets 149-6;    -   Search module 151;    -   Video and music player module 152, which merges video player        module and music player module;    -   Notes module 153;    -   Map module 154; and/or    -   Online video module 155.

Examples of other applications 136 that are, optionally, stored inmemory 102 include other word processing applications, other imageediting applications, drawing applications, presentation applications,JAVA-enabled applications, encryption, digital rights management, voicerecognition, and voice replication.

In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156,contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module134, contacts module 137 are, optionally, used to manage an address bookor contact list (e.g., stored in application internal state 192 ofcontacts module 137 in memory 102 or memory 370), including: addingname(s) to the address book; deleting name(s) from the address book;associating telephone number(s), e-mail address(es), physicaladdress(es) or other information with a name; associating an image witha name; categorizing and sorting names; providing telephone numbers ore-mail addresses to initiate and/or facilitate communications bytelephone 138, video conference module 139, e-mail 140, or IM 141; andso forth.

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111,microphone 113, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motionmodule 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, telephonemodule 138 are optionally, used to enter a sequence of characterscorresponding to a telephone number, access one or more telephonenumbers in contacts module 137, modify a telephone number that has beenentered, dial a respective telephone number, conduct a conversation, anddisconnect or hang up when the conversation is completed. As notedabove, the wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality ofcommunications standards, protocols, and technologies.

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111,microphone 113, touch screen 112, display controller 156, optical sensor164, optical sensor controller 158, contact/motion module 130, graphicsmodule 132, text input module 134, contacts module 137, and telephonemodule 138, video conference module 139 includes executable instructionsto initiate, conduct, and terminate a video conference between a userand one or more other participants in accordance with user instructions.

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, displaycontroller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and textinput module 134, e-mail client module 140 includes executableinstructions to create, send, receive, and manage e-mail in response touser instructions. In conjunction with image management module 144,e-mail client module 140 makes it very easy to create and send e-mailswith still or video images taken with camera module 143.

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, displaycontroller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and textinput module 134, the instant messaging module 141 includes executableinstructions to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to aninstant message, to modify previously entered characters, to transmit arespective instant message (for example, using a Short Message Service(SMS) or Multimedia Message Service (MMS) protocol for telephony-basedinstant messages or using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS for Internet-basedinstant messages), to receive instant messages, and to view receivedinstant messages. In some embodiments, transmitted and/or receivedinstant messages optionally include graphics, photos, audio files, videofiles and/or other attachments as are supported in an MMS and/or anEnhanced Messaging Service (EMS). As used herein, “instant messaging”refers to both telephony-based messages (e.g., messages sent using SMSor MMS) and Internet-based messages (e.g., messages sent using XMPP,SIMPLE, or IMPS).

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, displaycontroller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, textinput module 134, GPS module 135, map module 154, and music playermodule, workout support module 142 includes executable instructions tocreate workouts (e.g., with time, distance, and/or calorie burninggoals); communicate with workout sensors (sports devices); receiveworkout sensor data; calibrate sensors used to monitor a workout; selectand play music for a workout; and display, store, and transmit workoutdata.

In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, opticalsensor(s) 164, optical sensor controller 158, contact/motion module 130,graphics module 132, and image management module 144, camera module 143includes executable instructions to capture still images or video(including a video stream) and store them into memory 102, modifycharacteristics of a still image or video, or delete a still image orvideo from memory 102.

In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156,contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134,and camera module 143, image management module 144 includes executableinstructions to arrange, modify (e.g., edit), or otherwise manipulate,label, delete, present (e.g., in a digital slide show or album), andstore still and/or video images.

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, displaycontroller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and textinput module 134, browser module 147 includes executable instructions tobrowse the Internet in accordance with user instructions, includingsearching, linking to, receiving, and displaying web pages or portionsthereof, as well as attachments and other files linked to web pages.

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, displaycontroller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, textinput module 134, e-mail client module 140, and browser module 147,calendar module 148 includes executable instructions to create, display,modify, and store calendars and data associated with calendars (e.g.,calendar entries, to-do lists, etc.) in accordance with userinstructions.

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, displaycontroller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, textinput module 134, and browser module 147, widget modules 149 aremini-applications that are, optionally, downloaded and used by a user(e.g., weather widget 149-1, stocks widget 149-2, calculator widget149-3, alarm clock widget 149-4, and dictionary widget 149-5) or createdby the user (e.g., user-created widget 149-6). In some embodiments, awidget includes an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) file, a CSS(Cascading Style Sheets) file, and a JavaScript file. In someembodiments, a widget includes an XML (Extensible Markup Language) fileand a JavaScript file (e.g., Yahoo! Widgets).

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, displaycontroller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, textinput module 134, and browser module 147, the widget creator module 150are, optionally, used by a user to create widgets (e.g., turning auser-specified portion of a web page into a widget).

In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156,contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module134, search module 151 includes executable instructions to search fortext, music, sound, image, video, and/or other files in memory 102 thatmatch one or more search criteria (e.g., one or more user-specifiedsearch terms) in accordance with user instructions.

In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156,contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, audio circuitry 110,speaker 111, RF circuitry 108, and browser module 147, video and musicplayer module 152 includes executable instructions that allow the userto download and play back recorded music and other sound files stored inone or more file formats, such as MP3 or AAC files, and executableinstructions to display, present, or otherwise play back videos (e.g.,on touch screen 112 or on an external, connected display via externalport 124). In some embodiments, device 100 optionally includes thefunctionality of an MP3 player, such as an iPod (trademark of AppleInc.).

In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156,contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module134, notes module 153 includes executable instructions to create andmanage notes, to-do lists, and the like in accordance with userinstructions.

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, displaycontroller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, textinput module 134, GPS module 135, and browser module 147, map module 154are, optionally, used to receive, display, modify, and store maps anddata associated with maps (e.g., driving directions, data on stores andother points of interest at or near a particular location, and otherlocation-based data) in accordance with user instructions.

In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156,contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, audio circuitry 110,speaker 111, RF circuitry 108, text input module 134, e-mail clientmodule 140, and browser module 147, online video module 155 includesinstructions that allow the user to access, browse, receive (e.g., bystreaming and/or download), play back (e.g., on the touch screen or onan external, connected display via external port 124), send an e-mailwith a link to a particular online video, and otherwise manage onlinevideos in one or more file formats, such as H.264. In some embodiments,instant messaging module 141, rather than e-mail client module 140, isused to send a link to a particular online video. Additional descriptionof the online video application can be found in U.S. Provisional PatentApplication No. 60/936,562, “Portable Multifunction Device, Method, andGraphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos,” filed Jun. 20,2007, and U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/968,067, “PortableMultifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for PlayingOnline Videos,” filed Dec. 31, 2007, the contents of which are herebyincorporated by reference in their entirety.

Each of the above-identified modules and applications corresponds to aset of executable instructions for performing one or more functionsdescribed above and the methods described in this application (e.g., thecomputer-implemented methods and other information processing methodsdescribed herein). These modules (e.g., sets of instructions) need notbe implemented as separate software programs, procedures, or modules,and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined orotherwise rearranged in various embodiments. For example, video playermodule is, optionally, combined with music player module into a singlemodule (e.g., video and music player module 152, FIG. 1A). In someembodiments, memory 102 optionally stores a subset of the modules anddata structures identified above. Furthermore, memory 102 optionallystores additional modules and data structures not described above.

In some embodiments, device 100 is a device where operation of apredefined set of functions on the device is performed exclusivelythrough a touch screen and/or a touchpad. By using a touch screen and/ora touchpad as the primary input control device for operation of device100, the number of physical input control devices (such as push buttons,dials, and the like) on device 100 is, optionally, reduced.

The predefined set of functions that are performed exclusively through atouch screen and/or a touchpad optionally include navigation betweenuser interfaces. In some embodiments, the touchpad, when touched by theuser, navigates device 100 to a main, home, or root menu from any userinterface that is displayed on device 100. In such embodiments, a “menubutton” is implemented using a touchpad. In some other embodiments, themenu button is a physical push button or other physical input controldevice instead of a touchpad.

FIG. 1B is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for eventhandling in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments,memory 102 (FIG. 1A) or 370 (FIG. 3) includes event sorter 170 (e.g., inoperating system 126) and a respective application 136-1 (e.g., any ofthe aforementioned applications 137-151, 155, 380-390).

Event sorter 170 receives event information and determines theapplication 136-1 and application view 191 of application 136-1 to whichto deliver the event information. Event sorter 170 includes eventmonitor 171 and event dispatcher module 174. In some embodiments,application 136-1 includes application internal state 192, whichindicates the current application view(s) displayed on touch-sensitivedisplay 112 when the application is active or executing. In someembodiments, device/global internal state 157 is used by event sorter170 to determine which application(s) is (are) currently active, andapplication internal state 192 is used by event sorter 170 to determineapplication views 191 to which to deliver event information.

In some embodiments, application internal state 192 includes additionalinformation, such as one or more of: resume information to be used whenapplication 136-1 resumes execution, user interface state informationthat indicates information being displayed or that is ready for displayby application 136-1, a state queue for enabling the user to go back toa prior state or view of application 136-1, and a redo/undo queue ofprevious actions taken by the user.

Event monitor 171 receives event information from peripherals interface118. Event information includes information about a sub-event (e.g., auser touch on touch-sensitive display 112, as part of a multi-touchgesture). Peripherals interface 118 transmits information it receivesfrom I/O subsystem 106 or a sensor, such as proximity sensor 166,accelerometer(s) 168, and/or microphone 113 (through audio circuitry110). Information that peripherals interface 118 receives from I/Osubsystem 106 includes information from touch-sensitive display 112 or atouch-sensitive surface.

In some embodiments, event monitor 171 sends requests to the peripheralsinterface 118 at predetermined intervals. In response, peripheralsinterface 118 transmits event information. In other embodiments,peripherals interface 118 transmits event information only when there isa significant event (e.g., receiving an input above a predeterminednoise threshold and/or for more than a predetermined duration).

In some embodiments, event sorter 170 also includes a hit viewdetermination module 172 and/or an active event recognizer determinationmodule 173.

Hit view determination module 172 provides software procedures fordetermining where a sub-event has taken place within one or more viewswhen touch-sensitive display 112 displays more than one view. Views aremade up of controls and other elements that a user can see on thedisplay.

Another aspect of the user interface associated with an application is aset of views, sometimes herein called application views or userinterface windows, in which information is displayed and touch-basedgestures occur. The application views (of a respective application) inwhich a touch is detected optionally correspond to programmatic levelswithin a programmatic or view hierarchy of the application. For example,the lowest level view in which a touch is detected is, optionally,called the hit view, and the set of events that are recognized as properinputs are, optionally, determined based, at least in part, on the hitview of the initial touch that begins a touch-based gesture.

Hit view determination module 172 receives information related tosub-events of a touch-based gesture. When an application has multipleviews organized in a hierarchy, hit view determination module 172identifies a hit view as the lowest view in the hierarchy which shouldhandle the sub-event. In most circumstances, the hit view is the lowestlevel view in which an initiating sub-event occurs (e.g., the firstsub-event in the sequence of sub-events that form an event or potentialevent). Once the hit view is identified by the hit view determinationmodule 172, the hit view typically receives all sub-events related tothe same touch or input source for which it was identified as the hitview.

Active event recognizer determination module 173 determines which viewor views within a view hierarchy should receive a particular sequence ofsub-events. In some embodiments, active event recognizer determinationmodule 173 determines that only the hit view should receive a particularsequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, active event recognizerdetermination module 173 determines that all views that include thephysical location of a sub-event are actively involved views, andtherefore determines that all actively involved views should receive aparticular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, even if touchsub-events were entirely confined to the area associated with oneparticular view, views higher in the hierarchy would still remain asactively involved views.

Event dispatcher module 174 dispatches the event information to an eventrecognizer (e.g., event recognizer 180). In embodiments including activeevent recognizer determination module 173, event dispatcher module 174delivers the event information to an event recognizer determined byactive event recognizer determination module 173. In some embodiments,event dispatcher module 174 stores in an event queue the eventinformation, which is retrieved by a respective event receiver 182.

In some embodiments, operating system 126 includes event sorter 170.Alternatively, application 136-1 includes event sorter 170. In yet otherembodiments, event sorter 170 is a stand-alone module, or a part ofanother module stored in memory 102, such as contact/motion module 130.

In some embodiments, application 136-1 includes a plurality of eventhandlers 190 and one or more application views 191, each of whichincludes instructions for handling touch events that occur within arespective view of the application's user interface. Each applicationview 191 of the application 136-1 includes one or more event recognizers180. Typically, a respective application view 191 includes a pluralityof event recognizers 180. In other embodiments, one or more of eventrecognizers 180 are part of a separate module, such as a user interfacekit or a higher level object from which application 136-1 inheritsmethods and other properties. In some embodiments, a respective eventhandler 190 includes one or more of: data updater 176, object updater177, GUI updater 178, and/or event data 179 received from event sorter170. Event handler 190 optionally utilizes or calls data updater 176,object updater 177, or GUI updater 178 to update the applicationinternal state 192. Alternatively, one or more of the application views191 include one or more respective event handlers 190. Also, in someembodiments, one or more of data updater 176, object updater 177, andGUI updater 178 are included in a respective application view 191.

A respective event recognizer 180 receives event information (e.g.,event data 179) from event sorter 170 and identifies an event from theevent information. Event recognizer 180 includes event receiver 182 andevent comparator 184. In some embodiments, event recognizer 180 alsoincludes at least a subset of: metadata 183, and event deliveryinstructions 188 (which optionally include sub-event deliveryinstructions).

Event receiver 182 receives event information from event sorter 170. Theevent information includes information about a sub-event, for example, atouch or a touch movement. Depending on the sub-event, the eventinformation also includes additional information, such as location ofthe sub-event. When the sub-event concerns motion of a touch, the eventinformation optionally also includes speed and direction of thesub-event. In some embodiments, events include rotation of the devicefrom one orientation to another (e.g., from a portrait orientation to alandscape orientation, or vice versa), and the event informationincludes corresponding information about the current orientation (alsocalled device attitude) of the device.

Event comparator 184 compares the event information to predefined eventor sub-event definitions and, based on the comparison, determines anevent or sub-event, or determines or updates the state of an event orsub-event. In some embodiments, event comparator 184 includes eventdefinitions 186. Event definitions 186 contain definitions of events(e.g., predefined sequences of sub-events), for example, event 1(187-1), event 2 (187-2), and others. In some embodiments, sub-events inan event (187) include, for example, touch begin, touch end, touchmovement, touch cancellation, and multiple touching. In one example, thedefinition for event 1 (187-1) is a double tap on a displayed object.The double tap, for example, comprises a first touch (touch begin) onthe displayed object for a predetermined phase, a first liftoff (touchend) for a predetermined phase, a second touch (touch begin) on thedisplayed object for a predetermined phase, and a second liftoff (touchend) for a predetermined phase. In another example, the definition forevent 2 (187-2) is a dragging on a displayed object. The dragging, forexample, comprises a touch (or contact) on the displayed object for apredetermined phase, a movement of the touch across touch-sensitivedisplay 112, and liftoff of the touch (touch end). In some embodiments,the event also includes information for one or more associated eventhandlers 190.

In some embodiments, event definition 187 includes a definition of anevent for a respective user-interface object. In some embodiments, eventcomparator 184 performs a hit test to determine which user-interfaceobject is associated with a sub-event. For example, in an applicationview in which three user-interface objects are displayed ontouch-sensitive display 112, when a touch is detected on touch-sensitivedisplay 112, event comparator 184 performs a hit test to determine whichof the three user-interface objects is associated with the touch(sub-event). If each displayed object is associated with a respectiveevent handler 190, the event comparator uses the result of the hit testto determine which event handler 190 should be activated. For example,event comparator 184 selects an event handler associated with thesub-event and the object triggering the hit test.

In some embodiments, the definition for a respective event (187) alsoincludes delayed actions that delay delivery of the event informationuntil after it has been determined whether the sequence of sub-eventsdoes or does not correspond to the event recognizer's event type.

When a respective event recognizer 180 determines that the series ofsub-events do not match any of the events in event definitions 186, therespective event recognizer 180 enters an event impossible, eventfailed, or event ended state, after which it disregards subsequentsub-events of the touch-based gesture. In this situation, other eventrecognizers, if any, that remain active for the hit view continue totrack and process sub-events of an ongoing touch-based gesture.

In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer 180 includes metadata183 with configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate howthe event delivery system should perform sub-event delivery to activelyinvolved event recognizers. In some embodiments, metadata 183 includesconfigurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how eventrecognizers interact, or are enabled to interact, with one another. Insome embodiments, metadata 183 includes configurable properties, flags,and/or lists that indicate whether sub-events are delivered to varyinglevels in the view or programmatic hierarchy.

In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer 180 activates eventhandler 190 associated with an event when one or more particularsub-events of an event are recognized. In some embodiments, a respectiveevent recognizer 180 delivers event information associated with theevent to event handler 190. Activating an event handler 190 is distinctfrom sending (and deferred sending) sub-events to a respective hit view.In some embodiments, event recognizer 180 throws a flag associated withthe recognized event, and event handler 190 associated with the flagcatches the flag and performs a predefined process.

In some embodiments, event delivery instructions 188 include sub-eventdelivery instructions that deliver event information about a sub-eventwithout activating an event handler. Instead, the sub-event deliveryinstructions deliver event information to event handlers associated withthe series of sub-events or to actively involved views. Event handlersassociated with the series of sub-events or with actively involved viewsreceive the event information and perform a predetermined process.

In some embodiments, data updater 176 creates and updates data used inapplication 136-1. For example, data updater 176 updates the telephonenumber used in contacts module 137, or stores a video file used in videoplayer module. In some embodiments, object updater 177 creates andupdates objects used in application 136-1. For example, object updater177 creates a new user-interface object or updates the position of auser-interface object. GUI updater 178 updates the GUI. For example, GUIupdater 178 prepares display information and sends it to graphics module132 for display on a touch-sensitive display.

In some embodiments, event handler(s) 190 includes or has access to dataupdater 176, object updater 177, and GUI updater 178. In someembodiments, data updater 176, object updater 177, and GUI updater 178are included in a single module of a respective application 136-1 orapplication view 191. In other embodiments, they are included in two ormore software modules.

It shall be understood that the foregoing discussion regarding eventhandling of user touches on touch-sensitive displays also applies toother forms of user inputs to operate multifunction devices 100 withinput devices, not all of which are initiated on touch screens. Forexample, mouse movement and mouse button presses, optionally coordinatedwith single or multiple keyboard presses or holds; contact movementssuch as taps, drags, scrolls, etc. on touchpads; pen stylus inputs;movement of the device; oral instructions; detected eye movements;biometric inputs; and/or any combination thereof are optionally utilizedas inputs corresponding to sub-events which define an event to berecognized.

FIG. 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device 100 having a touchscreen 112 in accordance with some embodiments. The touch screenoptionally displays one or more graphics within user interface (UI) 200.In this embodiment, as well as others described below, a user is enabledto select one or more of the graphics by making a gesture on thegraphics, for example, with one or more fingers 202 (not drawn to scalein the figure) or one or more styluses 203 (not drawn to scale in thefigure). In some embodiments, selection of one or more graphics occurswhen the user breaks contact with the one or more graphics. In someembodiments, the gesture optionally includes one or more taps, one ormore swipes (from left to right, right to left, upward and/or downward),and/or a rolling of a finger (from right to left, left to right, upwardand/or downward) that has made contact with device 100. In someimplementations or circumstances, inadvertent contact with a graphicdoes not select the graphic. For example, a swipe gesture that sweepsover an application icon optionally does not select the correspondingapplication when the gesture corresponding to selection is a tap.

Device 100 optionally also include one or more physical buttons, such as“home” or menu button 204. As described previously, menu button 204 is,optionally, used to navigate to any application 136 in a set ofapplications that are, optionally, executed on device 100.Alternatively, in some embodiments, the menu button is implemented as asoft key in a GUI displayed on touch screen 112.

In some embodiments, device 100 includes touch screen 112, menu button204, push button 206 for powering the device on/off and locking thedevice, volume adjustment button(s) 208, subscriber identity module(SIM) card slot 210, headset jack 212, and docking/charging externalport 124. Push button 206 is, optionally, used to turn the power on/offon the device by depressing the button and holding the button in thedepressed state for a predefined time interval; to lock the device bydepressing the button and releasing the button before the predefinedtime interval has elapsed; and/or to unlock the device or initiate anunlock process. In an alternative embodiment, device 100 also acceptsverbal input for activation or deactivation of some functions throughmicrophone 113. Device 100 also, optionally, includes one or morecontact intensity sensors 165 for detecting intensity of contacts ontouch screen 112 and/or one or more tactile output generators 167 forgenerating tactile outputs for a user of device 100.

FIG. 3 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with adisplay and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with someembodiments. Device 300 need not be portable. In some embodiments,device 300 is a laptop computer, a desktop computer, a tablet computer,a multimedia player device, a navigation device, an educational device(such as a child's learning toy), a gaming system, or a control device(e.g., a home or industrial controller). Device 300 typically includesone or more processing units (CPUs) 310, one or more network or othercommunications interfaces 360, memory 370, and one or more communicationbuses 320 for interconnecting these components. Communication buses 320optionally include circuitry (sometimes called a chipset) thatinterconnects and controls communications between system components.Device 300 includes input/output (I/O) interface 330 comprising display340, which is typically a touch screen display. I/O interface 330 alsooptionally includes a keyboard and/or mouse (or other pointing device)350 and touchpad 355, tactile output generator 357 for generatingtactile outputs on device 300 (e.g., similar to tactile outputgenerator(s) 167 described above with reference to FIG. 1A), sensors 359(e.g., optical, acceleration, proximity, touch-sensitive, and/or contactintensity sensors similar to contact intensity sensor(s) 165 describedabove with reference to FIG. 1A). Memory 370 includes high-speed randomaccess memory, such as DRAM, SRAM, DDR RAM, or other random access solidstate memory devices; and optionally includes non-volatile memory, suchas one or more magnetic disk storage devices, optical disk storagedevices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid state storagedevices. Memory 370 optionally includes one or more storage devicesremotely located from CPU(s) 310. In some embodiments, memory 370 storesprograms, modules, and data structures analogous to the programs,modules, and data structures stored in memory 102 of portablemultifunction device 100 (FIG. 1A), or a subset thereof. Furthermore,memory 370 optionally stores additional programs, modules, and datastructures not present in memory 102 of portable multifunction device100. For example, memory 370 of device 300 optionally stores drawingmodule 380, presentation module 382, word processing module 384, websitecreation module 386, disk authoring module 388, and/or spreadsheetmodule 390, while memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 (FIG.1A) optionally does not store these modules.

Each of the above-identified elements in FIG. 3 is, optionally, storedin one or more of the previously mentioned memory devices. Each of theabove-identified modules corresponds to a set of instructions forperforming a function described above. The above-identified modules orprograms (e.g., sets of instructions) need not be implemented asseparate software programs, procedures, or modules, and thus varioussubsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwiserearranged in various embodiments. In some embodiments, memory 370optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identifiedabove. Furthermore, memory 370 optionally stores additional modules anddata structures not described above.

Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interfaces thatare, optionally, implemented on, for example, portable multifunctiondevice 100.

FIG. 4A illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu ofapplications on portable multifunction device 100 in accordance withsome embodiments. Similar user interfaces are, optionally, implementedon device 300. In some embodiments, user interface 400 includes thefollowing elements, or a subset or superset thereof:

-   -   Signal strength indicator(s) 402 for wireless communication(s),        such as cellular and Wi-Fi signals;    -   Time 404;    -   Bluetooth indicator 405;    -   Battery status indicator 406;    -   Tray 408 with icons for frequently used applications, such as:        -   Icon 416 for telephone module 138, labeled “Phone,” which            optionally includes an indicator 414 of the number of missed            calls or voicemail messages;        -   Icon 418 for e-mail client module 140, labeled “Mail,” which            optionally includes an indicator 410 of the number of unread            e-mails;        -   Icon 420 for browser module 147, labeled “Browser;” and        -   Icon 422 for video and music player module 152, also            referred to as iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.) module 152,            labeled “iPod;” and    -   Icons for other applications, such as:        -   Icon 424 for IM module 141, labeled “Messages;”        -   Icon 426 for calendar module 148, labeled “Calendar;”        -   Icon 428 for image management module 144, labeled “Photos;”        -   Icon 430 for camera module 143, labeled “Camera;”        -   Icon 432 for online video module 155, labeled “Online            Video;”        -   Icon 434 for stocks widget 149-2, labeled “Stocks;”        -   Icon 436 for map module 154, labeled “Maps;”        -   Icon 438 for weather widget 149-1, labeled “Weather;”        -   Icon 440 for alarm clock widget 149-4, labeled “Clock;”        -   Icon 442 for workout support module 142, labeled “Workout            Support;”        -   Icon 444 for notes module 153, labeled “Notes;” and        -   Icon 446 for a settings application or module, labeled            “Settings,” which provides access to settings for device 100            and its various applications 136.

It should be noted that the icon labels illustrated in FIG. 4A aremerely exemplary. For example, icon 422 for video and music playermodule 152 is labeled “Music” or “Music Player.” Other labels are,optionally, used for various application icons. In some embodiments, alabel for a respective application icon includes a name of anapplication corresponding to the respective application icon. In someembodiments, a label for a particular application icon is distinct froma name of an application corresponding to the particular applicationicon.

FIG. 4B illustrates an exemplary user interface on a device (e.g.,device 300, FIG. 3) with a touch-sensitive surface 451 (e.g., a tabletor touchpad 355, FIG. 3) that is separate from the display 450 (e.g.,touch screen display 112). Device 300 also, optionally, includes one ormore contact intensity sensors (e.g., one or more of sensors 359) fordetecting intensity of contacts on touch-sensitive surface 451 and/orone or more tactile output generators 357 for generating tactile outputsfor a user of device 300.

Although some of the examples that follow will be given with referenceto inputs on touch screen display 112 (where the touch-sensitive surfaceand the display are combined), in some embodiments, the device detectsinputs on a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display,as shown in FIG. 4B. In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive surface(e.g., 451 in FIG. 4B) has a primary axis (e.g., 452 in FIG. 4B) thatcorresponds to a primary axis (e.g., 453 in FIG. 4B) on the display(e.g., 450). In accordance with these embodiments, the device detectscontacts (e.g., 460 and 462 in FIG. 4B) with the touch-sensitive surface451 at locations that correspond to respective locations on the display(e.g., in FIG. 4B, 460 corresponds to 468 and 462 corresponds to 470).In this way, user inputs (e.g., contacts 460 and 462, and movementsthereof) detected by the device on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g.,451 in FIG. 4B) are used by the device to manipulate the user interfaceon the display (e.g., 450 in FIG. 4B) of the multifunction device whenthe touch-sensitive surface is separate from the display. It should beunderstood that similar methods are, optionally, used for other userinterfaces described herein.

Additionally, while the following examples are given primarily withreference to finger inputs (e.g., finger contacts, finger tap gestures,finger swipe gestures), it should be understood that, in someembodiments, one or more of the finger inputs are replaced with inputfrom another input device (e.g., a mouse-based input or stylus input).For example, a swipe gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click(e.g., instead of a contact) followed by movement of the cursor alongthe path of the swipe (e.g., instead of movement of the contact). Asanother example, a tap gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouseclick while the cursor is located over the location of the tap gesture(e.g., instead of detection of the contact followed by ceasing to detectthe contact). Similarly, when multiple user inputs are simultaneouslydetected, it should be understood that multiple computer mice are,optionally, used simultaneously, or a mouse and finger contacts are,optionally, used simultaneously.

FIG. 5A illustrates exemplary personal electronic device 500. Device 500includes body 502. In some embodiments, device 500 can include some orall of the features described with respect to devices 100 and 300 (e.g.,FIGS. 1A-4B). In some embodiments, device 500 has touch-sensitivedisplay screen 504, hereafter touch screen 504. Alternatively, or inaddition to touch screen 504, device 500 has a display and atouch-sensitive surface. As with devices 100 and 300, in someembodiments, touch screen 504 (or the touch-sensitive surface)optionally includes one or more intensity sensors for detectingintensity of contacts (e.g., touches) being applied. The one or moreintensity sensors of touch screen 504 (or the touch-sensitive surface)can provide output data that represents the intensity of touches. Theuser interface of device 500 can respond to touches based on theirintensity, meaning that touches of different intensities can invokedifferent user interface operations on device 500.

Exemplary techniques for detecting and processing touch intensity arefound, for example, in related applications: International PatentApplication Serial No. PCT/US2013/040061, titled “Device, Method, andGraphical User Interface for Displaying User Interface ObjectsCorresponding to an Application,” filed May 8, 2013, published as WIPOPublication No. WO/2013/169849, and International Patent ApplicationSerial No. PCT/US2013/069483, titled “Device, Method, and Graphical UserInterface for Transitioning Between Touch Input to Display OutputRelationships,” filed Nov. 11, 2013, published as WIPO Publication No.WO/2014/105276, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference intheir entirety.

In some embodiments, device 500 has one or more input mechanisms 506 and508. Input mechanisms 506 and 508, if included, can be physical.Examples of physical input mechanisms include push buttons and rotatablemechanisms. In some embodiments, device 500 has one or more attachmentmechanisms. Such attachment mechanisms, if included, can permitattachment of device 500 with, for example, hats, eyewear, earrings,necklaces, shirts, jackets, bracelets, watch straps, chains, trousers,belts, shoes, purses, backpacks, and so forth. These attachmentmechanisms permit device 500 to be worn by a user.

FIG. 5B depicts exemplary personal electronic device 500. In someembodiments, device 500 can include some or all of the componentsdescribed with respect to FIGS. 1A, 1B, and 3. Device 500 has bus 512that operatively couples I/O section 514 with one or more computerprocessors 516 and memory 518. I/O section 514 can be connected todisplay 504, which can have touch-sensitive component 522 and,optionally, intensity sensor 524 (e.g., contact intensity sensor). Inaddition, I/O section 514 can be connected with communication unit 530for receiving application and operating system data, using Wi-Fi,Bluetooth, near field communication (NFC), cellular, and/or otherwireless communication techniques. Device 500 can include inputmechanisms 506 and/or 508. Input mechanism 506 is, optionally, arotatable input device or a depressible and rotatable input device, forexample. Input mechanism 508 is, optionally, a button, in some examples.

Input mechanism 508 is, optionally, a microphone, in some examples.Personal electronic device 500 optionally includes various sensors, suchas GPS sensor 532, accelerometer 534, directional sensor 540 (e.g.,compass), gyroscope 536, motion sensor 538, and/or a combinationthereof, all of which can be operatively connected to I/O section 514.

Memory 518 of personal electronic device 500 can include one or morenon-transitory computer-readable storage mediums, for storingcomputer-executable instructions, which, when executed by one or morecomputer processors 516, for example, can cause the computer processorsto perform the techniques described below, including processes 700(FIGS. 7A-7C), 900 (FIGS. 9A-9B), 1100 (FIGS. 11A-11H), 1300 (FIGS.13A-13C), 1500 (FIGS. 15A-15F), 1700 (FIGS. 17A-17D), and 1900 (FIGS.19A-19C). A computer-readable storage medium can be any medium that cantangibly contain or store computer-executable instructions for use by orin connection with the instruction execution system, apparatus, ordevice. In some examples, the storage medium is a transitorycomputer-readable storage medium. In some examples, the storage mediumis a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium. The non-transitorycomputer-readable storage medium can include, but is not limited to,magnetic, optical, and/or semiconductor storages. Examples of suchstorage include magnetic disks, optical discs based on CD, DVD, orBlu-ray technologies, as well as persistent solid-state memory such asflash, solid-state drives, and the like. Personal electronic device 500is not limited to the components and configuration of FIG. 5B, but caninclude other or additional components in multiple configurations.

As used here, the term “affordance” refers to a user-interactivegraphical user interface object that is, optionally, displayed on thedisplay screen of devices 100, 300, and/or 500 (FIGS. 1A, 3, and 5A-5B).For example, an image (e.g., icon), a button, and text (e.g., hyperlink)each optionally constitute an affordance.

As used herein, the term “focus selector” refers to an input elementthat indicates a current part of a user interface with which a user isinteracting. In some implementations that include a cursor or otherlocation marker, the cursor acts as a “focus selector” so that when aninput (e.g., a press input) is detected on a touch-sensitive surface(e.g., touchpad 355 in FIG. 3 or touch-sensitive surface 451 in FIG. 4B)while the cursor is over a particular user interface element (e.g., abutton, window, slider, or other user interface element), the particularuser interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detectedinput. In some implementations that include a touch screen display(e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112 in FIG. 1A or touch screen 112in FIG. 4A) that enables direct interaction with user interface elementson the touch screen display, a detected contact on the touch screen actsas a “focus selector” so that when an input (e.g., a press input by thecontact) is detected on the touch screen display at a location of aparticular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider, orother user interface element), the particular user interface element isadjusted in accordance with the detected input. In some implementations,focus is moved from one region of a user interface to another region ofthe user interface without corresponding movement of a cursor ormovement of a contact on a touch screen display (e.g., by using a tabkey or arrow keys to move focus from one button to another button); inthese implementations, the focus selector moves in accordance withmovement of focus between different regions of the user interface.Without regard to the specific form taken by the focus selector, thefocus selector is generally the user interface element (or contact on atouch screen display) that is controlled by the user so as tocommunicate the user's intended interaction with the user interface(e.g., by indicating, to the device, the element of the user interfacewith which the user is intending to interact). For example, the locationof a focus selector (e.g., a cursor, a contact, or a selection box) overa respective button while a press input is detected on thetouch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touchpad or touch screen) will indicatethat the user is intending to activate the respective button (as opposedto other user interface elements shown on a display of the device).

Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interfaces (“UI”)and associated processes that are implemented on an electronic device,such as portable multifunction device 100, device 300, or device 500.

FIGS. 6A-6H illustrate exemplary user interfaces for displaying andenabling an adjustment of a displayed time zone, in accordance with someembodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustratethe processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 7A-7C.

In FIG. 6A, device 600 displays watch user interface 604A, whichincludes first analog dial 608 concurrently displayed with second analogdial 606. Hour hand 608A, minute hand 608B, and seconds hand 608Cindicate the hour, minute, and second (respectively) of a current timein a first time zone on first analog dial 608. First analog dial 608represents a period of 12 hours (e.g., hour hand 608A will make a fullrotation every 12 hours). Clock hand 608D indicates a current time in asecond time zone on second analog dial 606. Second analog dial 606represents a period of 24 hours (e.g., clock hand 608D will make a fullrotation every 24 hours). Marker 606C indicates the position of midnighton second analog dial 606 (e.g., clock hand 608D will point to marker606C at midnight in the second time zone). Time zone indicator 608Edisplays a textual indication (“LAX”, representing Los Angeles) of thetime zone associated with second analog dial 606 (e.g., an abbreviationof a geographic location within the time zone associated with secondanalog dial 606).

In FIG. 6A, second analog dial 606 is a ring that surrounds first analogdial 608 and has a first orientation relative to first analog dial 608.Second analog dial 606 is oriented such that midnight on second analogdial 606 is aligned with the 12 o'clock hour on first analog dial 608.First analog dial 608 and second analog dial 606 are associated withrespective time zones. Watch user interface 604A includes time zoneindicator 608E of the time zone associated with second analog dial 606(e.g., a location in the time zone associated with the second analogdial 606).

In FIG. 6A, first analog dial 608 and second analog dial 606 areassociated with the same time zone, a first time zone, and the timeindicator associated with each dial (e.g., hour hand 608A, minute hand608B, and/or seconds hand 608C for first analog dial 608, and clock hand608D for second analog dial 608) indicates the same time (the currenttime in the first time zone). In FIG. 6A, the first time zone is thePacific time zone, and the current time in the Pacific time zone is 6:00AM. Hour hand 608A and minute hand 608B indicate 6:00 AM on first analogdial 608, and clock hand 608D indicates 6:00 AM on second analog dial606.

In FIG. 6A, second analog dial 606 includes tick marks, representing thepositions on second analog dial 606 corresponding to respective hours,and current hour indicator 606D, which includes a numerical indicator ofthe hour of the current time in the time zone associated with secondanalog dial 606 (e.g., second analog dial 606 includes a singlenumerical indicator only for the hour of the current time). In someembodiments, current hour indicator 606D is displayed only if the timezone associated with second analog dial 606 is different from the timezone associated with first analog dial 608. In some embodiments, secondanalog dial 606 includes numerical indicators at all hour positions orat two or more, but less than all, hour positions.

Second analog dial 606 includes first portion 606A, which corresponds tonighttime in the time zone associated with the second analog dial, andsecond portion 606B (e.g., the portion of second analog dial 606 that isnot included in first portion 606A), which corresponds to daytime in thetime zone associated with the second analog dial. First portion 606A andsecond portion 606B have different visual characteristics (e.g.,different color, brightness, transparency, or pattern). The boundarybetween first portion 606A and second portion 606B that is in theclockwise direction from midnight marker 606C corresponds to a sunrisetime (approximately at the 6 o'clock hour position), and the boundarybetween first portion 606A and second portion 606B that is in thecounter-clockwise direction from midnight marker 606C corresponds to thesunset time (approximately at the 8 o'clock hour position). In FIG. 6A,the size (e.g., angular extent) of first portion 606A is smaller thanthe size of second portion 606B, which indicates that nighttime isshorter than daytime.

In some embodiments, the size and/or position (e.g., the angular extentand/or angular position) of first portion 606A and second portion 606Bon second analog dial 606 depends on the time zone, time of year, and/ora geographic location associated with the time zone (e.g., first portion606A representing nighttime is smaller when it is summer in a locationassociated with the selected time zone than when it is winter in thesame location). In some embodiments, first portion 606A and secondportion 606B are displayed differently when second analog dial 606 isassociated with a first location in a first time zone than they are whensecond analog dial 606 is associated with a second location (e.g., alocation different from the first location) in the first time zone(e.g., the same time zone). For example, since sunrise and sunset arelater in Cleveland than they are in New York City (due to Clevelandbeing to the west of New York City, even though they are in the sametime zone), first portion 606A and second portion 606B are displayeddifferently when second analog dial 606 is associated with Clevelandthan when second analog dial 606 is associated with New York City (e.g.,for Cleveland, first portion 606A and second portion 606B are rotatedclockwise relative to marker 606C compared to their position for NewYork City). Similarly, since daytime is longer (e.g., sunrise is earlierand sunset is later) during the summer in Seattle than in San Diego (dueto Seattle being at a higher latitude than San Diego, even though theyare in the same time zone), first portion 606B and second portion 606Aare displayed differently when second analog dial 606 is associated withSeattle than when second analog dial 606 is associated with San Diego(e.g., during summer in Seattle and San Diego, first portion 606A has asmaller angular extent and second portion 606B has a larger angularextend for Seattle as compared to the angular extent for San Diego).Similarly, first portion 606A and second portion 606B are displayedaccordingly based on the time of year for a particular location (e.g.,first portion 606A representing nighttime has a larger angular extent inwinter than in summer, for a particular location).

FIG. 6B illustrates device 600 displaying watch user interface 604A at adifferent time (10:09 AM Pacific time) compared to FIG. 6A, as indicatedby the position of hour hand 608A and minute hand 608B relative to firstanalog dial 608, and the position of clock hand 608D relative to secondanalog dial 606. Current hour indicator 606D is displayed at the 10o'clock hour on second analog dial 606 according to the current timeassociated with second analog dial 606, and a tick mark is displayed atthe 6 o'clock hour on second analog dial 606, where current hourindicator 606D was located in FIG. 6A when the current time was 6:00 AM.

Device 600 receives (e.g., detects) a request to change the time zoneassociated with second analog dial 606. In some embodiments, the requestincludes a sequence of one or more inputs (e.g., one or more of inputs610, 618, 620, or 622). In FIG. 6B, device 600 receives (e.g., detects)input 610 (e.g., a gesture, a tap on display 602). In some embodiments,input 610 includes a rotation of rotatable input mechanism 603. In someembodiments, rotatable input mechanism 603 is physically connected todevice 600 (e.g., to a housing of device 600). In some embodiments,rotatable input mechanism 603 has an axis of rotation that is parallelto a surface of display 602 (e.g., rotatable input mechanism 603 isattached to a side of device 600 that is perpendicular to a surface ofdisplay 602).

In response to receiving input 610, device 600 displays watch userinterface 612A shown in FIG. 6C. Watch user interface 612A provides auser interface for changing the time zone associated with second analogdial 606.

In watch user interface 612A, second analog dial 606 includes numericalhour indicators at the positions on second analog dial 606 correspondingto respective hours (e.g., the tick marks shown in FIG. 6B are replacedwith the numerals shown in FIG. 6C). Display of marker 606C ismaintained. Watch user interface 612 includes visual indication 614 ofthe current time in the time zone associated with second analog dial606. In FIG. 6C, visual indication 614 includes a circle around therespective numerical hour indicator corresponding to the hour of thecurrent time in the time zone associated with second analog dial 606. Insome embodiments, visual indicator 614 includes highlighting of therespective numerical hour indicator and/or display of the respectivenumerical indicator with a different visual characteristic (e.g., style,color, size, font) than the other numerical hour indicators.

Watch user interface 612A includes time zone selection element 616,which displays a designated time zone option corresponding to the timezone associated with the second analog dial. In the embodimentillustrated in FIGS. 6B-6C, time zone selection element 616 replaces thedisplay of first analog dial 608 (e.g., device 600 ceases display offirst analog dial 608 and displays time zone selection element 616) andcomplications 605A-605D are replaced with affordance 607 (e.g., device600 ceases display of complications 605A-605D and displays affordance607). In some embodiments, device 600 displays complications 605A-605Din watch user interface 612A. In some embodiments, device 600 does notdisplay affordance 607 in watch user interface 612A.

In the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 6D, time zone selection elementincludes a list of selectable time zone options arranged according tothe difference in time (also referred to as the offset) between thecurrent time in the time zone associated with first analog dial 608 (orthe time zone in which device 600 is located) and the respective timezone option. The time zone option corresponding to the time zoneassociated with second analog dial 606 is designated by being visuallydistinguished (e.g., placed in focus, emphasized, outlined, displayedwithout displaying other time zone options, highlighted in a differentcolor than other time zone options, displayed brighter than or with lesstransparency than other time zone options). In the embodimentillustrated in FIG. 6D, the time zone option corresponding to the timezone associated with second analog dial 606 is visually distinguished bybeing displayed in the center of time zone selection element 616 and ata larger size than the other time zone options. In some embodiments, thetime zone options show the current time in the corresponding time zoneand an identifier of the time zone (referred to as a time zoneidentifier). For example, in FIG. 6C, the option for the Mountain timezone includes the current time in the Mountain time zone (11:09) andtext (DEN) indicating a location (Denver) within the Mountain time zone.The style of the time zone identifier can depend on the option. Forexample, if a particular geographic location is designated for theoption (e.g., via a system setting or by a user), then the time zoneidentifier includes text representing the particular geographiclocation; if the option corresponds to the time zone in which device 600is located, then the time zone identifier includes a “current location”symbol (e.g., the arrow to the left of 10:09 in FIG. 6C); and if noparticular geographic location is designated for the time zone optionand the time zone option does not correspond to the location of device600, then the time zone identifier includes a numerical indicator of theoffset (e.g., since no geographic location is designated for the timezone adjacent to the West of the Pacific time zone, which has a currenttime of 9:09 corresponding to an offset of one hour behind, the timezone indicator includes the numerical indicator “−1”). In someembodiments, the time zone identifier indicates the offset of the timezone option compared to Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) or GreenwichMean Time (GMT).

While displaying watch user interface 612A, device 600 receives (e.g.,detects) input 618. In FIG. 6C, input 618 includes a rotation ofrotatable input mechanism 603. In some embodiments, input 618 includes agesture (e.g., a vertical swipe on display 602). In response toreceiving input 618, device 600 displays watch user interface 612B shownin FIG. 6D. Watch user interface 612B designates a different time zoneoption compared to FIG. 6C (e.g., device 600 changes the designated timezone option in response to input 618). In FIG. 6D, the list of optionsin time zone selection element 616 has been shifted (e.g., scrolled)compared to FIG. 6C to designate a different time zone (Mountain time),and second analog dial 606 is displayed at a different orientation(e.g., rotated) relative to time zone selection element 616, as comparedto FIG. 6C, to correspond to the designated time zone option. In someembodiments, device 600 displays an animated rotation of second analogdial 606 and/or an animated scrolling or rotation of the list of optionsin time zone selection element 616 in response to receiving input 618.The change in second analog dial 606 corresponds to the change in timezone selection element 616 such that the hour indicated by visualindication 614 in second analog dial 606 corresponds to the hour of thecurrent time associated with the designated time zone option (DEN11:09). In FIG. 6D, second analog dial 606 is rotated counter-clockwise1/24^(th) of a complete rotation (e.g., one hour) such that the hournumeral for the 11 o'clock hour is indicated by visual indication 614(e.g., visual indication 614 maintains the same position while secondanalog dial 606 is rotated counter-clockwise).

In the embodiment illustrated in FIGS. 6C-6D, second analog dial 606 isrotated around an axis that is normal to a surface of display 602 andpasses through the center of second analog dial 606; the list of timezone options is displayed such that the time zone options appear torotate about an axis that is perpendicular to the axis of rotation ofsecond analog dial 606 (e.g., the time zone options appear to rotateabout an axis that is parallel to an axis of rotation of rotatable inputmechanism 603; the time zone options appear to move at least partly in adirection normal to (e.g., toward and away from) a surface of display602, in addition to moving vertically on display 602).

In some embodiments, device 600 changes the offset by an amount that isbased on (e.g., proportional to) a magnitude, speed, and/or direction ofinput 618 (e.g., an amount of rotation of rotatable input mechanism 603;a distance of a gesture). For example, the list of time zone options isscrolled by an amount proportional to the magnitude of input 618, andsecond analog dial 606 is rotated by an amount proportional to themagnitude of input 618.

In some embodiments, device 600 changes the offset based on a directionof input 618 (e.g., a direction of rotation of rotatable input mechanism603; a direction of a gesture). For example, device 600 increases theoffset (e.g., moves to a time zone option is that is further ahead intime) in response to an input in a first direction (e.g., a clockwiserotation, an upward gesture), and decreases the offset (e.g., moves to atimes zone option that is further behind in time) in response to aninput in a second direction (e.g., a direction opposite the firstdirection, a counter-clockwise rotation, a downward gesture).

In FIG. 6D, device 600 receives (e.g., detects) input 620 (e.g., agesture, a rotation of rotatable input mechanism 603). In FIG. 6D, input620 includes a rotation of rotatable input mechanism 603. In someembodiments, input 620 is a continuation of input 618 (e.g., furtherrotation of rotatable input mechanism 603). In response to input 620,device 600 displays watch user interface 612C shown in FIG. 6E. Watchuser interface 612C designates the time zone option corresponding to thetime zone that is eight hours ahead of the time zone associated withfirst analog dial 608 (or the time zone in which device 600 is located),corresponding to an offset of +8 hours. In the example illustrated inFIG. 6E, the designated time zone option corresponds to the time zone inwhich London (LON) is located, where the current time is 6:09 PM (18:09in 24-hour time). Second analog dial 606 is positioned to correspond tothe designated time zone option such the numerical indicator for the 18o'clock hour is indicated by visual indication 614 (e.g., visualindication 614 maintains the same position while second analog dial 606is rotated counter-clockwise from the orientation shown in FIG. 6D). Asthe time zone option is changed, first portion 606A and second portion606B are displayed (e.g., updated) according to the designated option(e.g., to represent daytime and nighttime based on the geographiclocation and time of year for the selected option, as described above).For example, first portion 606A and second portion 606B indicate sunriseand sunset times of approximately 6 AM and 8 PM, respectively, for LosAngeles in FIG. 6C, whereas they indicate sunrise and sunset times of 7AM and 7 PM, respectively, for London in FIG. 6E.

In FIG. 6E, device 600 receives (e.g., detects) input 622. In theembodiment illustrated in FIG. 6E, input 622 includes a tap on anaffordance (e.g., “SET” affordance 607) on display 602. In someembodiments, input 622 includes a press of rotatable and depressibleinput mechanism 603. In some embodiments, input 622 includes a contacton display 602 (e.g., a contact anywhere on display 602, a contact at alocation outside of second analog dial 606, a tap on time zone selectionelement 616).

In response to input 622, device 600 associates the time zone optiondesignated in FIG. 6E (e.g., the time zone option that is designated atthe time of input 622) with second analog dial 606 (e.g., in response toinput 622, device 600 sets the time zone associated with second analogdial 606 to the time zone corresponding to the time zone option that isdesignated at the time of input 622).

In response to input 622, device 600 displays an animation, anembodiment of which is illustrated in FIGS. 6F-6G, resulting in displayof watch user interface 604B. In some embodiments, device 600 displayswatch user interface 604B in response to input 622 without the animationillustrated by FIGS. 6F-6G or with an animation different from theanimation illustrated by FIGS. 6F-6G.

As shown in FIG. 6F, device 600 ceases to display affordance 607 andtime zone selection element 616, and displays first analog dial 608,hour hand 608A, minute hand 608B, and clock hand 608D. In FIG. 6F,compared to watch user interface 612C, second analog dial 606 includestick marks indicating the positions of respective hours, and marker606C, similar to the appearance of second analog dial 606 in FIGS.6A-6B. In some embodiments, the numerical hour indicators shown in FIG.6E fade out and the tick marks shown in FIG. 6F fade in. In FIG. 6G,complications 605A-605D are displayed (e.g., all at the same time, oneat a time, while the tick marks are displayed, after the tick marks aredisplayed).

Watch user interface 604B is similar to watch user interface 604A,except that second analog dial 606 is displayed at a differentorientation relative to first analog dial 608, clock hand 608Dindicates, on second analog dial 606, the current time in the time zoneselected in FIGS. 6C-6E, and current hour indicator 606D indicates thehour of the current time in the time zone selected in FIGS. 6C-6E. Theorientation of second analog dial 606 relative to first analog dial 608corresponds to the offset between the time zone associated with secondanalog dial 606 and the time zone associated with first analog dial 608.In watch user interface 604B, time zone indicator 608E displays atextual indication (“LON”) of the time zone associated with secondanalog dial 606 (e.g., an abbreviation of a geographic location withinthe time zone associated with second analog dial 606).

In some embodiments, the position of clock hand 608D relative to firstanalog dial 608 indicates the current time in the time zone associatedwith first analog dial 608, regardless of the orientation of secondanalog dial 606 relative to first analog dial 608 (e.g., clock hand 608Dindicates the current time in the time zone associated with first analogdial 608 as if first analog dial 608 represented a 24-hour period oftime; clock hand 608D points to the 12 o'clock hour on first analog dial608 at midnight in the time zone associated with first analog dial 608and points to the 3 o'clock hour on first analog dial 608 at 6:00 AM inthe time zone associated with first analog dial 608).

Turning to FIG. 6H, watch user interface 604B is displayed at adifferent (e.g., later) time compared to FIG. 6G. In FIG. 6H, thecurrent time in the time zone associated with first analog dial 608 is11:00 AM, as indicated by hour hand 608A and minute hand 608B. Thecorresponding current time in the time zone associated with secondanalog dial 606 is 7:00 PM (19:00 in 24-hour time). Second analog dial606 has the same orientation relative to first analog dial 608 as inFIG. 6G (e.g., the orientation of second analog dial 606 relative tofirst analog dial 608 remains the same (e.g., is maintained) as timeadvances as long as the time zone associated with second analog dial 606is not changed). Clock hand 608D indicates the current time in the timezone associated with second analog dial 606 by being positioned at thelocation on the second analog dial representing 19:00. Compared to watchuser interface 604B in FIG. 6G, clock hand 608D is rotated clockwise(e.g., clock hand 608D advances clockwise at a rate of 1/24^(th) of afull rotation per hour) and current hour indicator 606D is displayed atthe 19 o'clock position instead of the 18 o'clock position. In someembodiments, current hour indicator 606D advances to the next adjacenthour position at the top of an hour (e.g., when the current time changesfrom 18:59 to 19:00).

FIGS. 7A-7C are a flow diagram illustrating methods of displaying andenabling an adjustment of a displayed time zone, in accordance with someembodiments. Method 700 is performed at a computer system (e.g., 100,300, 500, 600) (e.g., a smart device, such as a smartphone or asmartwatch; a mobile device) that is in communication with a displaygeneration component and one or more input devices (e.g., including atouch-sensitive surface that is integrated with the display generationcomponent; a mechanical input device; a rotatable input device; arotatable and depressible input device; a microphone). Some operationsin method 700 are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operationsare, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted.

As described below, method 700 provides an intuitive way for managinguser interfaces related to time. The method reduces the cognitive burdenon a user for managing user interfaces related to time, thereby creatinga more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computingdevices, enabling a user to manage user interfaces related to timefaster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the timebetween battery charges.

The computer system (e.g., 600) displays (702), via the displaygeneration component (e.g., 602), a watch user interface (e.g., 604A)(e.g., showing one or more times via an analog clock), whereindisplaying the watch user interface includes concurrently displaying afirst analog dial (e.g., 608) (e.g., a 12-hour dial) and a first timeindicator (e.g., 608A or 608B) (e.g., an hour hand or an hour hand and aminute hand) that indicates a current time in a first time zone on thefirst analog dial (e.g., the current time; the time of the current timezone) (704), and a second analog dial (e.g., 606) (e.g., a 24-hour dial)and a second time indicator (e.g., 608D) (e.g., an hour hand) thatindicates a current time in a second time zone on the second analogdial, wherein the second analog dial is displayed at a first orientationrelative to the first analog dial (e.g., based on the difference betweenthe first time zone and the second time zone) (706).

In some embodiments, the same time is indicated on both the first analogdial and the second analog dial. In some embodiments, the second timeindicator is displayed in a different color and/or shape than the firsttime indicator. In some embodiments, the second analog dial surroundsthe outside of the first analog dial. In some embodiments, the secondanalog dial includes a graphical indicator (e.g., 606C) (e.g., a marker;a triangular marker) of the midnight mark (e.g., the 24-hour mark of the24-hour dial). Concurrently displaying the first analog dial thatindicates the current time in the first time zone and the second analogdial that indicates the current time in the second time zone enables auser quickly and easily view current times for different time zones witha reduced number of inputs. Reducing the number of inputs needed toperform an operation enhances the operability of the device and makesthe user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user toprovide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

After displaying the watch user interface (e.g., 604A) with the firstanalog dial (e.g., 608) and the second analog dial (e.g., 606) that isdisplayed at a first orientation relative to the first analog dial(708), the computer system (e.g., 600) receives (710), via the one ormore input devices, a request (e.g., 610, 618, 620) to change a timezone associated with the second analog dial (e.g., a time zone that isshown/represented via the second analog dial).

In response to receiving the request (e.g., 610, 618, 620) to change thetime zone associated with the second analog dial (e.g., 606) (716), thecomputer system (e.g., 600) changes (718) the time zone associated withthe second analog dial to a third time zone that is different from thefirst time zone.

While the second analog dial (e.g., 606) is associated with (e.g., setto) the third time zone (720), the computer system (e.g., 600) displays(722), via the display generation component (e.g., 602), the watch userinterface (e.g., 604A).

Displaying the watch user interface (e.g., 604A) includes concurrentlydisplaying the first analog dial (e.g., 608) and the first timeindicator (e.g., 608A or 608B) indicating a current time in the firsttime zone (e.g., the first time; the first time plus the amount of timethat has passed since detecting the user input and rotating the secondanalog dial) on the first analog dial (724), and the second analog dial(e.g., 606) and the second time indicator (e.g., 608D) indicating acurrent time in the third time zone on the second analog dial, whereinthe second analog dial is displayed at a second orientation relative tothe first analog dial (e.g., based on the difference between the firsttime zone and the third time zone) (726). Displaying the current time inthe third time zone on the second analog dial with the second analogdial being displayed at a second orientation relative to the firstanalog dial enables a user to efficiently view the current time at thethird time zone relative to the current time at the first time zone.Providing additional features on a user interface without cluttering theUI with additional displayed controls enhances the operability of thedevice and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., byhelping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakeswhen operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, the first analog dial (e.g., 608) represents aperiod of 12 hours, the first time indicator (e.g., 608A or 608B)includes at least a first clock hand (e.g., an hour hand) thatindicates, on the first analog dial, the current time in the first timezone (e.g., the position of the first clock hand relative to the firstanalog dial indicates the current time in the first time zone), thesecond analog dial (e.g., 606) represents a period of 24 hours, and thesecond time indicator (e.g., 608D) includes a second clock hand (e.g.,an alternative hour hand) that indicates, on the second analog dial, thecurrent time in the time zone associated with the second analog dial(e.g., the position of the second clock relative to the second analogdial indicates the current time in the time zone associated with thesecond analog dial). Providing the first analog dial that represents aperiod of 12 hours and the second analog dial that represents a periodof 24 hours enables a user to easily distinguish between the two analogdials, thereby enhancing the operability of the device and making theuser-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to moreeasily read or view displayed content) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, while the second analog dial (e.g., 606) isassociated with (e.g., set to) the third time zone (720), wherein thethird time zone is different from the first time zone (e.g., the firstanalog dial and the second analog dial are indicating current times atdifferent time zones), the computer system (e.g., 600) displays (728),in the second analog dial, a numerical indication (e.g., 606D) of anhour of the current time in the third time zone without displaying, inthe second analog dial, a numerical indication of any other hour. Insome embodiments, while the second analog dial is associated with (e.g.,set to) the third time zone, wherein the third time zone is differentfrom the first time zone (e.g., the first analog dial and the secondanalog dial are indicating current times at different time zones), thecomputer system displays, in the second analog dial, a numericalindication of an hour of the current time in the third time zone andnumerical indications of a subset of (e.g., but not all of) other hours(e.g., one or more hours before and/or after the current hour, but notall 24 hours).

In some embodiments, the watch user interface (e.g., 604A) includes atext indication (e.g., 608E; a name; an abbreviation of the name) of alocation (e.g., city; country; geographic region) associated with thesecond analog dial (e.g., 606) (730). Including the text indication ofthe location associated with the second analog dial in the watch userinterface enables a user to easily identify the time zone displayed viathe second analog dial, thereby enhancing the operability of the deviceand making the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helpingthe user to more easily read or view displayed content) which,additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of thedevice by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently.

In some embodiments, the second analog dial (e.g., 606) includes (732) afirst portion (e.g., 606B) that corresponds to daytime in the time zone(e.g., represented by portion 606B in FIGS. 6A-6B and 6G-6H) associatedwith the second analog dial (e.g., the daytime hours; beginning at apoint in the second analog dial (e.g., a first boundary between portion606B and 606A in FIGS. 6A-6B and 6G-6H) corresponding to a sunrise timeand ending at a point in the second analog dial (e.g., a second boundarybetween portion 606B and 606A in FIGS. 6A-6B and 6G-6H) corresponding tothe sunset time), wherein the first portion includes a first visualcharacteristic (e.g., a first color; a first brightness/dimness level)(734), and a second portion (e.g., 606A) (e.g., the remaining portion ofthe second analog dial other than the first potion) that corresponds tonighttime in the time zone (e.g., represented by portion 606A in FIGS.6A-6B and 6G-6H) associated with the second analog dial (e.g., thenighttime hours; beginning at the point in the second analog dialcorresponding to the sunset time and ending at the point in the secondanalog dial corresponding to the sunrise time), wherein the secondportion includes a second visual characteristic different from the firstvisual characteristic (e.g., a second color; a second brightness/dimnesslevel) (736). Providing the first portion that corresponds to daytimeand the second portion that corresponds to nighttime in the time zoneassociated with the second analog dial provides information aboutdaytime/nighttime hours at the time zone associated with the secondanalog dial in an intuitive manner. Providing improved feedback enhancesthe operability of the device and makes the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by helping the user to more easily read or viewdisplayed content) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improvesbattery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device morequickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, a first position in the second analog dial (e.g.,606) (e.g., the point in the second analog dial corresponding to thesunrise time) that corresponds to a beginning point for the firstportion (e.g., 606B) and an ending point for the second portion (e.g.,606A) and a second position in the second analog dial (e.g., the pointin the second analog dial corresponding to the sunset time) thatcorresponds to an ending point for the first portion and a beginningpoint for the second portion are determined (e.g., automatically) basedon geographic location (e.g., the location (e.g., city; region)corresponding to the respective time zone) and time of year (e.g., thecurrent month; the current season).

In some embodiments, receiving the request (e.g., 610, 618, 620) tochange the time zone associated with the second analog dial (e.g., 606)includes detecting, via the one or more input devices (e.g., atouch-sensitive surface integrated with the display generationcomponent), user input (e.g., 610) (e.g., touch input) directed to alocation (e.g., the center region) on the watch user interface (e.g.,604A) (712). In some embodiments, the request is received while thecomputer system (e.g., 600) is displaying or causing display of, via thedisplay generation component (e.g., 602), the watch user interface, andreceiving the request does not require access of a menu or a dedicatedediting mode to edit the second analog dial. In some embodiments,changing (e.g., shifting; rotating) the second analog dial does notcause a change to other aspects or features of the watch user interface(e.g., the first analog dial; the first indication of time; displayedwatch complications).

In some embodiments, receiving the request (e.g., 610, 618, 620) tochange the time zone associated with the second analog dial (e.g., 606)includes detecting, via the one or more input devices (e.g., a rotatableinput device; a rotatable and depressible input device), rotationalinput (e.g., 618, 620) (e.g., in clockwise direction; in acounter-clockwise direction) of a rotatable input mechanism (e.g., 603)(714).

In some embodiments, changing the time zone associated with the secondanalog dial (e.g., 606) to a third time zone (e.g., the time zonecorresponding to “LON” in FIGS. 6E-6H) that is different from the firsttime zone (e.g., the current time zone associated with first analog dial608 in FIGS. 6A-6B) includes (e.g., in accordance with detecting aninput (e.g., 618, 620) directed to rotating the second analog dial(e.g., while detecting the input directed to rotating the second analogdial)) rotating (e.g., where the rotation is displayed (e.g., as ananimation) while an input (e.g., a rotational input on the rotatableinput device; a touch input such as a swipe or pinch input) is beingreceived), about a first rotational axis, the second analog dial (e.g.,606) to a respective orientation relative to the first analog dial(e.g., 608) (e.g., while the first analog dial is not rotated) (e.g.,from the orientation of the second analog dial relative to the firstanalog dial as in FIG. 6C to the orientation of the second analog dialrelative to the first analog dial as in FIG. 6E), wherein the firstrotational axis is perpendicular to a surface of the display generationcomponent (e.g., 602). In some embodiments, the first rotational axisgoes through a center of the display generation component (e.g., 602).In some embodiments, the first rotational axis is perpendicular to anaxis of rotation of the input directed to rotating the second analogdial. Rotating the second analog dial about the first rotational axis,where the first rotational axis is perpendicular to a surface of thedisplay generation component, when changing the time zone associatedwith the second analog dial provides visual feedback of the time zonebeing changed in an intuitive manner. Providing improved feedbackenhances the operability of the device and makes the user-deviceinterface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to more easily reador view displayed content) which, additionally, reduces power usage andimproves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use thedevice more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the input(e.g., a rotational input on the rotatable input device; a touch inputsuch as a swipe or pinch input) directed to rotating the second analogdial is in a first direction (e.g., a clockwise direction), the computersystem (e.g., 600) rotates the second analog dial (e.g., 606) in thefirst direction (e.g., the clockwise direction) about a first rotationalaxis (e.g., a first axis going through the center of the watch userinterface/display generation component and is perpendicular to thedisplay generation component).

In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the input(e.g., a rotational input on the rotatable input device (e.g., 603); atouch input such as a swipe or pinch input) directed to rotating thesecond analog dial (e.g., 606) is in a second direction (e.g.,counter-clockwise direction) (e.g., an input that is in the oppositedirection to inputs 618 and 620 in FIGS. 6C-6D, the computer system(e.g., 600) rotates the second analog dial (e.g., 606) in the seconddirection (e.g., the counter-clockwise direction) about the firstrotational axis.

In some embodiments, the rotational axis of the detected input (e.g., arotational input; a touch input (e.g., a two-finger twisting input)) isperpendicular to the first rotational axis for rotation of the secondanalog dial (e.g., 606). In some embodiments, the rotational axis of thedetected input (e.g., a rotational input; a touch input) is parallel tothe first rotational axis for rotation of the second analog dial. Insome embodiments, the amount of rotation (e.g., amount of angle ofrotation) of the second dial corresponds to (e.g., is directlyproportional to) a magnitude of the user input (e.g., an angularmagnitude of a rotation of the rotatable input device).

In some embodiments, while (e.g., and only while) the second analog dial(e.g., 606) is being rotated, the computer system (e.g., 600) displaysor causes display of, in the second analog dial, numbers correspondingto each time mark (e.g., each hour mark) in the second analog dial.

In some embodiments, changing the time zone associated with the secondanalog dial (e.g., 606) to a third time zone (e.g., the time zonecorresponding to “LON” in FIGS. 6E-6H) that is different from the firsttime zone (e.g., the current time zone associated with first analog dial608 in FIGS. 6A-6B) includes (e.g., in accordance with detecting aninput (e.g., 618, 620) directed to rotating a rotatable user interfaceelement (e.g., 616) (e.g., while detecting the input directed torotating the rotatable user interface element)) rotating, about a secondrotational axis, the rotatable user interface element (e.g., as shownvia rotation of time zone selection element 616 in FIGS. 6C-6E) (e.g.,while concurrently rotating the second analog dial (e.g., 606) toreflect the changing time zone), wherein the second rotational axis isparallel with a surface of the display generation component (e.g., 602).In some embodiments, the second rotational axis is perpendicular to thefirst rotational axis. Rotating the rotatable user interface element(e.g., while concurrently rotating the second analog dial to reflect thechanging time zone) about the second rotational axis, where the secondrotational axis is parallel with a surface of the display generationcomponent, when changing the time zone associated with the second analogdial provides visual feedback of the time zone being changed in anintuitive manner. Providing improved feedback enhances the operabilityof the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g.,by helping the user to more easily read or view displayed content)which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life ofthe device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently.

In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the input(e.g., 618, 620) (e.g., a rotational input on the rotatable inputdevice; a touch input such as a swipe or pinch input) directed torotating the rotatable user interface element (e.g., 616) is in a firstdirection (e.g., a clockwise direction), the computer system (e.g., 600)rotates the rotatable user interface element in the first direction(e.g., the clockwise direction) about a second rotational axis (e.g., asecond axis that is parallel with the display generation component). Insome embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the input(e.g., a rotational input on the rotatable input device; a touch inputsuch as a swipe or pinch input) directed to rotating the rotatable userinterface element is in a second direction (e.g., counter-clockwisedirection), the computer system rotates the second analog dial in thesecond direction (e.g., the counter-clockwise direction) about thesecond rotational axis.

In some embodiments, the rotational input is directed via a rotatableinput device (e.g., 603) for which the rotational axis is parallel tothe second rotational axis for rotation of the rotatable user interfaceelement (e.g., 616).

In some embodiments, time zone options that can be selected from therotatable user interface element (e.g., 616) includecities/countries/regions (e.g., shown with abbreviations) (e.g., asshown via time zone selection element 616 in FIGS. 6C-6E). In someembodiments, time zone options that can be selected from the rotatableuser interface element include numerical offsets (e.g., both plus andminus) (e.g., the top two time zone options shown in time zone selectionelement 616 in FIG. 6C) from the current time zone (e.g., the first timezone) corresponding to the time zone of the physical location of thecomputer system (e.g., 600) (e.g., the center time zone shown in timezone selection element 616 in FIG. 6C), where the offsets indicate thetime difference between a respective different time zone and the currenttime zone (and where the offset is zero if there is no differencebetween the time zones).

In some embodiments, the one or more input devices include a rotatableinput device (e.g., 603) (e.g., a rotatable and depressible inputdevice), and wherein changing the time zone associated with the secondanalog dial (e.g., 606) to a third time zone that is different from thefirst time zone includes changing the time zone associated with thesecond analog dial to the third time zone in response to detecting, viathe rotatable input device, a rotational input (e.g., 618 or 620) (e.g.,in a clockwise direction or a counter-clockwise direction). Changing thetime zone associated with the second analog dial in response todetecting, via the rotatable input device, the rotational input providesan intuitive method for a user to navigate through available time zoneand select a different time zone. Providing improved control optionsenhances the operability of the device and makes the user-deviceinterface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide properinputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with thedevice) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves batterylife of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quicklyand efficiently.

In some embodiments, in accordance with changing the time zoneassociated with the second analog dial (e.g., 606) to a third time zonethat is different from the first time zone, the computer system (e.g.,600) adjusts, in the second analog dial, a visual indication of daytime(e.g., 606B) (e.g., daytime hours; the time between sunrise and sunset)to indicate daytime at the third time zone (e.g., instead of at thesecond time zone), wherein adjusting the visual indication of daytime toindicate daytime at the third time zone includes transitioning fromvisually distinguishing (e.g., using a first color; a first shade) afirst portion of the second analog dial (e.g., 606B in FIG. 6B) (fromthe remaining portion of the second analog dial) to visuallydistinguishing a second portion of the second analog dial (e.g., 606B inFIG. 6D) (from the remaining portion of the second analog dial), thesecond portion of the second analog dial corresponding to the visualindication of daytime at the third time zone. In some embodiments, thevisual indication of daytime includes the portion of the second analogdial corresponding to the daytime hours being shown (e.g., colored;brightened or dimmed) with a first visual characteristic while theremaining portion (e.g., 606A) of the second analog dial that does notcorrespond to the daytime hours is not shown with the first visualcharacteristic. In some embodiments, the portion (e.g., 606B) of thesecond analog dial corresponding to the daytime hours is of a first sizeand the remaining portion (e.g., 606A) of the second analog dial that donot correspond to the daytime hours are of a second size that isdifferent from the first size. Adjusting the visual indication ofdaytime (e.g., daytime hours; the time between sunrise and sunset) toindicate daytime at the new time zone in the second analog dial when thetime zone is changed provides information about the differentdaytime/nighttime hours at the new time zone in an intuitive manner.Providing improved feedback enhances the operability of the device andmakes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping theuser to more easily read or view displayed content) which, additionally,reduces power usage and improves battery life of the device by enablingthe user to use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, even within the same time zone, the portion of thesecond analog dial corresponding to the daytime hours (e.g., 606B) andthe remaining portion of the second analog dial that do not correspondto the daytime hours (e.g., 606A) can change (e.g., because differentregions/locations within the same time zone can have different daytimehours). In some embodiments, at a first location (e.g., a first city; afirst region) (e.g., “CHI” as shown via time zone selection element 616in FIG. 6D) within a respective time zone, the portion of the secondanalog dial corresponding to the daytime hours has the first size (e.g.,size of 606B in FIGS. 6A-6B) and the remaining portion of the secondanalog dial that do not correspond to the daytime hours has the secondsize (e.g., size of 606A in FIGS. 6A-6B) different from the first size.In some embodiments, at a second location (e.g., a second city; a secondregion) (e.g., “DAL” as shown via rotatable user interface element inFIG. 6D) within the respective time zone, the portion of the secondanalog dial corresponding to the daytime hours has a third sizedifferent form the first size and the remaining portion of the secondanalog dial that do not correspond to the daytime hours has a fourthsize different from the second size.

In some embodiments, receiving the request (e.g., 610, 618, 620) tochange the time zone associated with the second analog dial (e.g., 606)includes receiving a selection of (e.g., via a (e.g., rotatable) userinterface element (e.g., 616) displayed in the watch user interface(e.g., 604A) that includes a plurality of selectable time zone options)a geographic location (e.g., a country; a geographic region) in thethird time zone. In some embodiments, in response to receiving theselection of the geographic location in the third time zone, inaccordance with a determination that the geographic location correspondsto a first location in the third time zone (e.g., a first city withinthe third time zone), the computer system (e.g., 600) displays, in thesecond analog dial (e.g., 606), a visual indication (e.g., via adifferent visual characteristic; via a different shade; via a differentcolor) of daytime (e.g., 606B in FIG. 6B)) (e.g., daytime hours; thetime between sunrise and sunset) at a first position within the secondanalog dial (which indicates daytime hours at the first location in thethird time zone). In some embodiments, in response to receiving theselection of the geographic location in the third time zone, inaccordance with a determination that the geographic location correspondsto a second location in the third time zone (e.g., a second city withinthe third time zone), the computer system displays, in the second analogdial, the visual indication (e.g., via a different visualcharacteristic; via a different shade; via a different color) of daytime(e.g., 606B in FIG. 6D) (e.g., daytime hours; the time between sunriseand sunset) at a second position within the second analog dial (whichindicates daytime hours at the second location in the third time zone).In some embodiments, the visual indication of daytime at the firstlocation is a different size/length and/or encompasses (e.g., covers) adifferent portion of the second analog dial than the visual indicationof daytime at the second location (e.g., because the amount of daytimeis different between the first location and the second location).Adjusting the visual indication of daytime (e.g., daytime hours; thetime between sunrise and sunset) to indicate daytime at the new timezone in the second analog dial when the time zone is changed providesinformation about the different daytime/nighttime hours at the new timezone in an intuitive manner. Providing improved feedback enhances theoperability of the device and makes the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by helping the user to more easily read or viewdisplayed content) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improvesbattery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device morequickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, changing the time zone associated with the secondanalog dial (e.g., 606) to the third time zone includes changing anumerical indicator (e.g., 606D) (e.g., in the second analog dial)corresponding to the current time indicated by the second time indicator(e.g., 608D) from a first value (e.g., the hour number for a first hour)corresponding to the current time at the second time zone to a secondvalue (e.g., the hour number for a second hour) corresponding to thecurrent time at the third time zone. Changing the numerical indicatorcorresponding to the current time indicated by the second time indicatorto the second value corresponding to the current time at the third timezone enables a user to quickly and easily identify the current time atthe third time zone when the time zone is first changed. Providingimproved feedback enhances the operability of the device and makes theuser-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to moreeasily read or view displayed content) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, in response to receiving the request (e.g., 610,618, 620) to change the time zone associated with the second analog dial(e.g., 606), the computer system (e.g., 600) displays, in the watch userinterface (e.g., 604A) (e.g., inside the second analog dial; in place ofthe first analog dial), a (e.g., rotatable) user interface element(e.g., 616) that includes a plurality of (e.g., list of; a rotatablelist of) selectable time zone options, wherein the plurality ofselectable time zone options are arranged (e.g., ordered) based on anamount of time offset (e.g., plus/minus a certain number of hours)between the first time zone and respective time zone options of theplurality of selectable time zone options. Displaying the user interfaceelement that includes a plurality of (e.g., list of; a rotatable listof) selectable time zone options, where the plurality of selectable timezone options are arranged (e.g., ordered) based on an amount of timeoffset enables a user to efficiently navigate (e.g., scroll) through theselectable time zone options as the time zone options are arranged in anintuitive manner. Providing improved control options enhances theoperability of the device and makes the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs andreducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life ofthe device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently.

In some embodiments, the plurality of selectable time zone options(e.g., shown via 616) includes a first time zone option corresponding toa designated geographic location (e.g., a first city; a first country; afirst geographic region (e.g., a saved time zone; a favorite time zone;a time zone that is selected and/or stored in a world clockapplication)), and wherein the displayed first time zone option includesa text indication (e.g., an abbreviation) of the designated geographiclocation, and a second time zone option that does not correspond to adesignated geographic location (e.g., a time zone that is not saved,favorited, or otherwise stored or selected in a world clock applicationor a different application), wherein the displayed second time zoneoption includes a numerical indication (e.g., a plus or minus number) ofa respective amount of time offset (e.g., plus/minus a certain number ofhours) between the second time zone and a time zone corresponding to thesecond time zone option.

In some embodiments, the plurality of selectable time zone options(e.g., shown via 616) include a third time zone option corresponding toa first geographic location (e.g., a first city; a first country; afirst geographic region), wherein the first geographic locationcorresponds to a first time zone (e.g., a saved time zone; a favoritedtime zone; a time zone that is selected and/or stored in a world clockapplication), wherein the displayed first time zone option includes atext indication (e.g., an abbreviation) of the first geographiclocation, and a fourth time zone option corresponding to a secondgeographic location different from the first physical location, whereinthe second geographic location corresponds to the first time zone, andwherein the fourth time zone option includes a text indication (e.g., anabbreviation) of the second geographic location.

In some embodiments, in response to receiving the request (e.g., 610,618, 620) to change the time zone associated with the second analogdial, the computer system (e.g., 600) displays, via the displaygeneration component (e.g., 602), the watch user interface (e.g., 604A),wherein displaying the watch user interface includes concurrentlydisplaying a selectable user interface object (e.g., 607; a confirmationaffordance; a “set” or “done” option) for confirming the change in timezone for the second analog dial (e.g., 606). In some embodiments, thecomputer system detects, via the one or more input devices (e.g., atouch-sensitive surface integrated with the display generationcomponent), activation (e.g., selection) (e.g., 622) of the selectableuser interface object. In some embodiments, in response to detecting theactivation of the selectable user interface object, the computer systemsets the second analog dial and the second time indicator (e.g., 608D)to indicate the current time in the third time zone on the second analogdial (e.g., and ceasing display of the selectable user interfaceobject).

Note that details of the processes described above with respect tomethod 700 (e.g., FIGS. 7A-7C) are also applicable in an analogousmanner to the methods described below. For example, method 900optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the variousmethods described above with reference to method 700. For example, awatch user interface as described with reference to FIGS. 6A-6H caninclude and be used to perform a counting operation as described withreference to FIGS. 8A-8M. For another example, method 1100 optionallyincludes one or more of the characteristics of the various methodsdescribed above with reference to method 700. For example, a device canuse as a watch user interface either a user interface that includes anindication of time and a graphical representation of a character asdescribed with reference to FIGS. 10A-10AC or a watch user interface asdescribed with reference to FIGS. 6A-6H. For another example, method1300 optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of thevarious methods described above with reference to method 700. Forexample, a device can use as a watch user interface either a time userinterface as described with reference to FIGS. 12A-12G or a watch userinterface as described with reference to FIGS. 6A-6H. For anotherexample, method 1500 optionally includes one or more of thecharacteristics of the various methods described above with reference tomethod 700. For example, a background of a watch user interface asdescribed with reference to FIGS. 6A-6H can be created or edited via theprocess for updating a background as described with reference to FIGS.14A-14AD. For another example, method 1700 optionally includes one ormore of the characteristics of the various methods described above withreference to method 700. For example, the process for changing one ormore complications of a watch user interface as described with referenceto FIGS. 16A-16AE can be used to change one or more complications of awatch user interface as described with reference to FIGS. 6A-6H. Forbrevity, these details are not repeated below.

FIGS. 8A-8M illustrate exemplary user interfaces for initiating ameasurement of time, in accordance with some embodiments. The userinterfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processesdescribed below, including the processes in FIGS. 9A-9B.

FIG. 8A illustrates device 600 displaying watch user interface 800,which includes analog clock face 804, hour hand 802A, minute hand 802B,and seconds hand 802C. Analog clock face 804 includes bezel 804A (e.g.,a ring representing a 12-hour period of time with respect to hour hand802A and a 60-minute period of time with respect to minute hand 802B)and graphical indicator 806. In some embodiments, bezel 804A includesgraphical indicator 806 (e.g., graphical indicator 806 is fixed to aposition of bezel 804A). In some embodiments, graphical indicator 806 isindependent from at least some portion of bezel 804A (e.g., graphicalindicator 806 can be displayed independently from at least some portionof bezel 804A or change position relative to at least some portion ofbezel 804A).

In FIG. 8A, minute hand 802B has a length such that it at leastpartially overlaps (e.g., extends into) bezel 804A. Bezel 804A hasvisual indicators (e.g., tick marks, numerals) around bezel 804A (e.g.,at 12 evenly-spaced positions), including graphical indicator 806. InFIG. 8A, bezel 804A and graphical indicator 806 are displayed atrespective orientations relative to analog clock face 804. The 12o'clock (or zero minutes) position of bezel 804A is aligned with the 12o'clock position of analog clock face 804 (e.g., the position verticallyupward from origin 801), and graphical indicator 806 is positioned atthe 12 o'clock (or zero minutes) position with respect to bezel 804A andthe 12 o'clock position with respect to analog clock face 804.

In FIG. 8A, device 600 receives (e.g., detects) input 808. In theembodiment illustrated in FIG. 8A, input 808 includes a gesture (e.g., atap on display 602). In some embodiments, input 808 includes a rotationof rotatable input mechanism 603 or a press of a button (e.g., a pressof rotatable and depressible input mechanism 603 or hardware button613). In some embodiments, input 808 can be anywhere on display 602. Insome embodiments, input 808 must correspond to selection of analog clockface 804 (e.g., a location on display 602 inside the outer boundary ofbezel 804A). For example, in response to an input on analog clock face804, device 600 performs a first function (e.g., rotates bezel 804A andstarts counter 810 as described below); and in response to an input thatis not on analog clock face 804, device 600 performs a differentfunction (e.g., if the input is on one of complications 805A-805D,device 600 launches an application corresponding to the selectedcomplication) or no function at all.

In response to input 808, device 600 displays watch user interface 800as shown in FIGS. 8B-8C. In FIG. 8B, device 600 displays counter 810and, compared to FIG. 8A, the length of minute hand 802B is shortened(e.g., such that minute hand 802B does not overlap bezel 804A), bezel804A and graphical indicator 806 are rotated clockwise, and a visualcharacteristic (e.g., fill color, fill pattern, outline color,brightness, transparency) of hour hand 802A and minute hand 802B ischanged. Counter 810 is an example of a graphical indication of time(e.g., the time that has elapsed since device 600 received input 808).

In FIG. 8C, bezel 804A and graphical indicator 806 are displayed atpositions (e.g., orientations) relative to analog clock face 804 suchthat graphical indicator 806 is aligned with minute hand 802B (e.g.,graphical indicator 806 snaps into alignment with minute hand 802B inresponse to receiving input 808), and counter 810 is updated to showthat one second has elapsed (e.g., since device 600 received input 808,since graphical indicator 806 became aligned with minute hand 802B). InFIG. 8C, the length of minute hand 802B is displayed (e.g., remains)such that minute hand 802B does not overlap bezel 804A.

In some embodiments, device 600 automatically aligns graphical indicator806 with minute hand 802B in response to receiving input 808 (e.g., auser does not have to provide input to adjust the position of graphicalindicator 806 to align it with minute hand 802B; inputs of differentmagnitude (e.g., amount of rotation of rotatable input mechanism 603; aduration or spatial length of input 808 (e.g., angular extent of a twistgesture)) result in alignment of graphical indicator 806 with minutehand 802B). For example, in response to receiving a single tap on analogclock face 804, device 600 aligns graphical indicator 806 with minutehand 802B (e.g., by rotating bezel 804A) without further user input. Insome embodiments, device 600 generates a tactile output when graphicalindicator reaches minute hand 802B (e.g., in conjunction with minutehand 802B reaching).

In some embodiments, the transition from FIG. 8A to FIG. 8C is animated(e.g., device 600 displays an animation of bezel 804A rotating untilgraphical indicator 806 is aligned with minute hand 802B). In someembodiments, device 600 displays bezel 804 in the orientation shown inFIG. 8C, with graphical indicator 806 aligned with minute hand 802B inresponse to receiving input 808 without an animation or without displayof the intermediate state illustrated by FIG. 8B. As time passes (e.g.,without further input), bezel 804A and graphical indicator 806 remainstationary relative to analog clock face 804 while the hands of clockface 804 progress to indicate the current time and counter 810 continuesto update according to the elapsed time.

In the embodiment illustrated in FIGS. 8A-8C, device 600 begins counter810 in response to receiving input 808. In some embodiments, in responseto receiving input 816, device 600 device does not start counter 810(e.g., device 600 aligns graphical indicator 806 with minute hand 802Band displays counter 810, but does not start counter 810 (e.g., counter810 maintains a time of zero) until further input is received).

In FIG. 8C, device 600 receives (e.g., detects) input 812. As shown inFIG. 8C, input 812 includes a rotation of rotatable input mechanism 603in a first direction (e.g., clockwise). In some embodiments, input 812includes a gesture (e.g., a touch gesture on display 602).

In response to receiving input 812, device 600 rotates bezel 804Arelative to clock face 804 and changes the time displayed by counter 810in accordance with input 812, as shown in FIG. 8D. In some embodiments,the direction in which bezel 804A is rotated is based on the directionof input 812. In some embodiments, the amount of rotation of bezel 804is based on (e.g., proportional to, directly proportional to) an amount,speed, and/or direction of rotation of input 812. The time displayed bycounter 810 is changed based on the change in position of bezel 804 tocorrespond to the position of bezel 804A relative to minute hand 802B.In FIG. 8D, bezel 804A is rotated counter-clockwise by an amountequivalent to five minutes (where one full rotation of bezel 804A isequivalent to 60 minutes) and the display of counter 810 is changed toshow 5:00.

In some embodiments, bezel 804A is rotated, and counter 810 is updatedaccordingly, as input is received (e.g., bezel 804A and counter 810 areupdated continually as rotatable input mechanism 603 is rotated). Forexample, in FIG. 8D, device 600 receives (e.g., detects) input 814corresponding to a rotation of rotatable input mechanism 603 in adirection opposite of the direction of input 812. In response toreceiving input 814, device 600 moves bezel 804A such that graphicalindicator 806 is in alignment with minute hand 802B and updates counter810 accordingly.

Alternatively, in response to input 808, device 600 displays watch userinterface 800 as shown in FIG. 8E. In FIG. 8E, device 600 displayscounter 810 and, similar to as in FIGS. 8B-8D, the length of minute hand802B is shortened, bezel 804A and graphical indicator 806 are rotatedclockwise such that, relative to analog clock face 804, graphicalindicator 806 is aligned with minute hand 802B (e.g., graphicalindicator 806 snaps into alignment with minute hand 802B in response toreceiving input 808), and a visual characteristic (e.g., fill color,fill pattern, outline color, brightness, transparency) of hour hand 802Aand minute hand 802B is changed. Alternatively to FIGS. 8B-8D, counter810 does not start in response to receiving input 808.

In FIG. 8E, while displaying watch user interface 800 including counter810 that not started ((e.g., counter 810 maintains a time of zero) andgraphical indicator 806 is aligned with minute hand 802B, device 600receives (e.g., detects) an input 816. As shown in FIG. 8C, input 816includes a gesture (e.g., a touch gesture on display 602). In someembodiments, input 816 includes a press input directed to rotatableinput mechanism 603.

In FIG. 8E, in response to receiving input 816, device 600 startscounter 810. In some embodiments, after aligning graphical indicator 806with minute hand 802B (e.g., by rotating bezel 804A) and displayingcounter 810 in response to receiving input 808, if device 600 does notreceive further input (e.g., a confirmation input, a tap, a buttonpress) within a threshold amount of time (e.g., a non-zero amount oftime, 1 second, 2 seconds, 3 seconds, 5 seconds), device 600 displays(e.g., reverts to) watch user interface 800 as displayed in FIG. 8A(e.g., bezel 804A and graphical indicator 806 are displayed in theorientation relative to clock face 804 shown in FIG. 8A and counter 810is not displayed (e.g., device 600 ceases display of counter 810)).

Turning to FIG. 8G, watch user interface 800 is displayed at a latertime, where 20 minutes and 20 seconds have elapsed, as indicated bycounter 810. FIG. 8G illustrates that as minute hand 802B movesaccording to the passage of time, device 600 maintains the orientationof bezel 804A and displays tick marks at the minute positions on bezel804A (e.g., between the existing 5-minute interval marks) clockwise fromgraphical indicator 806 to minute hand 802B. FIG. 8H shows watch userinterface 800 at a later time, where 56 minutes and 35 seconds haveelapsed, as indicated by counter 810. At this time, minute hand 802B hasnot made a full rotation around clock face 804 relative to the positionof graphical indicator 806. In FIG. 8I, one hour, six minutes, and 35seconds have elapsed (as indicated by counter 810). Minute hand 802B hasmade more than a full rotation around clock face 804 and passedgraphical indicator 806. Once minute hand 802B makes a full rotation andpasses graphical indicator 806, device 600 removes tick marks from theminute positions on bezel 804A from graphical indicator 806 to minutehand 802B. Removing the tick marks after minute hand 802B has passedgraphical indicator 806 indicates to the user that minute hand 802B hasmade a full rotation.

In FIG. 8I, device 600 receives (e.g., detects) input 820. In theembodiment shown in FIG. 8I, input 820 includes a rotation of rotatableinput mechanism 603. In some embodiments, input 820 includes a gesture(e.g., a touch gesture on display 602). In response to receiving input820, device 600 rotates bezel 804A clockwise, until graphical indicator806 is almost aligned with minute hand 802B, and updates counter 810accordingly, as shown in FIG. 8J. In response to receiving input 820,device 600 maintains display of the tick marks at the minute positionson bezel 804A between the 5-minute interval marks. The time on counter810 is adjusted by an amount of time that is based on the magnitude,speed, and/or direction of input 820 (e.g., the amount of rotation ofrotatable input mechanism 603) and the corresponding amount of rotationof bezel 804A (e.g., device 600 does not reset counter 810 to zero inresponse to input 820). In some embodiments, if input 820 causes anamount of clockwise rotation of bezel 804A such that graphical indicator806 passes minute hand 802B (e.g., the elapsed time or offset betweengraphical indicator 806 and minute hand 802B is reduced to less than 59minutes), device 600 removes tick marks from the minute positions onbezel 804A in the counter-clockwise direction from graphical indicator806 to minute hand 802B.

In FIG. 8J, device 600 receives (e.g., detects) input 824. In theembodiment illustrated in FIG. 8J, input 824 includes a tap gesture on alocation of display 602 corresponding to counter 810. In someembodiments, input 824 includes a rotation of rotatable input mechanism603 or a press of a button (e.g., a press of rotatable and depressibleinput mechanism 603 or hardware button 613). In some embodiments, input824 can be anywhere on display 602. In some embodiments, input 808 mustcorrespond to selection of analog clock face 804 (e.g., a location ondisplay 602 inside the outer boundary of bezel 804A). For example, inresponse to an input on analog clock face 804, device 600 performs afirst function (e.g., displays watch user interface 826 in FIG. 8K asdescribed below); and in response to an input that is not on analogclock face 804, device 600 performs a different function (e.g., if theinput is on one of complications 805A-805D, device 600 launches anapplication corresponding to the selected complication) or no functionat all.

In response to receiving input 824, device 600 displays watch userinterface 826 shown in FIG. 8K. Watch user interface 826 includesgraphical indication of time 810A (e.g., an enlarged version of counter810), continue affordance 826A, and stop affordance 826B. In someembodiments, graphical indication of time 810A shows a static indicationof the elapsed time on counter 810 when input 824 was received. In someembodiments, graphical indication of time 810A updates to show thecurrently elapsed time (e.g., graphical indication of time 810Acontinues to progress from the time on counter 810 when input 824 wasreceived). In some embodiments, device 600 pauses counter 810 inresponse to receiving input 824. In some embodiments, device 600continues counter 810 in response to receiving input 824. In someembodiments, in response to receiving input 824, device 600 ceasesdisplay of clock face 804 and/or complications 805A-805D. In someembodiments, device 600 displays graphical indication of time 810A,continue affordance 826A, and stop affordance 826B overlaid on watchuser interface 824. In some embodiments, in response to receiving input824, device 600 at least partially obscures (e.g., blurs or greys out)watch user interface 824.

In some embodiments, in response to receiving input 824, device 600resets the user interface (e.g., displays watch user interface 800 asshown in FIG. 8A indicating the current time, or resets counter 810 tozero and aligns graphical indicator 806 with the current position ofminute hand 802B). In some embodiments, if input 824 is a first type ofinput (e.g., a single tap on counter 810, then device 600 displays watchuser interface 826 as shown in FIG. 8K; and if input 824 is a secondtype of input (e.g., a double tap on counter 810), then device 600resets the user interface.

FIG. 8K shows input 828 corresponding to selection of continueaffordance 826A (e.g., a tap at a location on display 602 correspondingto continue affordance 826A) and input 830 corresponding to selection ofstop affordance 826B (e.g., a tap at a location on display 602corresponding to stop affordance 826B).

As shown in FIG. 8L, in response to receiving input 828, device 600returns to the watch user interface that was displayed at the time ofreceiving input 824 and continues to update counter 810 (e.g., device600 ceases to display continue affordance 826A, stop affordance 826B,and graphical indication of time 810A (e.g., reduces the enlargedversion of counter 810 to its previous size)).

As shown in FIG. 8M, in response to receiving input 830, device 600returns to watch user interface 800 (e.g., device 600 ceases to displaycontinue affordance 826A, stop affordance 826B, and graphical indicationof time 810A), in which bezel 804A and graphical indicator 806 arealigned with the 12 o'clock position of clock face 804, counter 810 isnot displayed, no tick marks are displayed between the 5-minuteintervals of bezel 804, and hour hand 802A and minute hand 802B aredisplayed with the visual characteristics shown in FIG. 8A (e.g.,instead of the visual characteristics shown in FIGS. 8B-8J).

FIGS. 9A-9B are a flow diagram illustrating methods of initiating ameasurement of time, in accordance with some embodiments. Method 900 isperformed at a computer system (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600) (e.g., a smartdevice, such as a smartphone or a smartwatch; a mobile device) that isin communication with a display generation component and one or moreinput devices (e.g., including a touch-sensitive surface that isintegrated with the display generation component; a mechanical inputdevice; a rotatable input device; a rotatable and depressible inputdevice; a microphone). Some operations in method 900 are, optionally,combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, andsome operations are, optionally, omitted.

As described below, method 900 provides an intuitive way for managinguser interfaces related to time. The method reduces the cognitive burdenon a user for managing user interfaces related to time, thereby creatinga more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computingdevices, enabling a user to manage user interfaces related to timefaster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the timebetween battery charges.

The computer system (e.g., 600) displays (902), via the displaygeneration component (e.g., 602), a watch user interface (e.g., 800)(e.g., showing a clock with a hour hand and a minute hand), the watchuser interface including an analog clock face (e.g., 804) that includesa first clock hand (e.g., 802B) (e.g., the minute hand of the clock) anda graphical indicator (e.g., 806) (e.g., a marker (e.g., a triangularmarker)), wherein the graphical indicator is displayed at a firstposition relative to the analog clock face (e.g., along/within a dialregion surrounding the clock). In some embodiments, the graphicalindicator is initially not aligned with the first clock hand along theboundary. In some embodiments, the graphical indicator is initiallydisplayed at the top-center position along the boundary.

While displaying, via the display generation component (e.g., 602), thewatch user interface (e.g., 800) (904), the computer system (e.g., 600)detects (906), via the one or more input devices (e.g., via a firstinput device (e.g., 602 or 603) (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface; atouch-sensitive display; a rotatable input device; a rotatable anddepressible input device; a mechanical input device)), a first userinput (e.g., 808). In some embodiments, the first user input is an inputof a first type (e.g., a rotational input on the first input device; ascrolling input on the first input device or a tap input on atouch-sensitive surface such as a touchscreen display).

In response to detecting the first user input (e.g., 808) (910), thecomputer system (e.g., 600) moves (912) the graphical indicator (e.g.,806) to a second position relative to the analog clock face (e.g., 804)such that the graphical indicator is aligned with the first clock hand(e.g., 802B) (e.g., such that the graphical indicator is pointing to ormarking the position of the first clock hand; such that the graphicalindicator is at the outer end of the first clock hand). Moving thegraphical indicator to the second position relative to the analog clockface such that the graphical indicator is aligned with the first clockhand in response to detecting the first user input provides visualfeedback of the initiation of a feature (e.g., initiation of a timecounter) and a starting point of the initiated feature (e.g., thestarting time for the counter) in an intuitive manner. Providingimproved feedback enhances the operability of the device and makes theuser-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to moreeasily read or view displayed content) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

While the graphical indicator (e.g., 806) is displayed at the secondposition relative to the analog clock face (e.g., 804) (918), thecomputer system (e.g., 600) displays (920) a graphical indication of atime (e.g., 810) (e.g., a time counter; a digital counter) that haselapsed from a time when the first user input (e.g., 808) (e.g., theinput moving the graphical indicator to a second position relative tothe analog clock face such that the graphical indicator is aligned withthe first clock hand) was detected to a current time. In someembodiments, the graphical indication of the time that has elapsed isdisplayed within the analog clock face in the watch user interface(e.g., 800). Displaying the graphical indication of a time that haselapsed from the time when the first user input while the graphicalindicator is displayed at the second position relative to the analogclock face enables a user to quickly and easily recognize that the timehas been initiated and the time that has elapsed. Providing improvedfeedback enhances the operability of the device and makes theuser-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to moreeasily read or view displayed content) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently. Initiating a timecounter (e.g., displayed via the graphical indication of a time) inresponse to the first user input enables a user to initiate the timecounter in a quick and efficient manner. Providing additional controloptions without cluttering the UI with additional displayed controlsenhances the operability of the device and makes the user-deviceinterface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide properinputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with thedevice) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves batterylife of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quicklyand efficiently.

Alternatively, in some embodiments, in response to detecting the firstuser input (e.g., 808), the computer system (e.g., 600) displays orcauses display of the graphical indicator (e.g., 806) to a secondposition (e.g., position of 806 in FIG. 8C from position of 806 in FIG.8A) relative to the analog clock face (e.g., 804) and displays thegraphical indication of the time (e.g., 810), where the graphicalindication of the time is shown at an initial state (e.g., “00:00”)without yet indicating an elapsed time. In some embodiments, while thegraphical indication of the time is shown at the initial state, thecomputer system detects, via the one or more input devices (e.g., via asecond input device, such as a touch-sensitive surface that isintegrated with the display generation component (e.g., 602)), a seconduser input (e.g., corresponding to an activation/selection of thegraphical indication of the time). In some embodiments, the second userinput is an input of a second type (e.g., a touch input on atouch-sensitive surface that is integrated with the display generationcomponent) that is different from the first type. In some embodiments,in response to detecting the second user input, the computer systemdisplays or causes display of, in the graphical indication of the time,the time that has elapsed from the time when the first user input wasdetected to the current time.

In some embodiments, in response to detecting the first user input(e.g., 808) (910), the computer system (e.g., 600) shifts (e.g.,rotates) (914) an analog dial (e.g., 804A) (e.g., including indicationsof time positions (e.g., 00:00/12:00 position, 3:00/15:00 position,6:00/18:00 position, 9:00/21:00 position; 0 minute position, 15 minuteposition, 30 minute position, 45 minute position)) of the analog clockface (e.g., 804) in accordance with the movement of the graphicalindicator (e.g., 806) (e.g., a marker (e.g., a triangular marker)) suchthat a scale of the analog dial is aligned to begin at (e.g., the00:00/12:00 position/0 minute position of the analog dial is aligned to)the second position relative to the analog clock face. Shifting (e.g.,rotating) the analog dial in accordance with the movement of thegraphical indicator such that a scale of the analog dial is aligned tobegin at the second position relative to the analog clock face providesvisual feedback of the starting position of the time counter in anintuitive manner. Providing improved feedback enhances the operabilityof the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g.,by helping the user to more easily read or view displayed content)which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life ofthe device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently.

In some embodiments, the first user input (e.g., 808) includes arotational input detected via the one or more input devices (e.g., afirst input device (e.g., 603) (e.g., a rotatable input device; arotatable and depressible input device)) (908). In some embodiments,moving the graphical indicator (e.g., 806) in response to detecting thefirst user input includes snapping the graphical indicator to the secondposition relative to the analog clock face (e.g., 804) such that thegraphical indicator is aligned with the first clock hand (e.g., 802B).

In some embodiments, in response to the first input (e.g., 808) (910),in conjunction with moving the graphical indicator (e.g., 806) (e.g., amarker (e.g., a triangular marker)) to the second position relative tothe analog clock face (e.g., 804) (e.g., in response to detecting thefirst user input; when the graphical indicator is moved from the firstposition to the second position), the computer system (e.g., 600)generates (916) (e.g., via one or more tactile output generators that isin communication with the computer system) a tactile output (e.g., atactile output sequence that corresponds to moving the graphicalindicator to the second position). Generating the tactile output inconjunction with moving the graphical indicator (e.g., a marker (e.g., atriangular marker)) to the second position relative to the analog clockface provides feedback that the time counter has been initiated.Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operabilityof the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g.,by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakeswhen operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, while displaying the graphical indication of thetime (e.g., 810) (e.g., a time counter a digital counter) that haselapsed from the time when the first user input (e.g., 808) was detectedto the current time (922), the computer system (e.g., 600) displays(924) a movement of the first clock hand (e.g., 802B) (e.g., rotatingwithin the analog clock face) to indicate the current time (e.g., the“minute” of the current time). In some embodiments, in accordance withthe first clock hand being aligned with (e.g., to point to; to be inline with) the second position of the graphical indicator (e.g., 806)(e.g., a marker (e.g., a triangular marker)) within the analog clockface, the computer system generates (926) (e.g., via one or more tactileoutput generators that is in communication with the computer system) atactile output (e.g., a tactile output sequence that corresponds to thefirst clock hand being aligned with the second position of the graphicalindicator). In some embodiments, the computer system does not move thegraphical indicator (e.g., the graphical indicator remains at (e.g.,stays fixed to) the second position relative to the analog clock face)while the computer system moves the first clock hand relative to theanalog clock face to indicate the current time.

In some embodiments, while displaying the graphical indication of thetime (e.g., 810) (e.g., a time counter a digital counter) that haselapsed from the time when the first user input (e.g., 808) was detectedto the current time (922), the computer system (e.g., 600) detects(928), via the one or more input devices (e.g., the first input device(e.g., 603) (e.g., a rotatable input device; a rotatable and depressibleinput device)), a second user input (e.g., 812 or 814) (e.g., arotational input on the first input device; a continuation of the firstuser input (e.g., additional or continued rotation of the rotatableinput mechanism)). In some embodiments, in response to detecting thesecond user input (930), the computer system adjusts (e.g., increasingor decreasing) (932) the graphical indication of the time in accordancewith (e.g., based on an amount of, speed of, and/or direction of) thesecond user input. In some embodiments, in accordance with the seconduser input being in a first (e.g., clockwise) direction on the firstinput device, adjusting the graphical indication of the time includesincreasing the displayed time based on the amount and/or speed of theinput. In some embodiments, in accordance with the second user inputbeing in a second (e.g., counter-clockwise) direction on the first inputdevice, adjusting the graphical indication of the time includesdecreasing the displayed time based on the amount and/or speed of thecounter-clockwise input. Adjusting (e.g., increasing or decreasing) thegraphical indication of the time in accordance with (e.g., based on anamount of, speed of, and/or direction of) the second user input whilethe time counter is running enables a user to adjust the running timecounter in an convenient and efficient manner. Providing additionalcontrol options without cluttering the UI with additional displayedcontrols enhances the operability of the device and makes theuser-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user toprovide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, subsequent to (e.g., immediately after) detectingthe first user input (e.g., 808), the computer system (e.g., 600)detects a third user input (e.g., 812 or 814) (e.g., that is acontinuation of the first user input (e.g., in the same rotationaldirection); that is an input in a different (e.g., rotational) directionfrom the first user input). In some embodiments, in response todetecting the third user input, the computer system moves (e.g., slides;rotates) the graphical indicator (e.g., a marker (e.g., a triangularmarker)) from the second position relative to the analog clock face(e.g., 804) to a third position relative to the analog clock facedifferent from the second position. In some embodiments, the computersystem adjusts the time displayed in the graphical indication of thetime (e.g., 810) to include an offset from the elapsed time from whenthe first user input was detected to the current time, wherein theoffset corresponds to a difference (e.g., in minutes) between the secondposition and the third position relative to the analog clock face.Adjusting the time displayed in the graphical indication of the time toinclude the offset from the elapsed time from when the first user inputwas detected to the current time enables a user to quickly and easilyadjust the time displayed in the graphical indication of the time if anadjustment is needed without needing to re-initiate the time displayedin the graphical indication of the time. Reducing the number of inputsneeded to perform an operation enhances the operability of the deviceand makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping theuser to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, when the graphical indicator (e.g., 806) is movedfrom the second position to the third position, where the differencebetween the third position relative to the second position is anaddition of (e.g., going forwards in time) a first amount of time (e.g.,a first amount of minutes) relative to the analog clock face (e.g.,804), the offset corresponds to the addition of the first amount oftime, and the time displayed in the graphical indication of the timeincludes the elapsed time from when the first user input (e.g., 808) wasdetected to the current time adjusted by the addition of the firstamount of time. In some embodiments, when the graphical indicator (e.g.,806) is moved from the second position to the third position, where thedifference between the third position relative to the second position isa subtraction of (e.g., going backwards in time) a second amount of time(e.g., a second amount of minutes) relative to the analog clock face,the offset corresponds to the subtraction of the second amount of time,and the time displayed in the graphical indication of the time includesthe elapsed time from when the first user input was detected to thecurrent time adjusted by the subtraction of the second amount of time(e.g., which can be a negative time).

In some embodiments, in response to detecting the third input, inaccordance a determination that the third user input corresponds to aninput (e.g., detected via a rotatable input device; detected via arotatable and depressible input device) in a first direction (e.g., aclockwise direction), the computer system (e.g., 600) moving thegraphical indicator (e.g., a marker (e.g., a triangular marker)) fromthe second position to the third position includes moving (e.g.,sliding; rotating) the graphical indicator (e.g., 806) along (e.g., adial region of) the analog clock face (e.g., 804) in a clockwisedirection (towards the third position (e.g., where, based on a clockwisedirection, the third position is ahead of the second position within theanalog clock face) as the third user input (e.g., 814) is detected. Insome embodiments, in response to detecting the third input, inaccordance a determination that the third user input corresponds to aninput (e.g., detected via a rotatable input device; detected via arotatable and depressible input device) in a second direction (e.g., acounter-clockwise direction), the computer system moving the graphicalindicator from the second position to the third position includes moving(e.g., sliding; rotating) the graphical indicator along (e.g., a dialregion of) the analog clock face in a counter-clockwise directiontowards the third position (e.g., where, based on a clockwise direction,the third position is behind the second position within the analog clockface) as the third user input is detected.

In some embodiments, the input (e.g., 812) in the first directioncorresponds to a rotational input (e.g., detected via a rotatable inputdevice; detected via a rotatable and depressible input device) in afirst rotational direction (e.g., clockwise direction). In someembodiments, the input (e.g., 814) in the second direction correspondsto a rotational input (e.g., detected via a rotatable input device;detected via a rotatable and depressible input device) in a secondrotational direction opposite the first rotational direction (e.g.,counter-clockwise direction).

In some embodiments, while displaying the graphical indication of thetime (e.g., 810) (e.g., a time counter a digital counter) that haselapsed from the time when the first user input (e.g., 808) was detectedto the current time, the computer system (e.g., 600) detects, via theone or more input devices (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface), selection(e.g., 824) of (e.g., touch input on) the graphical indication of thetime. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the selection of thegraphical indication of the time, the computer system displays, via thedisplay generation component (e.g., 602), a prompt (e.g., 826; an alert;a notification) that includes a first option (e.g., 826A; a firstselectable user interface object; a first affordance) that, whenselected, causes the computer system to continue counting, via thegraphical indication of the time, the time that has elapsed from a timewhen the first user input was detected to a current time, and a secondoption (e.g., 826B; a second selectable user interface object; a secondaffordance) that, when selected, causes the computer system to cease(e.g., stop) counting, via the graphical indication of the time, thetime that has elapsed from a time when the first user input was detectedto a current time. In some embodiments, ceasing counting the timeincludes ceasing displaying the graphical indication of the time. Insome embodiments, ceasing counting the time includes maintaining displayof the graphical indication of the time and resetting (e.g., to “00:00”)the time counted via the graphical indication of the time. Displayingthe prompt that includes the first potion and the second option inresponse to detecting the selection of the graphical indication of thetime enables a user to cause the computer system to continue or ceasethe counting in an easy and intuitive manner. Providing improvedfeedback enhances the operability of the device and makes theuser-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to moreeasily read or view displayed content) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, in response to detecting the first user input(e.g., 808), the computer system (e.g., 600) changes (e.g., modifies) avisual characteristic of (e.g., dims; changes color of (e.g., to be thesame color as the graphical indicator and/or as the graphical indicationof the time)) the first clock hand (e.g., 802B) to include a firstvisual characteristic (e.g., a dimmed color or visual state; the colorof the graphical indicator and/or the graphical indication of the time).In some embodiments, the analog clock face (e.g., 804) includes a secondclock hand (e.g., 802A) (e.g., the hour hand of the clock). In someembodiments, in response to detecting the first user input, the computersystem changes (e.g., modifies) the visual characteristic of the secondclock hand to include the first visual characteristic. Changing thevisual characteristic of the first clock hand to include the firstvisual characteristic in response to detecting the first user inputprovides visual feedback that an operation (e.g., the counting) has beenenabled, thereby enhancing the operability of the device and making theuser-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to moreeasily recognize that the operation has been initiated) which,additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of thedevice by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently. In some embodiments, after detecting the first user input(e.g., 808), the computer system (e.g., 600) detects (e.g., via atouch-sensitive surface of the one or more input devices) an input(e.g., a rotational input on the rotatable input device; a touch inputsuch as a swipe or pinch input) directed to a rotatable input device(e.g., 603) of the one or more input devices. In some embodiments, inresponse to detecting the input directed to the rotatable input device,the computer system changes (e.g., modifies) the visual characteristicof (e.g., dims; changes the color of (e.g., to be the same color as thegraphical indicator and/or as the graphical indication of the time)) thefirst clock hand (e.g., 802B) to include the first visual characteristic(e.g., a dimmed color or visual state; the color of the graphicalindicator and/or the graphical indication of the time).

In some embodiments, in response to detecting the first user input(e.g., 808), the computer system (e.g., 600) changes (e.g., modifies) ashape of (e.g., changes a feature of; changes the size of; makessmaller; shrinks) the first clock hand (e.g., 802B) to be a first shape(e.g., a smaller, shrunk clock hand). In some embodiments, the analogclock face (e.g., 804) includes a second clock hand (e.g., 802A) (e.g.,the hour hand of the clock). In some embodiments, in response todetecting the first user input, the computer system changes (e.g.,modifies) a shape of (e.g., changes a feature of; changes the size of;makes smaller; shrinks) the second clock hand to be a second shape(e.g., a smaller, shrunk clock hand). Changing the shape of the firstclock hand to be the first shape in response to detecting the first userinput provides visual feedback that an operation(e.g., the counting) hasbeen enabled, thereby enhancing the operability of the device and makingthe user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user tomore easily recognize that the operation has been initiated) which,additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of thedevice by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently.

In some embodiments, while the graphical indicator (e.g., 806) (e.g., amarker (e.g., a triangular marker)) is displayed at the second positionrelative to the analog clock face, the computer system (e.g., 600)displays (e.g., continues to display), in the analog clock face (e.g.,804), a movement of the first clock hand (e.g., 802B) to indicate thecurrent time (e.g., the “minute” of the current time). In someembodiments, while displaying the movement of the first clock hand, thecomputer system displays, in the analog clock face (e.g., 804) (e.g., ina dial region of the analog clock face), visual indicators (e.g., visualmarkers (e.g., tick marks), as shown in FIGS. 8G-8H) along a path ofmovement of (e.g., the tip of) the first clock hand as the first clockhand is moving (e.g., rotating) around the analog clock face (e.g., thevisual indicators appear along the path of movement of the first clockhand as the first clock hand is moving circularly within the analogclock face). Displaying the visual indicators along the path of movementof (e.g., the tip of) the first clock hand as the first clock hand ismoving (e.g., rotating) around the analog clock face provides visualfeedback that the counting is on-going, thereby enhancing theoperability of the device and making the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by helping the user to more easily recognize that theoperation has been initiated) which, additionally, reduces power usageand improves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use thedevice more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, while concurrently displaying the movement of thefirst clock hand (e.g., 802B) and the visual indicators, in accordancewith a determination that the visual indicators are already displayedalong a full path of movement of (e.g., the tip of) the first clock hand(e.g., fully around the analog clock face (e.g., fully around a dialregion of the analog clock face)), the computer system (e.g., 600)removes display of the visual indicators along the path of movement of(e.g., the tip of) the first clock hand (e.g., 802B) as the first clockhand is moving (e.g., rotating) around the analog clock face (e.g., 804)(e.g., as shown in FIG. 8I).

In some embodiments, in response to detecting the first user input(e.g., 808), the computer system (e.g., 600) moves the graphicalindicator (e.g., 806) to the second position relative to the analogclock face (e.g., 804) such that the graphical indicator is aligned withthe first clock hand (e.g., 802B) (e.g., such that the graphicalindicator is pointing to or marking the position of the first clockhand; such that the graphical indicator is at the outer end of the firstclock hand) and displays the graphical indication of the time (e.g.,810) (e.g., a time counter; a digital counter) but does notautomatically initiate a counting of the time using the graphicalindication of the time. In some embodiments, while displaying thegraphical indication of the time, the computer system detects (e.g., viaa touch-sensitive surface of the one or more input devices) an input(e.g., 816; a user's tap input) directed to confirming the initiation ofthe counting of the time (e.g., user selection of a confirm affordance(e.g., “set” affordance or “done” affordance)). In some embodiments, ifthe input directed to confirming the initiation of the counting of thetime is not detected by the computer system for a predetermined timeperiod (e.g., 5 seconds; 10 seconds; 30 seconds), the computer systemmoves the graphical indicator back to its previous position (the firstposition) relative to the analogic clock face.

Note that details of the processes described above with respect tomethod 900 (e.g., FIGS. 9A-9B) are also applicable in an analogousmanner to the method described above and below. For example, method 700optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the variousmethods described above with reference to method 900. For example, awatch user interface as described with reference to FIGS. 6A-6H caninclude and be used to perform a counting operation as described withreference to FIGS. 8A-8M. For another example, method 1100 optionallyincludes one or more of the characteristics of the various methodsdescribed above with reference to method 900. For example, a device canuse as a watch user interface either a user interface that includes anindication of time and a graphical representation of a character asdescribed with reference to FIGS. 10A-10AC or a watch user interface asdescribed with reference to FIGS. 8A-8M. For another example, method1300 optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of thevarious methods described above with reference to method 900. Forexample, a device can use as a watch user interface either a time userinterface as described with reference to FIGS. 12A-12G or a watch userinterface as described with reference to FIGS. 8A-8M. For anotherexample, method 1500 optionally includes one or more of thecharacteristics of the various methods described above with reference tomethod 900. For example, a background of a watch user interface asdescribed with reference to FIGS. 8A-8M can be created or edited via theprocess for updating a background as described with reference to FIGS.14A-14AD. For another example, method 1700 optionally includes one ormore of the characteristics of the various methods described above withreference to method 900. For example, the process for changing one ormore complications of a watch user interface as described with referenceto FIGS. 16A-16AE can be used to change one or more complications of awatch user interface as described with reference to FIGS. 8A-8M. Forbrevity, these details are not repeated below.

FIGS. 10A-10AC illustrate exemplary user interfaces for enabling anddisplaying user interface using a character, in accordance with someembodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustratethe processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 11A-11H.

FIG. 10A illustrates device 600 displaying user interface 1001 thatconcurrently includes indication of time 1002 and graphicalrepresentation 1000 of a first character displayed on background 1004.In some embodiments, representation 1000 of the first charactercorresponds to a graphical representation of a user associated withdevice 600 (e.g., a representation created or customized by a user).

In FIG. 10A, device 600 is in a first activity state (e.g., a lockedstate; a sleep state, a low-power state) in which display 602 is dimmed(e.g., at a lower brightness) compared to a “normal” operating state. Inthe first state depicted in FIG. 10A, device 600 displays fewergraphical elements than in the normal operating state (e.g.,complication 1005A and complication 1005B shown in, e.g., FIG. 10B arenot displayed in the first state). In accordance with device 600 beingin the first activity state, device 600 displays graphicalrepresentation 1000 of the first character in a first visual state(e.g., a static visual state or an animated visual state) thatcorresponds to the first activity state. In the embodiment illustratedin FIG. 10A, the first visual state includes the showing the characterwith eyes shut (e.g., a character appears to be sleeping).

FIG. 10B illustrates device 600 in a second activity state (e.g., thenormal operating state, an active state, a different activity state fromthe first activity state depicted in FIG. 10A) in which display 602 isnot dimmed. In the second activity state, user interface 1001concurrently displays indication of time 1002 and graphicalrepresentation 1000 of the first character on background 1004 (e.g.,similar to FIG. 10A), as well as complications 1005A and 1005B thatprovide date and weather information, respectively. In accordance withdevice 600 being in the second activity state, device 600 displaysgraphical representation 1000 of the first character in a second visualstate different, from the first visual state, that corresponds to thesecond activity state. In the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 10B, thesecond visual state shows the first character with eyes open (e.g., aneutral pose). In some embodiments, device 600 changes from the userinterface in FIG. 10A to the user interface in FIG. 10B (or vice versa)in response to detecting a change in the activity state of device 600(e.g., in response to detecting a change from the first activity stateto the second activity state (or vice versa), respectively).

FIGS. 10C-10D illustrate device 600 in the second activity state (e.g.,the normal or active activity state) and displaying the first characterin a visual state that includes an animation in which representation1000 of the first character alternates between a first position (e.g.,head tilted to the left as depicted in FIG. 10C) and a second position(e.g., head tilted to the right as depicted in FIG. 10D). In someembodiments, representation 1000 alternates between the first positionand the second position (e.g., at a periodic rate) to indicate thepassing of time (e.g., from the first position to the second positionevery one second or 0.5 seconds, from the first position to the secondposition and back to the first position every two seconds or 1 second).In some embodiments, the animation is based on the character (e.g.,different animations are displayed for different characters). In someembodiments, device 600 displays a gradual transition from a firstanimation of representation 1000 of the first character to a second(e.g., different) animation (e.g., device 600 interpolates (e.g., basedon a last state of the first animation and a first state of the secondanimation) between the two animations to provide a smooth transition).

In FIG. 10D, device 600 receives (e.g., detects) input 1006 (e.g., a tapat a location on display 602 that corresponds to representation 1000, awrist raise). In response to receiving input 1006, device 600 displaysrepresentation 1000 with the first character in a different visual state(e.g., device 600 changes the visual state of the first character), asillustrated by FIG. 10E. For example, device 600 changes the display ofvisual representation 1000 to change the visual state of the firstcharacter in response to input 1006. In FIG. 10E, the first character isshown winking with an open mouth (e.g., a selfie pose), whereas in FIG.10D the first character had both eyes open and mouth closed. In someembodiments, device 600 changes the display of visual representation1000 to change the visual state of the first character without userinput (e.g., device 600 changes the visual state in response totime-based criteria being met, device 600 automatically cycles through aset of predetermined visual states (e.g., device 600 displaysrepresentation 1000 with a visual state for a predetermined amount oftime before changing to another visual state)).

In some embodiments, representation 1000 is displayed in a manner thatindicates a change in time. For example, in FIG. 10F, indication of time1002 shows that the time has changed to 10:10 from 10:09 in FIG. 10E.When (e.g., in response to) the time changing from 10:09 to 10:10, thefirst character looks or glances at indication of time 1002 (e.g., thehead and/or eyes of representation 1000 move to appear as though thefirst character is looking at indication of time 1002). In someembodiments, representation 1000 indicates a change in time in responseto a change in the minute of the current time. In some embodiments,representation 1000 indicates a change in time only in response to achange in the hour of the current time (e.g., from 10:59 to 11:00). Insome embodiments, representation 1000 indicates a change in time (e.g.,appears to look at indication of time 1002) when a predetermined timehas been reached (e.g., the hour has changed, a quarter past the hourhas been reached, half past the hour has been reached, 45 minutes pastthe hour has been reached).

FIG. 10G illustrates device 600 in a third activity state (e.g., aninactive unlocked state, a low-power unlocked state) different from thefirst activity state in FIG. 10A and the second activity state in FIGS.10B-10F. In the activity state depicted in FIG. 10G, device 600 displaysindication of time 1002, graphical representation 1000 of the firstcharacter (e.g., in a visual state having a neutral body expression),and complications 1005A and 1005B on background 1004 (similar to thesecond activity state in, e.g., FIG. 10B); display 602 is dimmedcompared to the second activity state (e.g., an active unlocked state)and brighter compared to the first activity state (e.g., a lockedstate). In the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 10G, representation 1000shows the first character in the same visual state shown in FIG. 10B,where device 600 was in the second activity state (e.g., when device 600changes from the second activity state to the third activity state,representation 1000 can maintain the visual state of the first characterwhile changing the brightness of display 602).

FIG. 10H illustrates device 600 in a fourth activity state (e.g., achange-in-time state for predetermined intervals) different from thefirst activity state in FIG. 10A, the second activity state in FIGS.10B-10F, and the third activity state in FIG. 10G. In the activity statedepicted in FIG. 10H, in response to the time changing from 10:10 to10:11, device 600 changes the visual state (e.g., changes the pose,displays a different animation) of the first character in representation1000, where changing the visual state includes displaying the firstcharacter in representation 1000 to look (e.g., glance) at indication oftime 1002, as illustrated by FIG. 10H. In some embodiments, device 600is in the fourth activity state at predetermined time intervals (e.g.,every 10 seconds; every 15 seconds; every 30 seconds; every minute;every 5 minutes).

In FIG. 10H, device 600 receives (e.g., detects) input 1007 (e.g., atouch on display 602 with a duration that exceeds a predeterminedthreshold, a touch on display 602 with a characteristic intensity thatexceeds a predetermined threshold). In response to receiving input 1006,device 600 displays user interface 1008 shown in FIG. 10I. In someembodiments, user interface 1008 is a user interface of a user interfaceediting mode (e.g., in response to receiving input 1006, device 600enters a user interface editing mode for editing one or more features ofuser interface 1001). User interface 1008 displays representation 1001Aof user interface 1001 (e.g., a static, smaller-scale image of userinterface 1001), share affordance 1010, and customize affordance 1012.

In FIG. 10I, device 600 receives (e.g., detects) input 1014corresponding to a request to edit user interface 1001 (e.g., a tap at alocation on display 602 corresponding to customize affordance 1012). Inresponse to receiving input 1014, device 600 displays user interface1016A shown in FIG. 10J. Paging dots 1044A-1044C indicate that userinterface 1016A is the first in a sequence of three editing userinterfaces. User interface 1016A provides the capability to change thecharacter displayed on user interface 1001 (e.g., by swiping up or downon display 602 or rotating rotatable input mechanism 603). Userinterface 1016A displays de-emphasized (e.g., dimmed, greyed, blurred)representations of complications 1005A and 1005B, representation 1000 ofthe currently-selected character (e.g., the first character), characterselection element 1046, and textual identifier 1018 of thecurrently-selected character. Character option selection element 1046indicates the position of the currently selected option in a sequence ofcharacter options.

In FIG. 10J, device 600 receives input 1020 (e.g., a right-to-left swipegesture on display 602). In response to receiving input 1020, device 600displays user interface 1016B, which (as indicated by label 1022)provides the capability to change the color of background 1004 of userinterface 1001. Paging dots 1044A-1044C are updated to indicate thatuser interface 1016B is the second in the sequence of three editing userinterfaces. User interface 1016B includes color selection element 1048,which displays various color options for background 1004 of userinterface 1001. The currently-selected color option is displayed in themiddle of color selection element 1048 and at a larger size than theother color options. In some embodiments, a user can provide an input(e.g., rotation of rotatable input mechanism 603 or a vertical swipegesture on display 602) to select a different color option, and device600 updates color selection element 1048 and background 1004 accordinglyin response to the input.

In FIG. 10K, device 600 receives (e.g., detects) input 1024 (e.g., aright-to-left swipe gesture on display 602). In response to receivinginput 1024, device 600 displays user interface 1016C, which (asindicated by label 1022) provides the capability to change theinformation displayed by complication 1005A and complication 1005B.Paging dots 1044A-1044C are updated to indicate that user interface1016C is the third in the sequence of editing user interfaces. Whiledisplaying using interface 1016C, a user can select a complication(e.g., by tapping on the complication) and edit the selectedcomplication (e.g., by rotating rotatable input mechanism 603). Device600 indicates that the complications can be edited by, e.g., outliningcomplication 1005A and complication 1005B. Upon selection of acomplication, device 600 visually distinguishes (e.g., highlights,outlines, increases the brightness of) the selected complicationrelative to other complications.

In FIG. 10L, device 600 receives (e.g., detects) input 1030 (e.g., twoleft-to-right swipes on display 602, an input with a direction oppositeof a direction of input 1024 in FIG. 10K). In response to receivinginput 1030, device 600 displays (e.g., returns to) user interface 1016A.While displaying user interface 1016A, device 600 receives (e.g.,detects) input 1032 (e.g., a rotation of rotatable input mechanism 603).In response to receiving input 1032, device 600 displays a differentcharacter option (e.g., the adjacent option in the sequence of characteroptions) and updates character selection element 1046 accordingly, asshown in FIG. 10N. A character option can include only one character ora set of two or more characters. In FIG. 10N, the displayed characteroption includes a set of four characters identified as “Toy Box.” Insome embodiments, when a set of two or more characters is selected fordisplay on user interface 1001, device 600 displays the characters ofthe set individually at different times (e.g., device 600 displays thecharacters according to a predefined sequence in response to user input(e.g., a wrist raise, a tap on display 602) or automatically cyclesthrough the set of characters at predetermined time intervals).

In FIG. 10N, device 600 receives (e.g., detects) input 1036 (e.g.,rotation of rotatable input mechanism 603, a continuation of input1032). In response to receiving input 1034, device 600 displays adifferent character option (e.g., the next adjacent option in thesequence of character options) and updates character selection element1046 accordingly, as shown in FIG. 10 10O. In FIG. 10O, the selectedcharacter option corresponds to representation 1040 of an octopuscharacter (as indicated by identifier 1038).

While representation 1040 is designated as the selected character (e.g.,while displaying user interface 1016A. 1016B, or 1016C after designatingrepresentation 1040), device 600 receives (e.g., detects) input 1042corresponding to selection of the currently-displayed character option(e.g., a press of rotatable and depressible input mechanism 603). Asshown in FIG. 10P, in response to receiving input 1042, device 600displays user interface 1001 with a representation of a characterdifferent from the first character, and in particular, representation1040 of the selected character option. In some embodiments, device 600exits user interface editing mode in response to receiving input 1042.In some embodiments, in response to receiving input 1042, device 600displays (e.g., returns to) user interface 1008 (shown in FIG. 10I) withan updated version of representation 1001A including a representation ofthe selected character (e.g., representation 1040), and then displaysuser interface 1001 with representation 1040 of the selected characteroption in response to receiving further input (e.g., a tap onrepresentation 1001A, a press of rotatable and depressible inputmechanism 603 or button 613 while displaying user interface 1008).

FIG. 10Q illustrates an example of representation 1040 of the octopuscharacter in a visual state (e.g., a visual state different from thevisual state shown in FIG. 10P) displayed while device 600 is in thesecond activity state (e.g., an active, unlocked state).

In some embodiments, representation 1000 of the first character isdisplayed concurrently with indication of time 1002 at a first time, anda representation of a second character (e.g., representation 1040 of theoctopus character or representation 1000 of the first character) isdisplayed concurrently with indication of time 1002 at a second timedifferent from the first time, where: in accordance with device 600being in an activity state (e.g., an active state) at the second time,device 600 displays the representation of the second character in avisual state (e.g., representation 1000 of the first character in thevisual state illustrated in FIG. 10B; representation 1040 of the octopuscharacter in the visual state illustrated in FIG. 10P; representation1040 of the octopus character in the visual state illustrated in FIG.10Q); and in accordance with device 600 being in a different activitystate (e.g., a locked state) at the second time, device 600 displays therepresentation of the second character in a different visual state(e.g., representation 1000 of the first character in the state shown inFIG. 10A; representation 1040 of the octopus character in the visualstate illustrated in FIG. 10P, except with eyes closed; representation1040 of the octopus character in the visual state illustrated in FIG.10Q, except with eyes closed).

In some embodiments, electronic device 600 is configured to transitionbetween characters in response to detecting a change in the activitystate from a third activity state (e.g., a higher-power consumption modeand/or the second activity state) to a fourth activity state (e.g., alower-power consumption mode and/or the first activity state). Forexample, when a set of two or more characters is selected for display onuser interface 1001, as shown at FIG. 10N, electronic device 600displays the characters of the set individually, and in response to achange in the activity state from the third activity state (e.g., ahigher-power consumption state, a normal operating state, and/or thesecond activity state) to the fourth activity state (e.g., a lower-powerconsumption state, a sleep state, a locked state, and/or the firstactivity state), transitions from one character in the set to anothercharacter in the set. In some embodiments, electronic device 600 forgoestransitioning between characters in response to detecting a change inthe activity state from the fourth activity state (e.g., a lower-powerconsumption mode) to the third activity state (e.g., a higher-powerconsumption mode). In some embodiments, electronic device transitionsbetween characters in response to detecting a change in the activitystate from the fourth activity state to the third activity state inaddition to, or in lieu of, transitioning between characters in responseto detecting a change in the activity state from the third activitystate to the fourth activity state.

At FIG. 10R, electronic device 600 is in a third activity state (e.g.,the second activity state, a normal operating state, and/or ahigher-power consumption state) and displays user interface 1001 with agraphical representation 1050 of a second character (e.g., a characterdifferent from the first character corresponding to graphicalrepresentation 1000 and the octopus character corresponding to graphicalrepresentation 1040). User interface 1001 also includes time indicator1002 and complications 1005A and 1005B. Additionally, user interface1001 includes a default color (e.g., black) and background 1004 havingone or more colors that are different from the default color (e.g.,colors displayed by electronic device 600 in accordance with user inputswhile second user interface 1016B is displayed at FIG. 10K). While userinterface 1001 in FIGS. 10B-10F, 10H-10M, and 10O-10Q show the defaultcolor as lighter than background 1004 (e.g., white), user interface 1001in FIGS. 10B-10F, 10H-10M, and 10O-10Q can alternatively display thedefault color as darker than background 1004 (e.g., black) as shown atFIGS. 10R-10W.

At FIG. 10R, in accordance with electronic device 600 being in the thirdactivity state, electronic device 600 displays graphical representation1050 of the second character in a third visual state (e.g., the secondvisual state and/or an animated visual state) that corresponds to thethird activity state. In the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 10R, thethird visual state includes the second character with eyes and mouthopen (e.g., the second character is posing and appears awake (notasleep)).

FIG. 10S illustrates electronic device 600 in a transition state betweenthe third activity state and a fourth activity state (e.g., the firstactivity state, a lower-power consumption state, a locked state, a sleepstate) in which display 602 begins to dim as compared to FIG. 10R. AtFIG. 10S, background 1004 and graphical representation 1050 are reducedin size as compared to FIG. 10R as the transition between third activitystate and fourth activity state occurs. In some embodiments, graphicalrepresentation 1050 fades out, reduces in brightness, and/or dissolvesin the transition between the third activity state and the fourthactivity state. Electronic device 600 ceases to display complications1005A and 1005B on user interface 1001. As shown in FIG. 10S, electronicdevice 600 displays time indicator 1002 with a reduced thickness and/orsize during the transition between the third activity state and thefourth activity state.

At FIG. 10T, electronic device 600 is operating in the fourth activitystate. At FIG. 10T, electronic device 600 displays graphicalrepresentation 1052 of a third character, different from the secondcharacter. Accordingly, during the transition between the third activitystate and the fourth activity state, graphical representation 1050ceases to be displayed on user interface 1001 and graphicalrepresentation 1052 is displayed on user interface 1001. In someembodiments, graphical representation 1050 fades out and/or dissolves asgraphical representation 1052 fades in or is otherwise displayed on userinterface 1001. As set forth above, the second character and the thirdcharacter are included in the set of characters selected to be displayedon user interface 1001. In response to detecting the change between thethird activity state and the fourth activity state, electronic device600 transitions between display of the second character to display ofthe third character. At FIG. 10T, graphical representation 1052displayed while electronic device 600 operates in the fourth activitystate is dimmed (e.g., includes a reduced brightness) as compared tographical representation 1050 displayed while electronic device 600operates in the third activity state. In some embodiments, dimming thegraphical representation 1052 indicates that electronic device 600 is inthe fourth activity state. For example, graphical representation 1052 isillustrated in greyscale to indicate that graphical representation 1052is faded and/or otherwise displayed at a reduced brightness whencompared to graphical representation 1050 shown at FIG. 10R. Electronicdevice 600 ceases to display background 1004 on user interface 1001 whenelectronic device 600 is in the fourth activity state.

In accordance with device 600 being in the fourth activity state, device600 displays graphical representation 1052 of the third character in afourth visual state different, from the third visual state, thatcorresponds to the fourth activity state. In the embodiment illustratedin FIG. 10T, the fourth visual state shows the third character with eyesopen (e.g., a neutral pose). In some embodiments, the fourth visualstate shows the third character with eyes closed such that the thirdcharacter appears to be asleep. In some embodiments, the fourth visualstate of the third character does not include movement and/or animationsof the third character. Accordingly, electronic device 600 does notanimate and/or does not cause graphical representation 1052 of the thirdcharacter to move in response to changes in time (e.g., every minute,every fifteen minutes, every thirty minutes, every hour) and/or inresponse to user inputs.

At FIG. 10U, electronic device 600 operates in the third activity state(e.g., electronic device 600 detects a user input and/or a wrist raisegesture causing a transition from the fourth activity state to the thirdactivity state) and displays user interface 1001 with graphicalrepresentation 1052 of the third character. As such, electronic device600 does not replace graphical representation 1052 of the thirdcharacter with a graphical representation of a different character upontransitioning from the fourth activity state to the third activitystate. For example, electronic device 600 maintains display of thegraphical representation 1052 of the third character in response todetecting a change from the fourth activity state to the third activitystate. In some embodiments, electronic device 600 transitions display ofgraphical representation 1050 with graphical representation 1052 inresponse to detecting a change from the fourth activity state to thethird activity state, but not in response to detecting a change from thethird activity state to the fourth activity state. At FIG. 10U, userinterface 1001 includes background 1004 (e.g., the same background asdisplayed at FIG. 10R) and complications 1005A and 1005B. Additionally,time indicator 1002 is displayed as having an increased thickness and/orsize when compared to time indicator 1002 displayed while electronicdevice 600 operates in the fourth activity state shown at FIG. 10T.

At FIG. 10U, in accordance with electronic device 600 being in the thirdactivity state, electronic device 600 displays graphical representation1052 of the third character in the third visual state (e.g., the secondvisual state and/or an animated visual state) that corresponds to thethird activity state. In the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 10U, thethird visual state includes the third character with eyes and mouth open(e.g., the third character is posing and appears awake (not asleep)). Insome embodiments, the third visual state of the third character includesperiodic movement and/or animations of the third character. For example,electronic device 600 can animate and/or cause graphical representation1052 of the third character to move in response to changes in time(e.g., every minute, every fifteen minutes, every thirty minutes, everyhour) and/or in response to user input. In some embodiments, in responseto detecting a change in the activity state from the third activitystate to the fourth activity state, electronic device 600 displays userinterface 1001 with a fourth character, different from the secondcharacter and the third character.

At FIG. 10U, while electronic device 600 is in the third activity state,electronic device 600 detects user input 1054 (e.g., a tap gesture) onuser interface 1001. In response to detecting user input 1054,electronic device 600 causes display of graphical representation 1052 ofthe third character to move (e.g., causes a randomly selected orpredetermined animation of graphical representation), as shown at FIG.10V. At FIG. 10V, electronic device 600 displays an enlargementanimation (e.g., zooms and/or increases a size) of graphicalrepresentation 1052 of the third character. In some embodiments, inresponse to the user input 1054, electronic device 600 ceases to displaya portion of graphical representation 1052 on display 602. For example,at FIG. 10V, a lower portion of graphical representation 1052 of thethird character (e.g., the ears and mouth of third character) appears tomove off of display 602 and cease to be displayed by electronic device600 for a predetermined period of time. Additionally, electronic device600 causes display of graphical representation 1052 of the thirdcharacter to cover and/or block at least a portion of complication 1005Bfor the predetermined period of time in response to user input 1052.

In some embodiments, electronic device 600 is configured to fluidlytransition between different animations of graphical representation 1052of the third character in response to user inputs. For example, at FIG.10V, electronic device 600 detects user input 1056 on user interface1001 while the lower portion of graphical representation 1052 of thethird character is not displayed on display 602 (e.g., while electronicdevice 600 is causing an enlargement animation of graphicalrepresentation 1052). In response to detecting user input 1056,electronic device 600 displays a pose animation of graphicalrepresentation 1052 of the third character, as shown at FIG. 10W. Insome embodiments, electronic device 600 displays a randomly selectedanimation (e.g., another pose animation and/or a different animationthan the pose animation) of graphical representation 1052 of the thirdcharacter in response to detecting user input 1056. At FIG. 10W,electronic device 600 displays graphical representation 1052 of thethird character as winking and with an open mouth (e.g., the mouth isopen wider than in FIG. 10U). In some embodiments, in response to userinput 1056, electronic device 600 displays graphical representation 1052of the third character in the pose depicted in FIG. 10W for apredetermined period of time before returning display of graphicalrepresentation 1052 of the third character to the third visual state, asshown at FIG. 10U. In some embodiments, electronic device 600 displaysthe animation of graphical representation 1052 in response to detectinguser input 1056 after graphical representation 1052 returns to theposition shown in FIG. 10U instead of while graphical representation1052 is positioned as illustrated in FIG. 10V (e.g., while graphicalrepresentation 1052 is undergoing enlargement animation caused by userinput 1054).

Turning back to FIG. 10U, electronic device 600 detects user input 1058(e.g., a long press gesture) on user interface 1001. In response todetecting user input 1058, electronic device 600 displays user interface1008 shown at FIG. 10X. As set forth above, in some embodiments, userinterface 1008 is a user interface of a user interface editing mode.User interface 1008 displays representation 1060 of user interface 1001,share affordance 1010, and customize affordance 1012 (e.g., editaffordance). At FIG. 10X, representation 1060 of user interface 1001includes multiple characters that are included in the set of charactersconfigured to be displayed on user interface 1001. For example,electronic device 600 transitions display of user interface 1001 betweenindividual graphical representations of the set of characters inresponse to detecting the change from the third activity state to thefourth activity state (and/or in response to detecting the change fromthe fourth activity state to the third activity state). As such,representation 1060 provides an indication that electronic device 600transitions between displaying the characters in the set of characterswhen user interface 1001 is selected.

At FIG. 10X, electronic device 600 receives (e.g., detects) input 1062corresponding to a request to edit user interface 1001 (e.g., a tap at alocation on display 602 corresponding to customize affordance 1012). Inresponse to receiving input 1062, electronic device 600 displays userinterface 1064 shown at FIG. 10Y. User interface 1064 provides theability to change the character and/or set of characters displayed onuser interface 1001 (e.g., by swiping up or down on display 602 orrotating rotatable input mechanism 603). For example, user interface1064 includes editing mode indicator 1066 (e.g., “Type”) and additionalediting mode user interface object 1068 (e.g., “Color”). In response todetecting user input (e.g., a swipe gesture on display 602), electronicdevice 600 adjusts display of user interface 1064 to a second page thatprovides the ability to change a color of background 1004. At FIG. 10Y,user interface 1064 displays representation 1060 of thecurrently-selected watch face user interface 1001 (e.g., a watch faceuser interface that displays the set of characters), watch faceselection element 1070, and textual identifier 1072 of thecurrently-selected set of characters (e.g., “Random Avatar”). Watch faceoption selection element 1070 indicates the position of the currentlyselected option in a sequence of watch face options. At FIG. 10Y,electronic device 600 detects rotational input 1074 on rotatable inputmechanism 603. In response to detecting rotational input 1074,electronic device 600 displays user interface 1064 with representation1076 of a second watch face user interface that includes a second set ofcharacters (e.g., animal-like characters and/or emojis) configured to bedisplayed on display 602, as shown at FIG. 10Z.

At FIG. 10Z, user interface 1064 includes textual identifier 1078 (e.g.,“Random Emoji”) to reflect representation 1076 of the second watch faceuser interface that includes the second set of characters. Additionally,electronic device 600 adjusts a position of watch face selection element1070 in response to rotational input 1074. At FIG. 10Z, electronicdevice detects rotational input 1080 on rotatable mechanism 603. Inresponse to detecting rotational input 1080, electronic device 600displays user interface 1064 with representation 1082 of a third watchface that includes a single character configured to be displayed ondisplay 602, as shown at FIG. 10AA. Accordingly, electronic device 600displays representation 1060 and representation 1076 with multiplecharacters to indicate that the corresponding watch face user interfacedisplays individual graphical representations of multiple characterswhen representation 1060 and/or representation 1076 are selected (e.g.,via user input). Conversely, electronic device 600 displaysrepresentation 1082 with a single character to indicate that acorresponding watch face user interface displays a graphicalrepresentation of a single character when representation 1082 isselected. For example, the third watch face user interface does nottransition between graphical representations of different characters inresponse to a change from the third activity state to the fourthactivity state, in response to a user input, or after a predeterminedamount of time. Rather, the third watch face user interface maintainsdisplay of a graphical representation of the single character, even aselectronic device 600 changes from the third activity state to thefourth activity state. At FIG. 10AA, user interface 1064 also includestextual identifier 1083 (e.g., “Avatar 1”) to identify the third watchface corresponding to representation 1082. Turning back to FIG. 10Z,electronic device 600 detects user input 1084 (e.g., a tap gesture)corresponding to selection of representation 1076. In response todetecting user input 1084, electronic device 600 displays user interface1085, as shown at FIG. 10AB. At FIG. 10AB, electronic device 600 is inthe third activity state (e.g., a normal operating state, a higher-powerconsumption state) and user interface 1085 includes graphicalrepresentation 1086 of a fourth character (e.g., an animal-like emoji,such as a frog) in the third visual state. Additionally, user interface1085 includes time indicator 1002, background 1004, and complications1005A and 1005B.

At FIG. 10AC, electronic device 600 is in the fourth activity state(e.g., a locked state, a sleep state, a lower-power consumption state)and displays user interface 1085. As set forth above, representation1076 in FIG. 10Z corresponds to a watch face user interface thatincludes a set of characters that includes more than one character(e.g., as opposed to a single character). Accordingly, in response todetecting a change from the third activity state to the fourth activitystate, electronic device 600 ceases to display graphical representation1086 of the fourth character (e.g., a frog character) and displaysgraphical representation 1088 of a fifth character (e.g., a dogcharacter). At FIG. 10AC, electronic device 600 also ceases to displaybackground 1004 and complications 1005A and 1005B because electronicdevice 600 operates in the fourth activity state. Further, at FIG. 10AC,user interface 1085 includes time indicator 1002 having a reducedthickness and/or size as compared to time indicator 1002 displayed atFIG. 10AB.

FIGS. 11A-11H are a flow diagram illustrating methods of enabling anddisplaying a user interface using a character, in accordance with someembodiments. Method 1100 is performed at a computer system (e.g., 100,300, 500, 600) (e.g., a smart device, such as a smartphone or asmartwatch; a mobile device) that is in communication with a displaygeneration component. Some operations in method 1100 are, optionally,combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, andsome operations are, optionally, omitted.

As described below, method 1100 provides an intuitive way for managinguser interfaces related to time. The method reduces the cognitive burdenon a user for managing user interfaces related to time, thereby creatinga more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computingdevices, enabling a user to manage user interfaces related to timefaster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the timebetween battery charges.

At a first time, the computer system (e.g., 600) displays (1102),concurrently in a user interface (e.g., 1001) (e.g., a watch face userinterface) displayed via the display generation component (e.g., 602),an indication of time (e.g., 1002) (e.g., the current time; the time setin the systems setting of the computer system) (1104), and a graphicalrepresentation of a first character (e.g., 1000, 1040) (e.g., ananimated character; an emoji; an animated (e.g., 3D) emoji of ananimal-like character; an animated (e.g., 3D) avatar-like emoji; ananimated representation of a user of the computer system) (1106).

Displaying the graphical representation of the first character (e.g.,1000, 1040) includes (1106), in accordance with a determination that thecomputer system (e.g., 600) is in a first activity state (e.g., activitystate in FIG. 10A, 10B 10C, 10D, 10E, 10F, 10G, 10H, 10P, or 10Q) (e.g.,dimmed (e.g., but unlocked) state; locked state; time-passing state;detecting an input (e.g., tap input) state; time-change state),displaying the graphical representation of the first character in afirst visual state (e.g., a neutral state; sleeping state; selfie state;a time change state; a tick tock state) that corresponds to the firstactivity state of the computer system (1108).

Displaying the graphical representation of the first character (e.g.,1000, 1040) includes (1106), in accordance with a determination that thecomputer system (e.g., 600) is in a second activity state (e.g.,activity state in FIG. 10A, 10B 10C, 10D, 10E, 10F, 10G, 10H, 10P, or10Q) (e.g., dimmed (e.g., but unlocked) state; locked state;time-passing state; detecting an input (e.g., tap input) state;time-change state) that is different from the first activity state,displaying the graphical representation of the first character in asecond visual state (e.g., a neutral state; sleeping state; selfiestate; a time change state; a tick tock state), different from the firstvisual state, that corresponds to the second activity state of thecomputer system (1110). Displaying the graphical representation of thefirst character in a different visual state based on an activity stateof the computer system provides visual feedback about the currentactivity state of the computer system (e.g., without one or more userinputs directed to causing the computer system to indicate the activitystate of the computer system). Providing improved visual feedback andreducing the number of inputs needed to perform an operation enhancesthe operability of the device and makes the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs andreducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life ofthe device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently.

At a second time, after the first time, the computer system (e.g., 600)displays (1112), concurrently in the user interface (e.g., 1001) theindication of time (e.g., 1002) (e.g., the current time; the time set inthe systems setting of the computer system) (1114), and a graphicalrepresentation of a second character (e.g., 1000, 1040) (e.g., ananimated character; an emoji; an animated (e.g., 3D) emoji of ananimal-like character; an animated (e.g., 3D) avatar-like emoji; ananimated representation of a user of the computer system, the firstcharacter, a character different from the first character) (1116). Insome embodiments, the second character is the same character as thefirst character. In some embodiments, the second character is adifferent character from the first character.

Displaying the graphical representation of the second character (e.g.,1000, 1040) includes (1116), in accordance with a determination that thecomputer system (e.g., 600) is in the first activity state (e.g.,activity state in FIG. 10A, 10B 10C, 10D, 10E, 10F, 10G, 10H, 10P, or10Q) (e.g., dimmed (e.g., but unlocked) state; locked state;time-passing state; detecting an input (e.g., tap input) state;time-change state), displaying the graphical representation of thesecond character in the first visual state (e.g., a neutral state;sleeping state; selfie state; a time change state; a tick tock state)that corresponds to the first activity state of the computer system(1118).

Displaying the graphical representation of the second character (e.g.,1000, 1040) includes (1116), in accordance with a determination that thecomputer system (e.g., 600) is in the second activity state (e.g.,activity state in FIG. 10A, 10B 10C, 10D, 10E, 10F, 10G, 10H, 10P, or10Q) (e.g., dimmed (e.g., but unlocked) state; locked state;time-passing state; detecting an input (e.g., tap input) state;time-change state) that is different from the first activity state(e.g., activity state in FIG. 10A, 10B 10C, 10D, 10E, 10F, 10G, 10H,10P, or 10Q), displaying the graphical representation of the secondcharacter (e.g., 1000, 1040) in the second visual state (e.g., a neutralstate; sleeping state; selfie state; a time change state; a tick tockstate), different from the first visual state, that corresponds to thesecond activity state of the computer system (1120). Displaying thegraphical representation of the second character in a different visualstate based on an activity state of the computer system provides visualfeedback about the current activity state (e.g., or a change in activitystate) of the computer system (e.g., without one or more user inputsdirected to causing the computer system to indicate the activity stateor a change in activity state of the computer system). Providingimproved visual feedback and reducing the number of inputs needed toperform an operation enhances the operability of the device and makesthe user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user toprovide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g., 600) concurrentlydisplays or causes display of, in the user interface (e.g., 1001) (e.g.,overlaid on the graphical representation of the first character and/orthe graphical representation of the second character), one or more watchcomplications (e.g., 1005A, 1005B). In some embodiments, the one or morewatch complications include a complication indicating a current date. Insome embodiments, the one or more watch complications include acomplication that includes text information (e.g., about the weather;about a calendar meeting). In some embodiments, the user interface alsoincludes an editing tab (e.g., to access an editing page) for editingthe one or more watch complications (e.g., changing one or more of thewatch complications to a different type).

In some embodiments, at the second time (e.g., or immediately prior tothe second time), the computer system (e.g., 600) detects (e.g.,determines) (1122) a change in activity state of the computer systemfrom the first activity state (e.g., activity state in FIG. 10A, 10B10C, 10D, 10E, 10F, 10G, 10H, 10P, or 10Q) to the second activity state(e.g., activity state in FIG. 10A, 10B 10C, 10D, 10E, 10F, 10G, 10H,10P, or 10Q) (e.g., a change in a display setting (e.g., getting dimmer;getting brighter) of the computer system; a change in a security state(e.g., device being locked or unlocked) of the computer system; a changein the current time (e.g., a change in the hour of the current time, achange in the minute of the current time, a change in the second of thecurrent time); a change in a state of the computer system due to adetected user input and the computer system displaying (or causingdisplay of)/providing a response to the user input and/or performing anoperation due to the user input).

In some embodiments, displaying the graphical representation of thesecond character (e.g., 1000, 1040) in the second visual state includesdisplaying the graphical representation of the second character in thesecond visual state in response to detecting (e.g., determining) thechange in activity state of the computer system from the first activitystate (e.g., activity state in FIG. 10A, 10B 10C, 10D, 10E, 10F, 10G,10H, 10P, or 10Q) to the second activity state (e.g., activity state inFIG. 10A, 10B 10C, 10D, 10E, 10F, 10G, 10H, 10P, or 10Q). In someembodiments, the second character is the same character as the firstcharacter (e.g., 1000, 1040). In some embodiments, the second characteris a different character from the first character. Displaying thegraphical representation of the second character in the second visualstate in response to detecting (e.g., determining) the change inactivity state of the computer system from the first activity state tothe second activity state provides visual feedback about the change inactivity state of the computer system (e.g., without one or more userinputs directed to causing the computer system to indicate the change inactivity state of the computer system). Providing improved visualfeedback and reducing the number of inputs needed to perform anoperation enhances the operability of the device and makes theuser-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user toprovide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, the first character is the same character as thesecond character (1124). In some embodiments, the first character is adifferent character from the second character (1126). In someembodiments, the first visual state or the second visual state is astatic (e.g., not moving; not animated; not dynamic) visual state(1128). In some embodiments, the first visual state or the second visualstate is an animated (e.g., moving; dynamic) visual state (1130).

In some embodiments, the first activity state (e.g., activity state inFIG. 10A, 10B 10C, 10D, 10E, 10F, 10G, 10H, 10P, or 10Q) corresponds toa state in which the user interface (e.g., 1001) is displayed at a lowerbrightness level than a designated brightness level (e.g., as comparedto a standard brightens level, a brightness level of an active state),and the first visual state corresponds to a neutral body expression(e.g., a neutral state; a state or animation of the respective character(e.g., the first character and/or the second character) that reflects aneutral stance/image or motion). Displaying the representation of acharacter with the first visual state corresponding to the neutral bodyexpression when/if first activity state corresponds to a state in whichthe user interface is displayed at a lower brightness level than adesignated brightness level provides visual feedback that the currentactivity state of the computer system corresponds to the state in whichthe user interface is displayed at a lower brightness level than adesignated brightness level (e.g., without one or more user inputsdirected to causing the computer system to indicate the current activitystate). Providing improved visual feedback and reducing the number ofinputs needed to perform an operation enhances the operability of thedevice and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., byhelping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakeswhen operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, the first activity state (e.g., activity state of1000 in FIG. 10A) corresponds to a locked state (e.g., whereauthentication (e.g., biometric authentication; passcode authentication)is required to unlock the computer system (e.g., 600)), and the firstvisual state includes a visual appearance that the first character(e.g., 1000, 1040) is asleep (e.g., a sleeping state; a state or motionof the respective character (e.g., the first character and/or the secondcharacter) that reflects a sleeping stance/image or motion). Displayingthe representation of a character with the first visual state includingthe visual appearance that the first character is asleep when/if firstactivity state corresponds to a locked state provides visual feedbackthat the current activity state of the computer system corresponds tothe locked state (e.g., without one or more user inputs directed tocausing the computer system to indicate the current activity state).Providing improved visual feedback and reducing the number of inputsneeded to perform an operation enhances the operability of the deviceand makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping theuser to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, the first activity state (e.g., activity state inFIG. 10C or 10D) corresponds to a state in which the indication of time(e.g., the current time; the time set in the systems setting of thecomputer system) is being displayed (e.g., the passing time is beingdisplayed). In some embodiments, the first visual state corresponds to arespective motion (e.g., animation) repeating at a regular frequencytime indication state (e.g., a state or motion of the respectivecharacter (e.g., the first character and/or the second character)indicating that time is passing or that time is ticking by (e.g., a ticktock state; a tick tock animation)), wherein the respective motioncorresponds to a nodding motion by the first character (e.g., aback-and-forth motion of a head of the first character representing thenodding motion). Displaying the representation of a charactercorresponding to a respective motion (e.g., animation) repeating at aregular frequency time indication state, where the respective motioncorresponds to a nodding motion by the first character, when/if firstactivity state corresponds to a state in which the indication of time isbeing displayed provides visual feedback that the current activity stateof the computer system corresponds to the state in which the indicationof time is being displayed (e.g., without one or more user inputsdirected to causing the computer system to indicate the current activitystate). Providing improved visual feedback and reducing the number ofinputs needed to perform an operation enhances the operability of thedevice and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., byhelping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakeswhen operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, displaying the graphical representation of thefirst character (e.g., 1000, 1040) (e.g., and/or the second character)in the time indication state includes displaying the first characterlooking at the indication of time at a predetermined time interval(e.g., every 10 seconds; every 15 seconds; every 30 seconds; everyminute; every 5 minutes).

In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the firstcharacter (e.g., 1000, 1040) corresponds to a first version (e.g., afirst variant) of a first character type (e.g., an animated (e.g., 3D)emoji of an animal-like character; an animated (e.g., 3D) avatar-likeemoji), the displayed glancing animation corresponds to a first type ofglancing animation. In some embodiments, in accordance with adetermination that the first character corresponds to a second version(e.g., a second variant) of the first character type (e.g., an animated(e.g., 3D) emoji of an animal-like character; an animated (e.g., 3D)avatar-like emoji) different from the first version, the displayedglancing animation corresponds to a second type of glancing animation(e.g., glancing in a different direction; glancing in a differentmanner) different from the first type of glancing animation.

In some embodiments, the first activity state (e.g., activity state inFIG. 10E) corresponds to detecting a touch (e.g., tap) input (e.g., atap input detected via a touch-sensitive surface integrated with thedisplay generation component), and the first visual state corresponds toa first type of motion state (e.g., static or dynamic) that isindicative of a posing gesture (e.g., posing for a selfie) (e.g., aselfie pose; a pose or motion of the respective character (e.g., thefirst character and/or the second character) that reflects a pose ormotion of taking a selfie). Displaying the representation of a charactercorresponding to a first type of motion state (e.g., static or dynamic)that is indicative of a posing gesture when/if first activity statecorresponds to detecting a touch (e.g., tap) input provides visualfeedback that the current activity state of the computer systemcorresponds to detecting the touch (e.g., tap) input (e.g., without oneor more user inputs directed to causing the computer system to indicatethe current activity state). Providing improved visual feedback andreducing the number of inputs needed to perform an operation enhancesthe operability of the device and makes the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs andreducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life ofthe device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently.

In some embodiments, the first activity state (e.g., activity state inFIG. 10F) corresponds to detecting that there has been a change in time(e.g., a certain time has been reached (e.g., the hour has changed; aquarter past the hour has been reached; half past the hour has beenreached)), and the first visual state corresponds to a second type ofmotion state (e.g., static or dynamic) that is indicative of the changein time (e.g., a time change pose; a pose or motion of the respectivecharacter (e.g., the first character and/or the second character) thatreflects a pose or motion indicating or acknowledging that the time haschanged). Displaying the representation of a character corresponding toa second type of motion state (e.g., static or dynamic) that isindicative of the change in time when/if first activity statecorresponds to the computer system detecting that there has been achange in time provides visual feedback that the current activity stateof the computer system corresponds to the computer system detecting thatthere has been a change in time (e.g., without one or more user inputsdirected to causing the computer system to indicate the current activitystate). Providing improved visual feedback and reducing the number ofinputs needed to perform an operation enhances the operability of thedevice and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., byhelping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakeswhen operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, at the first time (e.g., and prior to the firsttime), displaying the user interface (e.g., 1001) includes displaying,in the user interface, the graphical representation of the firstcharacter (e.g., 1000, 1040). In some embodiments, at the second timeafter the first time (e.g., and prior to the second time but after thefirst time), displaying the user interface includes displaying, in theuser interface, a transition (e.g., a gradual transition; a smoothtransition) from the graphical representation of the first character tothe graphical representation of the second character, wherein the secondcharacter is different from the first character. In some embodiments, ata third time after the second time (e.g., and prior to the third timebut after the second time), displaying the user interface includesdisplaying, in the user interface, a graphical representation of a thirdcharacter, wherein the third character is different from the firstcharacter and from the second character.

In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g., 600) displays, via thedisplay generation component (e.g., 602), a second user interface thatincludes a plurality of selectable characters (e.g., 1016A) (e.g.,including a plurality of animated (e.g., 3D) emojis of animal-likecharacters; a plurality of animated (e.g., 3D) avatar-like emojis). Insome embodiments, the plurality of selectable characters are displayedin a first tab or first screen of the second user interface. Displayingthe second user interface that includes the plurality of selectablecharacters enables a user to manage the characters that are displayed inthe user interface with the indication of time and thus easily customizethe user interface, thereby enhancing the operability of the device andmaking the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping theuser to provide proper inputs when operating/interacting with the deviceto customize the user interface) which, additionally, reduces powerusage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the user touse the device more quickly and efficiently. In some embodiments, whiledisplaying the second user interface, the computer system (e.g., 600)detects (e.g., via one or more input devices of the computer system,such as a touch-sensitive surface integrated with the display generationcomponent) a selection of a third character of the plurality ofselectable characters. In some embodiments, in accordance with (e.g., orin response to) detecting the selection of the third character, thecomputer system displays, via the display device, the user interface,wherein the user interface concurrently includes the indication of time(e.g., the current time; the time set in the systems setting of thecomputer system), and a graphical representation of the third character(e.g., different from the first character and from the secondcharacter).

In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g., 600) displays, via thedisplay generation component (e.g., 602), a third user interface (e.g.,1016A) (e.g., the second user interface) that includes a graphicalrepresentation of a set of characters that includes two or morecharacters. In some embodiments, while displaying the third userinterface, the computer system detects (e.g., via one or more inputdevices that is in communication with the computer system, such as atouch-sensitive surface integrated with the display generationcomponent) an input corresponding to selection of the set of characters.In some embodiments, in accordance with (e.g., or in response to)detecting the selection of the set of characters, the computer systemconcurrently displays, in the user interface, the indication of time(e.g., the current time; the time set in the systems setting of thecomputer system), and a graphical representation of a respectivecharacter from the set of characters, wherein the respective characterchanges among the set of characters over time (e.g., one character fromthe subset of characters is (e.g., randomly) selected for display at atime).

In some embodiments, the representation of the first character (e.g.,1000, 1040) corresponds to a graphical representation of (e.g., ananimation based on; a graphical representations that animates featuresof) a user associated (e.g., based on an account to which the computersystem is logged into) with the computer system (e.g., 600) (e.g., ananimated (e.g., 3D) avatar-like representation of the user of thecomputer system).

In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g., 600) displays, via thedisplay generation component (e.g., 602), a fourth user interface (e.g.,that includes a representation of a selected character (e.g., a selectedanimated (e.g., 3D) emoji of an animal-like character; a selectedanimated (e.g., 3D) avatar-like emoji). In some embodiments, therepresentation of the selected character is displayed in a second tab orsecond screen of the second user interface. In some embodiments, thesecond tab or second screen of the second user interface enables a userto customize (e.g., change a color of; change a background color of) therepresentation of the selected character and/or a background associatedwith the representation of the selected character.

In some embodiments, while displaying the representation of the selectedcharacter (e.g., 1000, 1040), detecting (e.g., via one or more inputdevices that is in communication with the computer system, such as atouch-sensitive surface integrated with the display generationcomponent) an input (e.g., a rotational input on rotatable input device603 in FIG. 10K; a scrolling input on a touch-sensitive surfaceintegrated with the display generation component) directed to changing avisual characteristic (e.g., a background color; a background colortheme).

In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input directed tochanging the visual characteristic, the computer system (e.g., 600)changes (e.g., by transitioning through a plurality of selectable visualcharacteristics (e.g., selectable colors)) the visual characteristic(e.g., a color; a background color) from a first visual characteristic(e.g., a first color; a first background color) to a second visualcharacteristic (e.g., a second color; a second background color)different from the first visual characteristic.

In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g., 600) displays or causesdisplay of, in the second user interface (e.g., 1016B; a second tab orsecond screen of the second user interface), a user interface element(e.g., 1048; a rotatable user interface element; a color wheel) forchanging the visual characteristic (e.g., a color; a background color).In some embodiments, in response to (e.g., and while) detecting theinput directed to changing the visual characteristic, the computersystem displays or causes display of a change in the selected visualcharacteristic via the user interface element for changing the visualcharacteristic (e.g., transition and/or rotating through selectablecolors in the color wheel while the input is being detected). In someembodiments, the input directed to changing the visual characteristic isa rotational input (e.g., detected/received via a rotatable input devicethat is in communication with the computer system), and change in theselected visual characteristic includes scrolling/navigating through aplurality of different colors (e.g., scrolling through the color wheel)of the user interface element. In some embodiments, the computer systemscrolls/navigates the user interface element (e.g., the color wheel) ina first direction in accordance with a determination that the rotationalinput is in a first direction (e.g., clockwise direction) andscrolls/navigates the user interface element (e.g., the color wheel) ina first direction in accordance with a determination that the rotationalinput is in a second direction (e.g., counter-clockwise direction).

The computer system (e.g., 600), at the second time (e.g., orimmediately prior to the second time), detects (1132) (e.g., determines)a change in activity state of the computer system (e.g., 600) from thefirst activity state to the second activity state (e.g., a lower powerconsumption mode) (e.g., a change in a display setting (e.g., gettingdimmer; getting brighter) of the computer system; a change in a securitystate (e.g., device being locked or unlocked) of the computer system; achange in a state of the computer system due to a detected user inputand the computer system displaying (or causing display of)/providing aresponse to the user input and/or performing an operation due to theuser input).

The computer system (e.g., 600), in response to detecting (1134) thechange in activity state of the computer system (e.g., 600) from thefirst activity state to the second activity state, displays (1136), inthe user interface (e.g., 1001), the graphical representation (e.g.,1052, 1088) of the second character (e.g., a transition animation causesthe graphical representation of the first character to begin to fade,dissolve, and/or reduce in size and the graphical representation of thesecond character begin to be displayed at the same size as the firstcharacter) (e.g., the graphical representation of the second characteris in the second visual state, such as a neutral state, a static state,and/or a sleeping state); and ceases (1138) to display, in the userinterface (e.g., 1001), the graphical representation (e.g., 1050, 1086)of the first character, wherein the second character is different fromthe first character (e.g., the first character and the second characterare different characters and are from a predetermined collection and/orset of characters).

In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g., 600) maintains displayof the graphical representation (e.g., 1052, 1088) of the secondcharacter in response to detecting a change in activity state of thecomputer system (e.g., 600) from the second activity state to the firstactivity state. In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g., 600)transitions between the graphical representation (e.g., 1050, 1086) ofthe first character and the graphical representation (e.g., 1052, 1088)of the second character in response to detecting a change in theactivity state from a lower power consumption mode to a higher powerconsumption mode, and maintains display of the currently displayedgraphical representation (e.g., 1050, 1086) of the first character orthe graphical representation (e.g., 1052, 1088) of the second characterin response to detecting the transition from the higher powerconsumption mode to the lower power consumption mode.

Displaying the graphical representation of the second character andceasing to display the graphical representation of the first characterin response to detecting the change in activity state from the firstactivity state to the second activity state provides improved visualfeedback about the current activity state of the computer system.Providing improved visual feedback improves the operability of thedevice and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., byhelping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakeswhen operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

The computer system (e.g., 600), at a third time (e.g., after the secondtime and/or immediately prior to the third time), detects (1142) achange in activity state of the computer system (e.g., 600) from thesecond activity state to the first activity state; and in response todetecting the change in activity state of the computer system (e.g.,600) from the second activity state to the first activity state,maintains (1144) display, in the user interface (e.g., 1001), of thegraphical representation (e.g., 1052, 1088) of the second character,wherein the graphical representation (e.g., 1052, 1088) of the secondcharacter includes an animated visual state (e.g., maintaining displayof the graphical representation of the second character, but changing avisual state of the graphical representation of the second character inresponse to detecting the change in activity state from the secondactivity state to the first activity state).

Displaying the graphical representation of the second character in ananimated visual state in response to detecting the change in activitystate from the second activity state to the first activity stateprovides improved visual feedback about the current activity state ofthe computer system. Providing improved visual feedback improves theoperability of the device and makes the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs andreducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life ofthe device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently.

The computer system (e.g., 600), at a fourth time (e.g., after the thirdtime and/or immediately prior to the fourth time), after (or while)displaying the second character in the animated visual state, detects(1146) a change in activity state of the computer system (e.g., 600)from the first activity state to the second activity state.

The computer system (e.g., 600), in response to detecting (1148) thechange in activity state of the computer system (e.g., 600) from thefirst activity state to the second activity: displays (1150), in theuser interface (e.g., 1001), a graphical representation of a thirdcharacter, (e.g., a transition animation causes the graphicalrepresentation of the second character to begin to fade, dissolve,and/or reduce in size and the graphical representation of the thirdcharacter begin to be displayed at the same size as the first character)(e.g., the graphical representation of the third character is in thesecond visual state, such as a neutral state, a static state, and/or asleeping state); and ceases (1152) to display, in the user interface(e.g., 1001), the graphical representation (e.g., 1052, 1088) of thesecond character, wherein the third character is different from thefirst character and the second character (e.g., the first character, thesecond character, and the third character are different characters andare from a predetermined collection and/or set of characters).

Displaying the graphical representation of the third character andceasing to display the graphical representation of the second characterin response to detecting the change in activity state from the firstactivity state to the second activity state provides improved visualfeedback about the current activity state of the computer system.Providing improved visual feedback improves the operability of thedevice and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., byhelping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakeswhen operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, at the first time, displaying, in the userinterface (e.g., 1001), the graphical representation (e.g., 1050, 1086)of the first character includes displaying a graphical element (e.g.,1004) surrounding at least a portion of the first character (e.g.,displaying the first character overlaid on the graphical element) (e.g.,a background having a ring of color and/or multiple rings of colordifferent from a color of user interface (e.g., a black color))displayed in the user interface (e.g., 1001).

The computer system (e.g., 600), at the second time (e.g., orimmediately prior to the second time), detects (1132) (e.g.,determining) a change in activity state of the computer system (e.g.,600) from the first activity state to the second activity state (e.g., alower power consumption mode) (e.g., a change in a display setting(e.g., getting dimmer; getting brighter) of the computer system; achange in a security state (e.g., device being locked or unlocked) ofthe computer system; a change in a state of the computer system due to adetected user input and the computer system displaying (or causingdisplay of)/providing a response to the user input and/or performing anoperation due to the user input).

The computer system (e.g., 600), in response (1134) to detecting thechange in activity state of the computer system (e.g., 600) from thefirst activity state to the second activity state, decreases (1140) abrightness of a portion of the user interface (e.g., 1001) that includedthe graphical element (e.g., 1004) (e.g., fading the graphical elementor displaying the graphical representation of the second characterwithout the graphical element in the user interface) (e.g., a transitionanimation causes the graphical element to fade to a color that is closerto or the same as the color of a background portion of the userinterface (e.g., black) in response to detecting the change in activitystate of the computer system from the first activity state to the secondactivity state).

Decreasing the brightness of the portion of the user interface thatincluded the graphical element in response to detecting the change inactivity state from the first activity state to the second activitystate provides improved visual feedback about the current activity stateof the computer system. Providing improved visual feedback improves theoperability of the device and makes the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs andreducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life ofthe device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently.

The computer system (e.g., 600), while the computer system (e.g., 600)is in the first activity state (e.g., a higher power consumption mode),in response to a determination that a predetermined change in time hasoccurred (e.g., a minute has changed, an hour has changed, 15-minutespast the hour has been reached, 30-minutes past the hour has beenreached; 45-minutes past the hour has been reached), displays (1154) thegraphical representation (e.g., 1050, 1086) of the first character in achange-in-time visual state (e.g., time change pose; a pose or motion ofthe first character that reflects a pose or motion indicating oracknowledging that the time has changed).

The computer system (e.g., 600), while the computer system (e.g., 600)is in the second activity state (e.g., a lower power consumption mode),forgoes (1156) display of the graphical representation (e.g., 1052,1088) of the second character in the change-in-time visual state whenthe predetermined change in time has occurred.

Displaying the graphical representation of the first character in thechange-in-time visual state while the computer system is in the firstactivity state and forgoing display of the graphical representation ofthe second character in the change-in-state visual state while thecomputer system is in the second activity state provides improved visualfeedback about the current activity state of the computer system.Providing improved visual feedback improves the operability of thedevice and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., byhelping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakeswhen operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

The computer system (e.g., 600) detects (1158) a change in time (e.g., aminute has changed, an hour has changed, 15-minutes past the hour hasbeen reached, 30-minutes past the hour has been reached; 45-minutes pastthe hour has been reached), and in response to detecting (1160) thechange in time and in accordance with a determination that the computersystem (e.g., 600) is in the first activity state (e.g., a higher powerconsumption mode), updates (1162) a representation of time (e.g., 1002)and displays the graphical representation (e.g., 1050, 1086) of thefirst character in a first manner (e.g., a visual state that includesanimating the graphical representation of the first character inresponse to detecting the change in time). The computer system (e.g.,600) detects (1158) a change in time (e.g., a minute has changed, anhour has changed, 15-minutes past the hour has been reached, 30-minutespast the hour has been reached; 45-minutes past the hour has beenreached), and in response to detecting (1160) the change in time and inaccordance with a determination that the computer system (e.g., 600) isin the second activity state (e.g., a lower power consumption mode),updates (1164) the representation of time (e.g., 1002) withoutdisplaying the graphical representation (e.g., 1050, 1086) of the firstcharacter in the first manner (e.g., displaying the graphicalrepresentation of the first character in a second manner (e.g., a staticvisual state) that is different from the first manner and/or forgoingany change in the graphical representation of the first character inresponse to detecting the change in time).

Displaying the graphical representation of the first character in thefirst manner and forgoing display of the graphical representation of thefirst character in the first manner depending on an activity state ofthe computer system provides improved visual feedback about the currentactivity state of the computer system. Providing improved visualfeedback improves the operability of the device and makes theuser-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user toprovide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

The computer system (e.g., 600), while displaying the graphicalrepresentation (e.g., e.g., 1050, 1052, 1086, 1088) of the firstcharacter, detects (1166) an input (e.g., 1054) directed to one or moreinput devices of the computer system (e.g., 600) (e.g., a touch inputwhile the computer system is in the higher power consumption mode, or adigital crown rotation input while the computer system is in the higherpower consumption mode); and in response to detecting the input (e.g.,1054), displays (1170) the graphical representation (e.g., e.g., 1050,1052, 1086, 1088) of the first character in a third visual state thatincludes enlarging the graphical representation of the first character(e.g., increasing a size of the first character with respect to the userinterface and/or the display generation component) such that a portionof the graphical representation of the first character ceases to bedisplayed in the user interface (e.g., 1001) (e.g., the first characterincreases and size and/or moves to cause a portion of the firstcharacter to appear to move off of the display generation component,such that the portion of the first character ceases to be displayed viathe display generation component for a predetermined period of time).

Displaying the graphical representation of the first character in thethird visual state provides improved visual feedback about the currentactivity state of the computer system. Providing improved visualfeedback improves the operability of the device and makes theuser-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user toprovide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

The computer system (e.g., 600), while displaying the graphicalrepresentation (e.g., e.g., 1050, 1052, 1086, 1088) of the firstcharacter, detects (1172) a first input (e.g., 1054) directed to one ormore input devices of the computer system (e.g., 600) (e.g., a touchinput while the computer system is in the higher power consumption mode,or a digital crown rotation input while the computer system is in thehigher power consumption mode).

The computer system (e.g., 600), in response to detecting the firstinput (e.g., 1054), displays (1174) the graphical representation (e.g.,e.g., 1050, 1052, 1086, 1088) of the first character in a first animatedvisual state for a predetermined period of time (e.g., causing ananimation of the graphical representation of the first character thatlasts for a certain period of time, such as 1 second, 2 seconds, 3seconds, 4 seconds, or 5 seconds).

The computer system (e.g., 600), after detecting the first input (e.g.,1054), detects (1176) a second input (e.g., 1056) directed to one ormore input devices of the computer system (e.g., 600) (e.g., a touchinput while computer system is in the higher power consumption mode, ora digital crown rotation input while the computer system is in thehigher power consumption mode).

The computer system (e.g., 600), in response to detecting (1178) thesecond input (e.g., 1056) and in accordance with a determination thatthe predetermined period of time has ended (e.g., the animation causedby the first input has ended and the graphical representation of thefirst character is displayed in a default position), displays (1180) thegraphical representation (e.g., e.g., 1050, 1052, 1086, 1088) of thefirst character in a second animated visual state (e.g., causing ananimation of the graphical representation of the first character),wherein the second animated visual state includes movement of thegraphical representation (e.g., e.g., 1050, 1052, 1086, 1088) of thefirst character starting from a first position (e.g., a default positionof the graphical representation of the first character that is displayedwhen no user input is detected that causes an animation of the graphicalrepresentation of the first character).

The computer system (e.g., 600), in response to detecting (1178) thesecond input (e.g., 1056) and in accordance with a determination thatthe predetermined period of time has not ended (e.g., the animationcaused by the first input is still occurring, such that the graphicalrepresentation of the first character is not in the default position),displays (1182) the graphical representation (e.g., e.g., 1050, 1052,1086, 1088) of the first character in a third animated visual state(e.g., causing an animation of the graphical representation of the firstcharacter) (e.g., the second animated visual state where the graphicalrepresentation of the first character starts from a different position),wherein the third animated visual state includes movement of thegraphical representation (e.g., 1050, 1052, 1086, 1088) of the firstcharacter starting from a second position (e.g., a position of thegraphical representation of the first character that is not the defaultposition and/or a position of the graphical representation of the firstcharacter that is along a predetermined path of movement of the firstanimated visual state), different from the first position.

Displaying the graphical representation of the first character in thesecond animated visual state or the third animal visual state dependingon whether the predetermined time period has ended provides improvedvisual feedback about the current activity state of the computer system.Providing improved visual feedback improves the operability of thedevice and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., byhelping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakeswhen operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

The computer system (e.g., 600) displays (1184), via the displaygeneration component (e.g., 602), a fifth user interface (e.g., 1064)(e.g., the second user interface and/or the third user interface) forselecting between a first set of characters (e.g., 1060) that includes aplurality of user-customizable virtual avatars (e.g., a plurality ofavatar-like emojis) and a graphical representation (e.g., 1076) of asecond set of characters (e.g., a plurality of emojis of animal-likecharacters) that includes two or more predetermined characters that arenot available in the first set of characters.

The computer system (e.g., 600), while displaying the third userinterface (e.g., 1064), detects (1186) (e.g., via one or more inputdevices that is in communication with the computer system, such as atouch-sensitive surface integrated with the display generationcomponent) an input (e.g., 1084) corresponding to selection of the firstset of characters (e.g., 1060) or the second set of characters (e.g.,1076), and, in accordance with (e.g., or in response to) a determinationthat the input corresponds to selection of the first set of characters(e.g., 1060), the computer system (e.g., 600) concurrently displays(1188), in the user interface (e.g., 1001): the indication of time(e.g., 1002) (1190) (e.g., the current time; the time set in the systemssetting of the computer system), and a graphical representation (e.g.,1050, 1052) (1192) of a currently selected character from the first setof characters (e.g., 1060), wherein the currently selected character isautomatically changed between different characters in the first set ofcharacters (e.g., 1060) when predetermined criteria are met (e.g., onecharacter from the subset of characters is (e.g., randomly) selected fordisplay over time, in response to detecting a change in activity stateof the computer system, and/or in response to detecting a user gesture,such as a wrist raise and/or a tap gesture).

The computer system (e.g., 600), while displaying the third userinterface (e.g., 1064), detects (1186) (e.g., via one or more inputdevices that is in communication with the computer system, such as atouch-sensitive surface integrated with the display generationcomponent) an input (e.g., 1084) corresponding to selection of the firstset of characters (e.g., 1060) or the second set of characters (e.g.,1076), and, in accordance with (e.g., or in response to) a determinationthat the input (e.g., 1084) corresponds to selection of the second setof characters (e.g., 1076), concurrently displays (1194), in the userinterface (e.g., 1001): the indication of time (e.g., 1002) (1196)(e.g., the current time; the time set in the systems setting of thecomputer system), and a graphical representation (e.g., 1086, 1088)(1198) of a currently selected character from the second set ofcharacters (e.g., 1076), wherein the currently selected character isautomatically changed between different characters in the second set ofcharacters (e.g., 1076) when the predetermined criteria are met (e.g.,one character from the subset of characters is (e.g., randomly) selectedfor display over time, in response to detecting a change in activitystate of the computer system, and/or in response to detecting a usergesture, such as a wrist raise and/or a tap gesture).

Displaying the fifth user interface for selecting between the first setof characters and the second set of characters enables a user to easilycustomize the watch face user interface, thereby enhancing theoperability of the device and making the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs andreducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life ofthe device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently.

Note that details of the processes described above with respect tomethod 1100 (e.g., FIGS. 11A-11H) are also applicable in an analogousmanner to the methods described above and below. For example, method 700optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the variousmethods described above with reference to method 1100. For example, adevice can use as a watch user interface either a watch user interfaceas described with reference to FIGS. 6A-6H or a user interface thatincludes an indication of time and a graphical representation of acharacter as described with reference to FIGS. 10A-10AC. For anotherexample, method 900 optionally includes one or more of thecharacteristics of the various methods described above with reference tomethod 1100. For example, a device can use as a watch user interfaceeither a watch user interface as described with reference to FIGS. 8A-8Mor a user interface that includes an indication of time and a graphicalrepresentation of a character as described with reference to FIGS.10A-10AC. For another example, method 1300 optionally includes one ormore of the characteristics of the various methods described above withreference to method 1100. For example, a device can use as a watch userinterface either a time user interface as described with reference toFIGS. 12A-12G or a user interface that includes an indication of timeand a graphical representation of a character as described withreference to FIGS. 10A-10AC. For another example, method 1500 optionallyincludes one or more of the characteristics of the various methodsdescribed above with reference to method 1100. For example, a device canuse as a watch user interface either a user interface that includes abackground as described with reference to FIGS. 14A-14AD or a userinterface that includes an indication of time and a graphicalrepresentation of a character as described with reference to FIGS.10A-10AC. For another example, method 1700 optionally includes one ormore of the characteristics of the various methods described above withreference to method 1100. For example, one or more characteristics orfeatures of a user interface that includes an indication of time and agraphical representation of a character as described with reference toFIGS. 10A-10AC can be edited via the process for editing characteristicsor features of a watch user interface as described with reference toFIGS. 16A-16AE. For brevity, these details are not repeated below.

FIGS. 12A-12G illustrate exemplary user interfaces for enabling anddisplaying an indication of a current time, in accordance with someembodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustratethe processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 13A-13C.

FIG. 12A illustrates device 600 displaying, via display 602, a time userinterface 1204 (e.g., a watch user interface that includes an indicationof a current time) that includes a face 1206 (e.g., a representation ofa human face or a representation of an anthropomorphic face of anon-human character). As shown in FIG. 12A, face 1206 comprises aplurality of facial features, including a first facial feature 1208(e.g., representing/indicative of the eyes; also referred to as eyes1208), a second facial feature 1210 (e.g., also referred to as nose1210), a third facial feature 1212 (e.g., also referred to as mouth 1212(e.g., lips)), a fourth facial feature 1214 (e.g., also referred to ashair 1214), a fifth facial feature 1216 (e.g., also referred to asfacial outline 1216 (e.g., including cheeks and/or jawline)), a sixthfacial feature 1218 (e.g., also referred to as neck 1218), and a seventhfacial feature 1220 (e.g., also referred to as shoulders 1220).

In FIG. 12A, eyes 1208 indicate a current time (e.g., the current time;the time set in the systems setting of device 600), where the shape ofthe eyes corresponds to the current time (e.g., the right eye isrepresented via a number or numbers that indicate the current hour, andthe left eye is represented via numbers that indicate the currentminute). As described in greater detail below, an animation (e.g.,blinking motion) can be applied to eyes 1208 and/or a change in visualcharacteristic (e.g., change in color; change in font; change in style)can be applied to eyes 1208.

In FIG. 12A, eyes 1208, nose 1210, mouth 1212, hair 1214, facial outline1216, neck 1218, and shoulders 1220, respectively, have a correspondingvisual characteristic (e.g., a respective color (e.g., a respective linecolor or a respective fill color); a respective shape; a respectiveposition). In some embodiments, one or more of the facial features1208-1220 have the same corresponding visual characteristic (e.g., thesame line or fill colors). For example, nose 1210 and mouth 1212 canhave the same visual characteristic (e.g., the same color (e.g., thesame line color or the same fill color)), while eyes 1208, hair 1214,facial outline 1216, neck 1218, and shoulders 1220 can have differentvisual characteristics (e.g., different colors (e.g., different linecolors and/or different fill colors)). For another example, eyes 1208,mouth 1212, facial outline 1216, and shoulders 1220 can have the samevisual characteristic (e.g., the same color (e.g., the same line coloror the same fill color)) while nose 1210, hair 1214, neck 1218 can havedifferent visual characteristics (e.g., different colors (e.g.,different line colors and/or different fill colors)).

In some embodiments, a respective visual characteristic for a respectivefacial feature corresponds to a type of color. In some embodiments, thetype of color is programmatically selected (e.g., determined), withoutuser input, from a plurality of available colors by device 600. In someembodiments, an application process selects (e.g., programmaticallydetermines) the color based on a color of device 600 (e.g., a color of ahousing or case of device 600). In some embodiments, the applicationprocess selects the color based on usage history of a user of device 600(e.g., based on a previous user-selected color or color scheme).

While displaying time user interface 1204 including face 1206, device600 detects (e.g., determines) the satisfaction of a predeterminedcriteria for changing an appearance of time user interface 1204 (e.g., achange in the current time; a change in a state of device 600 due to adetected user input (e.g., a tap on display 602); detecting a movementof device 600 (e.g., caused by a user movement, such as a wrist-raisemovement); a change in state or a change in mode of device 600 (e.g.,transitioning to a sleep mode or sleeping state; transitioning from alocked state to an unlocked state)).

In some embodiments, in response to detecting the satisfaction of thepredetermined criteria for changing an appearance of time user interface1204, device 600 ceases display of face 1206 of FIG. 12A and displays adifferent type of face (e.g., a face where respective visualcharacteristics of all facial features have been changed), for example aface 1222 in FIG. 12B.

FIG. 12B illustrates device 600 displaying, via display 602, time userinterface 1204 that includes (e.g., a representation of) face 1222 thatis different from face 1206. As with face 1206, face 1222 comprises aplurality of facial features, including a first facial feature 1224(e.g., eyes indicating the current time; also referred to as eyes 1224),a second facial feature 1226 (e.g., also referred to as nose 1226), athird facial feature 1228 (e.g., also referred to as mouth 1228 (e.g.,lips)), a fourth facial feature 1230 (e.g., also referred to as hair1230), a fifth facial feature 1232 (e.g., also referred to as facialoutline 1232 (e.g., including checks and/or jawline)), a sixth facialfeature 1234 (e.g., also referred to as neck 1234), and a seventh facialfeature 1236 (e.g., also referred to as shoulders 1236).

In FIG. 12B, as with eyes 1208 of face 1206, eyes 1224 indicates acurrent time, where the shape of the eyes corresponds to the currenttime. In FIG. 12B, facial features 1224-1236 of face 1222 haverespective visual characteristics (e.g., a respective color (e.g., linecolor or fill color); a respective shape; a respective position).

In some embodiments, ceasing display of face 1206 as in FIG. 12A anddisplaying face 1222 as in FIG. 12B includes displaying a gradualtransition from face 1206 to face 1222 that includes transitioning arespective facial feature of face 1206 from having the correspondingvisual characteristic, as in FIG. 12A, through a plurality ofintermediate (e.g., temporary) states to a final state in which acorresponding respective facial feature of face 1222 has thecorresponding visual characteristic, as in FIG. 12B, where thecorresponding visual characteristic of a respective facial feature inFIG. 12A is different from the corresponding visual characteristic ofthe counterpart respective facial feature in FIG. 12B (e.g., hair 1214of face 1206 has a different fill color and/or shape than hair 1230 offace 1222).

FIG. 12C illustrates device 600 displaying, via display 602, time userinterface 1204 that includes face 1222, where face 1222 in FIG. 12C isdifferent from face 1222 in FIG. 12B (e.g., a different version of thesame face). In some embodiments, changing the appearance of time userinterface 1204 includes changing a subset of the facial features of thedisplayed face without changing all of the facial features of thedisplayed face.

While displaying face 1222 as in FIG. 12B, device 600 detects (e.g.,determines) the satisfaction of a predetermined criteria for changing anappearance of the time user interface. In some embodiments, in responseto detecting the satisfaction of the predetermined criteria for changingan appearance of time user interface 1204, device 600 changes theappearance of time user interface 1204 by ceasing display of face 1222as in FIG. 12B and displaying face 1222 as in FIG. 12C. In FIG. 12C, thepredetermined criteria for changing the appearance of time userinterface 1204 (e.g., as shown in the transition of time user interface1204 from face 1206 in FIG. 12A to face 1222 in FIG. 12B and thetransition of time user interface 1204 from face 1222 in FIG. 12B toface 1222 in FIG. 12C) includes a criterion that is satisfied when apredetermined time has elapsed (e.g., every minute; every 15 minutes;every 30 minutes; every hour). In some embodiments, the predeterminedcriteria for changing the appearance of time user interface 1204 (e.g.,changing one or more facial features of the respective face in the timeuser interface) does not includes the criterion that is satisfied whenthe predetermined time has elapsed. In some embodiments, device 600changes the appearance of time user interface 1204 (e.g., changes one ormore facial features of the respective face in time user interface 1204)randomly and not based on when the predetermined time has elapsed.

In FIG. 12C, face 1222 includes the same visual characteristics for eyes1224, mouth 1228, facial outline 1232, and neck 1234 as face 1222 ofFIG. 12B. In FIG. 12C, face 1222 includes different visualcharacteristics for nose 1226, hair 1230, and shoulders 1236 from face1222 in FIG. 12B (e.g., nose 1226 has a different shape, and hair 1230has a different fill color in FIG. 12C as compared to FIG. 12B).

In some embodiments, ceasing display of face 1222 as in FIG. 12B anddisplaying (e.g., transitioning to) face 1222 as in FIG. 12C includesdisplaying a gradual transition from face 1222 in FIG. 12B to face 1222in FIG. 12C that includes transitioning nose 1226, hair 1230, andshoulders 1236 from have their respective visual characteristic in FIG.12B through a plurality of intermediate (e.g., temporary) states to afinal state in which nose 1226, hair 1230, and shoulders 1236 have theirrespective visual characteristic in FIG. 12C.

FIG. 12D illustrates device 600 displaying an animation (e.g., ablinking animation) using eyes 1224, while displaying face 1222. In someembodiments, displaying the animation via eyes 1224 includes ceasingdisplay of at least a portion of eyes 1224, as shown in FIG. 12D, for aperiod of time (e.g., a brief moment; a fraction of a second; 1 second),then re-displaying the portion of eyes 1224 (e.g., as previously shownin FIG. 12C) after the period of time has elapsed. In some embodiments,the animation is a blinking animation of eyes 1224 that includes atemporary/brief movement or change in shape/form of eyes 1224 such thatthe first facial feature mimics the movement of a human eye blinking. Insome embodiments, device 600 periodically displays the animation viaeyes 1224 based on time (e.g., every 1 second, every 10 seconds, every15 seconds, every 30 seconds, every 1 minute; every 5 minutes; every 30minutes; every hour). In some embodiments, device 600 displays theanimation via eyes 1224 non-periodically (e.g., not based on time; notin regular intervals; at random times; not based on a period change intime).

While displaying time user interface 1204 including face 1222 as shownin FIGS. 12C-12D, device 600 detects (e.g., determines) the satisfactionof a second predetermined criteria (e.g., a type of input; a change inactivity state of device 600) for changing an appearance of time userinterface 1204. In response to detecting the satisfaction of the secondpredetermined criteria for changing an appearance of time user interface1204, device 600 ceases display of second face 1222, as shown in FIGS.12C-12D, and displays face 1222 as shown in FIG. 12E.

In FIG. 12E, device 600 is in a different state (e.g., a reduced-powerstate) from FIGS. 12A-12D, in which device 600 changes one or morevisual features of a displayed user interface while in the differentstate (e.g., device 600 dims/darkens the background or reverts fromusing a respective color to fill in a respective element/region of theuser interface to using the respective color as an outline color of therespective element/region of the user interface).

In FIG. 12E, eyes 1224 (e.g., still) indicates the current time. In someembodiments, device 600 displays an animation via eyes 1224 (e.g., basedon a change in the time or non-periodically).

In FIG. 12E, nose 1226 has a different visual characteristic than inFIGS. 12C-12D, where the different visual characteristic in FIG. 12E isa visually distinguished outline (e.g., borderline) for nose 1226, andthe visually distinguished outline has a respective color (e.g., linecolor) that is based on a respective color used to fill nose 1226 inFIGS. 12C-12D (e.g., device 600 applies the color or tone (or a colorsimilar to the color or tone) of the fill color of nose 1226 in FIGS.12C-12D to the line color of nose 1226 in FIG. 12E). Similarly, mouth1228, hair 1230, facial outline 1232, neck 1234, and shoulders 1236,respectively, have different visual characteristics than in FIGS.12C-12D, where the respective different visual characteristics in FIG.12E are visually distinguished outlines that have respective colors(e.g., line colors) that are based on (e.g., correspond to) respectivecolors used to fill (e.g., used as fill colors) mouth 1228, hair 1230,facial outline 1232, neck 1234, and shoulders 1236, respectively, inFIGS. 12C-12D (e.g., device 600 applies the color or tone (or a colorsimilar to the color or tone) of the fill color of mouth 1228, hair1230, facial outline 1232, neck 1234, and shoulders 1236, respectively,in FIGS. 12C-12D to the line color of mouth 1228, hair 1230, facialoutline 1232, neck 1234, and shoulders 1236, respectively, in FIG. 12E).

While displaying face 1222 as in FIGS. 12C-12D, device 600 detects(e.g., determines) the satisfaction of a predetermined criteria forchanging an appearance of the time user interface. In some embodiments,in response to detecting the satisfaction of the predetermined criteriafor changing an appearance of time user interface 1204, device 600changes the appearance of time user interface 1204 by ceasing display offace 1222 as in FIGS. 12C-12D and displaying face 1222 as in FIG. 12F.In FIG. 12F, the predetermined criteria for changing the appearance oftime user interface 1204 includes a criterion that is satisfied when apredefined movement (e.g., of device 600) has been detected. In someembodiments, device 600 is a wearable device (e.g., a smartwatch), andthe predefined movement criteria corresponds to a wrist-raise movementwhile device 600 is being worn.

In FIG. 12F, face 1222 includes the same visual characteristics for eyes1224), hair 1230, facial outline 1232, neck 1234, and shoulders 1236 asface 1222 of FIGS. 12C-12D. In FIG. 12F, face 1222 includes differentvisual characteristics (e.g., different color and/or different shape)for nose 1226 and mouth 1226 as compared to face 1222 in FIGS. 12C-12D.

While displaying face 1222 as in FIG. 12F, device 600 detects (e.g.,determines) the satisfaction of a predetermined criteria for changing anappearance of the time user interface. In some embodiments, in responseto detecting the satisfaction of the predetermined criteria for changingan appearance of time user interface 1204, device 600 changes theappearance of time user interface 1204 by ceasing display of face 1222as in FIG. 12F and displaying face 1222 as in FIG. 12G. In FIG. 12G, thepredetermined criteria for changing the appearance of time userinterface 1204 includes a criterion that is satisfied when a change instate (e.g., a change in mode from one device state/mode to anotherdevice state/mode) of device 600 has been detected (e.g., it isdetermined that device 600 has undergone a change in state). In someembodiments, the change in state corresponds to device 600 transitioningto a sleep mode or sleeping state. In some embodiments, the sleep modeor sleep state corresponds to a state in which the display generationcomponent is off In some embodiments, the sleep mode or sleep statecorresponds to a state in which device 600 is in a low-power state(e.g., in which display 602 is off). In some embodiments, the change instate corresponds to device 600 transitioning from a locked state to anunlocked state.

In FIG. 12G, face 1222 includes the same visual characteristics for eyes1224, nose 1226, mouth 1228, hair 1230, neck 1234, and shoulders 1236 asface 1222 of FIG. 12F. In FIG. 12G, face 1222 includes a differentvisual characteristic for facial outline 1232 from face 1222 in FIG. 12F(e.g., facial outline 1232 has a different fill color in FIG. 12G thanin FIG. 12F).

In some embodiments, face 1222 displayed in time user interface 1204 hasa primary color scheme (e.g., a predominant color; a most-prevalentcolor). In some embodiments, the primary color scheme corresponds to thecolor of the facial outline 1232.

In some embodiments, the color of neck 1234 and/or the color ofshoulders 1236 are based on the primary color scheme (e.g., neck 1234 isa slightly lighter shade of the color of facial outline 1232 or neck1234 is a slightly darker shade of the color of facial outline 1232, asindicated in FIG. 12G). In some embodiments, the color of the secondfacial feature has a predetermined relationship to the color of facialoutline 1232 for a plurality of different types of faces (e.g., face1206; face 1222) (e.g., the neck is a predetermined amount lighter thanthe face for a plurality of different types of faces or the neck is apredetermined amount darker than the face for a plurality of differenttypes of faces).

FIGS. 13A-13C are a flow diagram illustrating methods of enabling anddisplaying a user interface that includes an indication of a currenttime, in accordance with some embodiments. Method 1300 is performed at acomputer system (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600) (e.g., a smart device, suchas a smartphone or a smartwatch; a mobile device) that is incommunication with a display generation component. Some operations inmethod 1300 are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operationsare, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted.

As described below, method 1300 provides an intuitive way for managinguser interfaces related to time. The method reduces the cognitive burdenon a user for managing user interfaces related to time, thereby creatinga more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computingdevices, enabling a user to manage user interfaces related to timefaster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the timebetween battery charges.

The computer system (e.g., 600) displays (1302), via the displaygeneration component (e.g., 602), a time user interface (e.g., 1204)(e.g., a watch user interface that includes an indication of a currenttime) that includes a representation of a first face (e.g., 1206 or1222) (e.g., a representation of a human face or a representation of ananthropomorphic face of a non-human character) having a first facialfeature (e.g., 1208, 1224) (e.g., eyes) and a second facial feature(e.g., 1210, 1212, 1214, 1216, 1218, 1220, 1226, 1228, 1230, 1232, 1234,or 1236) (e.g., nose; mouth; hair; facial shape; neck; shoulders),wherein the first facial feature of the first face indicates a currenttime (e.g., the current time; the time set in the systems setting of thecomputer system) (1304), and the second facial feature of the first facehas a first visual characteristic (e.g., a first color (e.g., a firstline color or a first fill color); a first shape; a first position)(1306). Displaying the time user interface that includes therepresentation of the first face having the first facial feature and thesecond facial feature, where the first facial feature of the first faceindicates a current time and the second facial feature of the first facehas a first visual characteristic provides information about the currenttime while providing a user interface with features that do not relateto time, thereby enhancing the operability of the device and making theuser-device interface more efficient (e.g., by including timeinformation in an animated user interface) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

While displaying the representation of the first face (e.g., 1206 or1222) (1308), the computer system (e.g., 600) detects (e.g.,determining) (1310) the satisfaction of a predetermined criteria forchanging an appearance of the time user interface (e.g., 1204) (e.g., achange in the current time (e.g., a change in the hour of the currenttime, a change in the minute of the current time, a change in the secondof the current time); a change in a state of the computer system due toa detected user input (e.g., a tap input on the display generationcomponent) and the computer system displaying (or causing displayof)/providing a response to the user input and/or performing anoperation due to the user input; detecting a movement of the computersystem (e.g., caused by a user movement, such as a wrist-raisemovement); a change in state or a change in mode of the computer system(e.g., transitioning to a sleep mode or sleeping state; transitioningfrom a locked state to an unlocked state).

In response to detecting the satisfaction of the predetermined criteriafor changing an appearance of the time user interface (e.g., 1204)(1318), the computer system (e.g., 600) ceases (1320) to display therepresentation of the first face (e.g., 1206 or 1222) and displays(1322) a representation of a second face (e.g., 1206, 1222) having afirst facial feature (e.g., 1208 or 1224) (e.g., eyes) and a secondfacial feature (e.g., 1210, 1212, 1214, 1216, 1218, 1220, 1226, 1228,1230, 1232, 1234, or 1236) (e.g., nose; mouth; hair; facial shape; neck;shoulders), wherein the representation of the second face is differentfrom the representation of the first face (1324), the first facialfeature of the second face indicates a current time (1326), and thesecond facial feature of the second face has a second visualcharacteristic (e.g., a second color (e.g., a second line color or asecond fill color); a second shape) different from the first visualcharacteristic (1328), and ceasing display of the representation of thefirst face and displaying the representation of the second face includesdisplaying a gradual transition from the first face to the second facethat includes transitioning the second facial feature of the first facefrom having the first visual characteristic through a plurality ofintermediate (e.g., temporary) states to a final state in which thesecond facial feature of the second face has the second visualcharacteristic (1330). In some embodiments, the computer system displaysor causes display of an animation via the first facial feature (e.g.,blinking of the displayed time if the first facial feature representseyes) based on a change in the time or non-periodically. Ceasing todisplay the representation of the first face and displaying therepresentation of the second face having the first facial feature andthe second facial feature provides feedback to a user that apredetermined criteria for changing the appearance of the time userinterface has been satisfied. Performing an operation when a set ofconditions has been met without requiring further user input enhancesthe operability of the device and makes the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs andreducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life ofthe device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently.

In some embodiments, the second facial feature (e.g., 1210, 1212, 1214,1216, 1218, 1220, 1226, 1228, 1230, 1232, 1234, or 1236) of the firstface (e.g., 1206 or 1222) has the first visual characteristic and afirst additional visual characteristic (e.g., if the first visualcharacteristic is a first line color, then a first fill color, a firstshape, or a first position; if the first visual characteristic is afirst fill color, then a first line color, a first shape, or a firstposition; if the first visual characteristic is a first shape, then afirst line color, a first fill color, or a first position; if the firstvisual characteristic is a first position, then a first line color, afirst fill color, or a first shape) different from the first visualcharacteristic. Displaying the second facial feature of the first faceto have the first visual characteristic and the first additional visualcharacteristic different from the first visual characteristic limitsburn-in effects on the display generation component (e.g., 602) that mayoccur when an image with the same visual characteristic is constantlydisplayed, which in turn enhances the operability of the device and, byreducing display burn-in, increases the lifetime of the displaygeneration component and improved the battery life of the device.

In some embodiments, the second facial feature (e.g., 1210, 1212, 1214,1216, 1218, 1220, 1226, 1228, 1230, 1232, 1234, or 1236) of the secondface (e.g., 1206 or 1222) has the second visual characteristic and asecond additional visual characteristic (e.g., if the second visualcharacteristic is a second line color, then a second fill color, asecond shape, or a second position; if the second visual characteristicis a second fill color, then a second line color, a second shape, or asecond position; if the second visual characteristic is a second shape,then a second line color, a second fill color, or a second position; ifthe second visual characteristic is a second position, then a secondline color, a second fill color, or a second shape) different from thesecond visual characteristic. Displaying the second facial feature ofthe second face to have the second visual characteristic and the secondadditional visual characteristic different from the first visualcharacteristic limits burn-in effects on the display generationcomponent (e.g., 602) that may occur when an image with the same visualcharacteristic is constantly displayed, which in turn enhances theoperability of the device and, by reducing display burn-in, increasesthe lifetime of the display generation component and improved thebattery life of the device.

In some embodiments, ceasing display of the representation of the firstface (e.g., 1206, 1222) and displaying the representation of the secondface (e.g., 1206, 1222) includes displaying a gradual transition fromthe first face to the second face that includes (e.g.,concurrently/simultaneously with transitioning the second facial featureof the first face from having the first visual characteristic through aplurality of intermediate (e.g., temporary) states to a final state inwhich the second facial feature has the second visual characteristic)transitioning the second facial feature of the first face from havingthe first additional visual characteristic through a plurality ofintermediate (e.g., temporary) states to a final state in which thesecond facial feature has the second additional visual characteristic.Changing a plurality of facial features (e.g., the first facial featureand the second facial feature) in response to detecting the satisfactionof the predetermined criteria for changing an appearance of the timeuser interface provides visual feedback that the predetermined criteriafor changing an appearance of the time user interface has beensatisfied. Performing an operation when a set of conditions has been metwithout requiring further user input enhances the operability of thedevice and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., byhelping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakeswhen operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, the first face (e.g., 1206 or 1222) has a thirdfacial feature (e.g., 1210, 1212, 1214, 1216, 1218, 1220, 1226, 1228,1230, 1232, 1234, or 1236) (e.g., nose; mouth; hair; facial shape; neck;shoulders) different from the second facial feature (e.g., 1210, 1212,1214, 1216, 1218, 1220, 1226, 1228, 1230, 1232, 1234, or 1236) of thefirst face, wherein the third facial feature for the first face has athird visual characteristic (e.g., a third color (e.g., a third linecolor or a third fill color); a third shape; a third position). In someembodiments, the second face (e.g., 1206 or 1222) has a third facialfeature (e.g., nose; mouth; hair; facial shape; neck; shoulders)different from the second facial feature of the second face, wherein thethird facial feature for the second face has a fourth visualcharacteristic (e.g., a fourth color (e.g., a fourth line color or afourth fill color); a fourth shape; a fourth position) different fromthe third visual characteristic. In some embodiments, ceasing display ofthe representation of the first face and displaying the representationof the second face includes displaying a gradual transition from thefirst face to the second face that includes transitioning the thirdfacial feature of the first face from having the third visualcharacteristic through a plurality of intermediate (e.g., temporary)states to a final state in which the third facial feature has the fourthvisual characteristic.

In some embodiments, the predetermined criteria for changing theappearance of the time user interface (e.g., changing one or more facialfeatures of the respective face in the time user interface) includes acriterion that is satisfied when a predetermined time has elapsed (e.g.,every minute; every 15 minutes; every 30 minutes; every hour) (1312). Insome embodiments, alternatively, the predetermined criteria for changingthe appearance of the time user interface (e.g., 1204) (e.g., changingone or more facial features of the respective face in the time userinterface) does not includes the criterion that is satisfied when thepredetermined time has elapsed. In some embodiments, the computer system(e.g., 600) changes the appearance of the time user interface (e.g.,changes one or more facial features of the respective face in the timeuser interface) randomly and not based on when the predetermined timehas elapsed. Ceasing to display the representation of the first face anddisplaying the representation of the second face having the first facialfeature and the second facial feature in response to detecting thesatisfaction of the predetermined criteria, where the predeterminedcriteria includes a criterion that is satisfied when a predeterminedtime has elapsed, provides visual feedback that the predetermined timehas elapsed without requiring user input. Performing an operation when aset of conditions has been met without requiring further user inputenhances the operability of the device and makes the user-deviceinterface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide properinputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with thedevice) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves batterylife of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quicklyand efficiently.

In some embodiments, the predetermined criteria for changing theappearance of the time user interface (e.g., 1204) includes a criterion(e.g., a predefined movement criterion) that is satisfied when apredefined movement (e.g., of the computer system) has been detected(e.g., determined to have happened; resulting from a movement of thecomputer system (e.g., caused by a user of the computer system) (1314).In some embodiments, the computer system is a wearable device (e.g., asmartwatch), and the predefined movement criteria corresponds to awrist-raise movement while the computer system is being worn. Ceasing todisplay the representation of the first face and displaying therepresentation of the second face having the first facial feature andthe second facial feature in response to detecting the satisfaction ofthe predetermined criteria, where the predetermined criteria includes acriterion that is satisfied when a predefined movement (e.g., of thecomputer system) has been detected, provides visual feedback that thepredefined movement has been detected. Performing an operation when aset of conditions has been met without requiring further user inputenhances the operability of the device and makes the user-deviceinterface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide properinputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with thedevice) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves batterylife of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quicklyand efficiently.

In some embodiments, the predetermined criteria for changing theappearance of the time user interface includes a criterion that issatisfied when a change in state (e.g., a change in mode from one devicestate/mode to another device state/mode) of the computer system (e.g.,600) has been detected (e.g., it is determined that the computer systemhas undergone a change in state) (1316). In some embodiments, the changein state corresponds to the computer system transitioning to a sleepmode or sleeping state. In some embodiments, the sleep mode or sleepstate corresponds to a state in which the display generation componentis off In some embodiments, the sleep mode or sleep state corresponds toa state in which the computer system is in a low-power state (e.g., inwhich the display generation component is also off). In someembodiments, the change in state corresponds to the computer systemtransitioning from a locked state to an unlocked state. Ceasing todisplay the representation of the first face and displaying therepresentation of the second face having the first facial feature andthe second facial feature in response to detecting the satisfaction ofthe predetermined criteria, where the predetermined criteria includes acriterion that is satisfied when a change in state (e.g., a change inmode from one device state/mode to another device state/mode) of thecomputer system has been detected, provides visual feedback that the achange in state of the computer system has been detected. Performing anoperation when a set of conditions has been met without requiringfurther user input enhances the operability of the device and makes theuser-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user toprovide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, the second facial feature (e.g., 1210, 1212, 1214,1216, 1218, 1220, 1226, 1228, 1230, 1232, 1234, or 1236) of the secondface (e.g., 1206 or 1222) has the second visual characteristic that is afirst color used to fill the second facial feature of the second face(e.g., a background color or base color used to visually fill out thesecond facial feature of the second face). In some embodiments, whiledisplaying the representation of the second face, the computer system(e.g., 600) detects (e.g., determining) the satisfaction of a secondpredetermined criteria (e.g., a type of input; a timeout of the computersystem) for changing an appearance of the time user interface (e.g.,1204). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the satisfaction ofthe second predetermined criteria for changing an appearance of the timeuser interface, the computer system ceases to display the representationof the second face and displaying a representation of a third facehaving a first facial feature of the third face (e.g., eyes) and asecond facial feature of the third face (e.g., nose; mouth; hair; facialshape; neck; shoulders), wherein the representation of the third face isdifferent from the representation of the second face, the first facialfeature of the third face indicates a current time, and the secondfacial feature of the third face has a third visual characteristic(e.g., a second color (e.g., a second line color or a second fillcolor); a second shape) different from the second visual characteristic,wherein the third visual characteristic is a visually distinguishedoutline (e.g., borderline) for the second facial feature of the thirdface having a respective color that is based on (e.g., the same as; thesame tone as; similar to) the first color used to fill the second facialfeature of the second face. In some embodiments, the computer systemdisplays or causes display of an animation via the first facial feature(e.g., blinking of the displayed time if the first facial featurerepresents eyes) based on a change in the time or non-periodically.

In some embodiments, while displaying the representation of the secondface (e.g., 1206, or 1222) having the first facial feature (e.g., 1208or 1224) and the second facial feature (e.g., 1210, 1212, 1214, 1216,1218, 1220, 1226, 1228, 1230, 1232, 1234, or 1236) in the time userinterface (e.g., 1204), the computer system (e.g., 600) displays, viathe first facial feature of the second face, an animation (e.g., ablinking animation) that includes ceasing display of at least a portionof the first facial feature of the second face for a period of time, andre-displaying the at least a portion of the first facial feature of thesecond face after the period of time has elapsed. In some embodiments,the animation is a blinking animation of the first facial feature thatincludes a temporary/brief movement or change in shape/form of the firstfacial feature such that the first facial feature mimics the movement ofa human eye blinking. In some embodiments, the computer systemperiodically, based on time, (e.g., every 1 minute; every 5 minutes;every 30 minutes; every hour) displays the animation (e.g., blinkinganimation). Providing a blinking animation via the first facial feature(e.g., periodically, based on time) provides visual feedback about thechange in time in an intuitive manner. Providing improved visualfeedback enhances the operability of the device and makes theuser-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user toprovide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, the first facial feature (e.g., 1208, 1224) is anindication of a current time and the animation is a blinking animationwhere the current time is animated to look like blinking eyes (e.g., thehour and minute indicators are compressed vertically and then expandvertically).

In some embodiments, displaying, via the first facial feature (e.g.,1208, 1224) of the second face (e.g., 1206, 1222), the animation (e.g.,blinking) includes non-periodically (e.g., not in regular intervals; atrandom times; not based on a period change in time) displaying, via thefirst facial feature of the second face, the animation.

In some embodiments, the second face (e.g., 1206 or 1222) (e.g., themain face portion of the second face) includes a primary color scheme(e.g., a predominant color; a most-prevalent color). In someembodiments, the second visual characteristic for the second facialfeature (e.g., 1210, 1212, 1214, 1216, 1218, 1220, 1226, 1228, 1230,1232, 1234, or 1236) (e.g., the neck; the neck and shoulder) of thesecond face is a second color that is based on (e.g., is the same as; isa similar tone as; is within a range of color variants of) the primarycolor scheme (e.g., the neck is a slightly lighter shade of the color ofthe face or the neck is a slightly darker shade of the color of theface) (1332). In some embodiments, the color of the second facialfeature has a predetermined relationship to the color of the firstfacial feature for a plurality of different faces (e.g., the neck is apredetermined amount lighter than the face for a plurality of faces orthe neck is a predetermined amount darker than the face for a pluralityof faces).

In some embodiments, the second facial feature (e.g., 1210, 1212, 1214,1216, 1218, 1220, 1226, 1228, 1230, 1232, 1234, or 1236) of the secondface (e.g., 1206 or 1222) is selected from the group consisting of:hair, facial outline (e.g., including cheeks and/or jawline), nose,eyes, mouth (e.g., lips) neck, and shoulders (1334).

In some embodiments, the second visual characteristic for the secondfacial feature (e.g., 1210, 1212, 1214, 1216, 1218, 1220, 1226, 1228,1230, 1232, 1234, or 1236) of the first face (e.g., 1206 or 1222) is athird color, and the second visual characteristic for the second facialfeature (e.g., 1210, 1212, 1214, 1216, 1218, 1220, 1226, 1228, 1230,1232, 1234, or 1236) of the second face (e.g., 1206 or 1222) is a fourthcolor different from the third color, wherein the fourth color isprogrammatically selected (e.g., determined), without user input, from aplurality of available colors by the computer system (e.g., 600) (1336).In some embodiments, the application process selects (e.g.,programmatically determines) the fourth color based on a color of thecomputer system (e.g., a color of a housing or case of the computersystem). In some embodiments, the application process selects (e.g.,programmatically determines) the fourth color based on usage history ofa user of the computer system (e.g., based on a previous user-selectedcolor or color scheme). Programmatically selecting, without user input,colors for facial features of a displayed face provides a diverse rangeof characteristics that are displayed via the time user interfacewithout requiring user input to enable the diverse range ofcharacteristics. Reducing the number of inputs needed to perform anoperation enhances the operability of the device and makes theuser-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user toprovide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

Note that details of the processes described above with respect tomethod 1300 (e.g., FIGS. 13A-13C) are also applicable in an analogousmanner to the methods described above and below. For example, method 700optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the variousmethods described above with reference to method 1300. For example, adevice can use as a watch user interface either a watch user interfaceas described in FIGS. 6A-6H or a time user interface as described inFIGS. 12A-12G. For another example, method 900 optionally includes oneor more of the characteristics of the various methods described abovewith reference to method 1300. For example, a device can use as a watchuser interface either a watch user interface as described in FIGS. 8A-8Mor a time user interface as described in FIGS. 12A-12G. For anotherexample, method 1100 optionally includes one or more of thecharacteristics of the various methods described above with reference tomethod 1300. For example, a device can use as a watch user interfaceeither a user interface with the indication of time and the graphicalrepresentation of a respective character as described in FIGS. 10A-10ACor a time user interface as described in FIGS. 12A-12G. For anotherexample, method 1500 optionally includes one or more of thecharacteristics of the various methods described above with reference tomethod 1300. For example, a device can use as a watch user interfaceeither a user interface with a background as described in FIGS. 14A-14ADand a time user interface as described in FIGS. 12A-12G. For anotherexample, method 1700 optionally includes one or more of thecharacteristics of the various methods described above with reference tomethod 1300. For example, one or more characteristics or features of atime user interface as described with reference to FIGS. 12A-12G can beedited via the process for editing characteristics or features of awatch user interface as described with reference to FIGS. 16A-16AE. Forbrevity, these details are not repeated below.

FIGS. 14A-14AD illustrate exemplary user interfaces for enablingconfiguration of a background for a user interface, in accordance withsome embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used toillustrate the processes described below, including the processes inFIGS. 15A-15F.

FIG. 14A illustrates device 600 displaying, via display 602, a firstpage (indicated by paging dot 1410) of an editing user interface 1406for editing a respective user interface that includes content overlaidon the background. In some embodiments, the respective user interface isavailable to be used as a watch user interface on device 600 (e.g., awatch face that includes an indication of time and one or more watchcomplications overlaid on the background). In some embodiments, the userinterface is a watch user interface, and the content includes anindication of the current time or current date. In some embodiments,editing user interface 1406 includes a plurality of pages that can benavigated, where a respective page enables editing of a differentfeature of a user interface, as described in greater detail below.

In FIG. 14A, editing user interface 1406 includes a background 1408 fora respective user interface, where background 1408 comprises a pluralityof stripes (e.g., graphical lines across the background in a vertical orhorizontal direction) including a stripe 1408A and a stripe 1408B.Stripe 1408A has a first visual characteristic (e.g., a first color; afirst fill pattern) and stripe 1408B has a second visual characteristic(e.g., a second color; a second fill pattern) different from the firstvisual characteristic. In FIG. 14A, stripes of 1408A and 1408B arearranged in a first visual pattern of stripes (e.g., a first type ofalternating color pattern, such as a repeating 2-color pattern).

In FIG. 14A, while displaying first page 1410 of editing user interface1406, device 600 receives (e.g., detects) an input 1401 for changing thecurrent page of editing user interface 1406. In some embodiments, input1401 includes a gesture (e.g., a horizontal swipe on display 602 in afirst direction). In response to receiving input 1401, device 600displays a second page (indicated by paging dot 1412) of editing userinterface 1406, as shown in FIG. 14B, where second page 1412 of editinguser interface 1406 can be used to change a number of stripes (e.g.,increase the number of stripes; decrease the number of stripes) ofbackground 1408.

In FIG. 14B, while displaying second page (indicated by paging dot 1412)of editing user interface 1406 with background 1408 having stripes1408A-1408B arranged in the first visual pattern of stripes, device 600receives (e.g., detects) an input 1403 directed to changing (e.g.,increasing) the number of stripes of background 1408, as shown in FIGS.14B-14E. In some embodiments, input 1403 is a rotational input in afirst direction (e.g., clockwise; up) on rotatable input mechanism 603shown in FIGS. 14B-14E. In some embodiments, input 1403 is a touch inputsuch as a swipe or pinch input.

In FIGS. 14B-14E, in response to (e.g., and while) receiving input 1403,device 600 displays an increase in the number of stripes for background1408. The new stripes maintain the initial visual pattern of stripes1408A and 1408B (e.g., maintain the initial alternating color pattern).

In FIG. 14C, in response to (e.g., and while) receiving input 1403,device 600 includes stripe 1408C in background 1408 (e.g., below stripe1408B), where stripe 1408C moves onto display 602 from an edge (e.g.,bottom edge) of display 602. In FIG. 14C, stripe 1408C has a same visualcharacteristic (e.g., color; fill pattern) as stripe 1408C. Device 600decreases a size of displayed stripes (e.g., decreases the height orwidth) as a new stripe is added to background 1408.

In FIGS. 14D-14E, in response to (e.g., and while) continuing to receiveinput 1403, device 600 includes stripe 1408D in background 1408 (e.g.,below stripe 1408C), where stripe 1408D moves onto display 602 from thesame edge of display 602 as stripe 1408C. In FIGS. 14D-14E, stripe 1408Dhas a same visual characteristic as stripe 1408D (e.g., the same colorand/or fill pattern as stripe 1408D). Device 600 automatically maintainsthe first visual pattern of stripes (e.g., alternating between twocolors) as new stripes are added to background 1408. Device 600continues to decrease the size of displayed stripes as new stripes areadded to background 1408.

After FIG. 14E, device 600 continues receiving input 1403 and respondsby increasing the number of stripes until twelve stripes 1408A-1408L areincluded in background 1408, while maintaining the first visual pattern,as shown in FIG. 14F.

FIG. 14F illustrates device 600 displaying, in second page 1412 ofediting user interface 1406, background 1408 with stripes 1408A-1408Larranged in the first visual pattern of stripes. While displaying secondpage 1412 of editing user interface 1406 with background 1408 havingstripes 1408A-1408L arranged in the first visual pattern of stripes,device 600 receives (e.g., detects) an input 1405 directed to changing(e.g., decreasing) the number of stripes of background 1408, as shown inFIG. 14F. In some embodiments, input 1405 has a direction (e.g.,counter-clockwise; down) that is opposite of a direction of input 1403.In the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 14F, input 1405 is a rotationalinput on rotatable input mechanism 603 in a direction opposite thedirection of input 1403. In some embodiments, input 1405 is a touchinput such as a swipe or pinch input.

In response to receiving input 1405, device 600 displays, in editinguser interface 1406, a decrease in the number of stripes for background1408, where existing stripes move off of display 602 at the edge ofdisplay 602 (e.g., at the bottom of display 602). Device 600 increasesthe size of remaining stripes (e.g., increases the height or width) as astripe is removed from background 1408.

As shown in FIG. 14G, in response to receiving input 1405, device 600displays background 1408 with eight stripes 1408A-1408H, where stripes1408A-1408H maintain the first visual pattern of stripes as in FIG. 14F.

In FIG. 14G, while displaying second page 1412 of editing user interface1406 with background 1408 having stripes 1408A-1408H arranged in thefirst visual pattern of stripes, device 600 receives (e.g., detects) aninput 1407 directed to selecting stripe 1408D. In some embodiments,input 1407 includes a tap input on stripe 1408D. In some embodiments,input 1407 includes a tap-and-hold input on stripe 1408D.

In some embodiments, in response to receiving input 1407, device 600changes the current page in editing user interface 1406 to a third page(indicated by paging dot 1414) of editing user interface 1406, as shownin FIG. 14H. Third page 1414 provides an editing mode for changing avisual characteristic, such as a color, of the selected stripe.

In response to receiving input 1407 (e.g., and while displaying editinguser interface 1406 in third page 1414), device 600 displays a visualindicator 1416 (e.g., a box) indicating that stripe 1408D has beenselected (via input 1407). In some embodiments, visual indictor 1416includes an indication 1418 of a current visual characteristic (e.g.,the color) applied to the selected stripe.

In FIG. 14H, while displaying editing user interface 1406 with visualindicator 1416 indicating that stripe 1408D of background 1408 has beenselected, device 600 receives (e.g., detects) an input 1409 directed tochanging the current visual characteristic applied to stripe 1408D. Insome embodiments, input 1409 is a rotational input on rotatable inputmechanism 603 shown in FIG. 14H. In some embodiments, input 1409 is atouch input such as a swipe or pinch input.

In response to (e.g., and while) receiving input 1409, device 600navigates (e.g., scrolls) through a plurality of selectable visualcharacteristics (e.g., selectable colors). While the selectable visualcharacteristics are being navigated, different selectable visualcharacteristics are applied to stripe 1408D and indicated via indication1418 of visual indicator 1416 (e.g., the color of stripe 1408D andindication 1418 are updated during navigation to reflect thecurrently-selected visual characteristic).

In FIG. 14I, in response to (e.g., and while) receiving input 1409,device 600 changes the respective visual characteristic applied tostripe 1408D to a third visual characteristic (e.g., a third color; athird fill pattern) different from the second visual characteristic andindicates, via indication 1418 of visual indicator 1416, that the thirdvisual characteristic is the currently-selected visual characteristic.

After FIG. 14I, device 600 continues detecting input 1409 directed tochanging the current visual characteristic applied to stripe 1408D untildevice 600 changes the respective visual characteristic applied tostripe 1408D to a fourth visual characteristic (e.g., a fourth color; afourth fill pattern), different from the second visual characteristicand the third visual characteristic, and indicates, via indication 1418of visual indicator 1416, that the fourth visual characteristic is thecurrently-selected visual characteristic, as shown in FIG. 14J.

In FIG. 14J, while displaying stripe 1408D of background 1408 with thefourth visual characteristic applied, device 600 receives (e.g.,detects) an input 1411. Input 1411 is first detected a location ondisplay 602 corresponding to stripe 1408D and is moved towards alocation on display 602 corresponding to stripe 1408G, where stripe1408G has a different visual characteristic from stripe 1408D. In someembodiments, input 1411 is a touch-and-drag input from stripe 1408D tostripe 1408G.

In response to detecting input 1411, device 600 displays stripe 1408Gwith the visual characteristic of stripe 1408D (e.g., the visualcharacteristic from stripe 1408D is applied to stripe 1408G), as shownin FIG. 14K, and moves visual indicator 1416 to stripe 1408G from stripe1408D. As shown in FIG. 14K visual indicator 1416 indicates that stripe1408G has been selected (via input 1411) and indication 1418 indicatesthe visual characteristic of stripe 1408D has been applied to stripe1408G.

In FIG. 14K, while displaying third page 1414 of the editing userinterface, device 600 receives (e.g., detects) an input 1413 directed toreturning editing user interface 1406 to second page 1412 (e.g., theediting mode for changing the number of stripes in the background). Insome embodiments, input 1413 includes a gesture (e.g., a horizontalswipe on display 602 in a direction opposite a direction of input 1407).In response to receiving input 1413, device 600 displays second page1412 of editing user interface 1406, as shown in FIG. 14L.

In FIG. 14L, background 1408 includes stripes 1408A-1408L, where stripes1408A-1408L form a second visual pattern of stripes (e.g., aneight-color pattern, where stripes 1408A, 1408C, and 1408E have thefirst visual characteristic (e.g., the first color; the first fillpattern), stripes 1408B, 1408F, 1408H have the second visualcharacteristic (e.g., the second color; the second fill pattern), andstripes 1408D and 1408G have the fourth visual characteristic (e.g., thefourth color; the fourth fill pattern).

In FIG. 14L, while displaying background 1408 with stripes 1408A-1408L,device 600 receives (e.g., detects) an input 1415 directed to changing(e.g., decreasing) the number of stripes in background 1408. In someembodiments, input 1415 is a rotational input on rotatable inputmechanism 603 shown in FIG. 14L. In some embodiments, input 1415 is atouch input such as a swipe or pinch input.

In response to receiving (e.g., detecting) input 1415 directed todecreasing the number of stripes of background 1408, where input 1415 isin the second direction (e.g., a counter-clockwise direction; a downdirection), device 600 displays a decrease in the number of stripes forbackground 1408. Existing stripes move off of display 602 at the edge ofdisplay 602 (e.g., at the bottom of display 602). Device 600 increasesthe size of remaining stripes (e.g., increases the height or width) as astripe is removed from background 1408.

In response to (e.g., after) receiving input 1415, device 600 displaysbackground 1408 with four remaining stripes 1408A-1408D, as shown inFIG. 14M, as stripes 1408E-1408H have been removed from background 1408by input 1415.

In FIG. 14M, background 1408 includes stripes 1408A-1408D, where stripes1408A-1408D are arranged in a third visual pattern of stripes (e.g., athird type of alternating color pattern (e.g., a repeating 4-colorpattern), where stripe 1408A and stripe 1408C have the first visualcharacteristic (e.g., the first color; the first fill pattern), stripe1408B has the second visual characteristic, and stripe 1408D has thefourth visual characteristic.

In FIG. 14M, while displaying background 1408 with stripes 1408A-1408D,device 600 receives (e.g., detects) an input 1417 directed to changing(e.g., increasing) the number of stripes in background 1408. In someembodiments, input 1417 is a rotational input on rotatable inputmechanism 603 shown in FIG. 14M. In some embodiments, input 1417 is atouch input such as a swipe or pinch input.

In response to receiving input 1417, where input 1417 is in the firstdirection (e.g., a clockwise direction; an up direction), device 600displays an increase in the number of stripes for background 1408, wherestripes are moved onto display 602 from the edge of display 602 (e.g.,at the bottom of display 602). Device 600 decreases the size of stripes(e.g., decreases the height or width) as a stripe is added to background1408.

In response to (e.g., after) receiving input 1417, device 600 displaysbackground 1408 in editing user interface 1406 with eight stripes1408A-1408H, as shown in FIG. 14N, where stripes 1408A-1408H have thesecond visual pattern of stripes as first described above with referenceto FIG. 14L (e.g., instead of maintain the four-stripe visual pattern ofstripes shown in FIG. 14M).

In some embodiments, in response to receiving an input directed toincreasing the number of stripes (e.g., input 1417 in FIG. 14M) afterreceiving an input directed to decreasing the number of stripes (e.g.,input 1415 of FIG. 14L), device 600 maintains the visual pattern ofstripes from when the input directed to decreasing the number of stripes(e.g., input 1415 of FIG. 14L) was first detected. In some embodiments,in accordance with detecting one or more inputs (e.g., input 1415 inFIG. 14L, then input 1417 in FIG. 14M) directed to decreasing, thenincreasing, the number of stripes, device 600 maintains the visualpattern of stripes (e.g., the second visual pattern of stripes as inFIG. 14L) from prior to the one or more inputs being received.

In some embodiments, in response to receiving an input directed todecreasing the number of stripes (e.g., input 1415 in FIG. 14L), andsubsequently receiving an input directed to increasing the number ofstripes (e.g., input 1417 in FIG. 14M), device 600 re-displays stripes(e.g., stripes 1408E-1408H) in the background to include the same visualpattern of stripes (e.g., the second visual pattern of stripes as inFIG. 14L) from prior to the inputs being received if no other inputs arereceived by device 600 between receiving the two respective inputs(e.g., between receiving input 1415 and input 1417). For example, ifthere were no intervening operations received by device 600 betweendisplaying background 1408 with the second visual pattern of stripes asin FIG. 14L to receiving input directed to increasing the number ofstripes (e.g., input 1417 in FIG. 14M), device 600 re-displays stripes(e.g., stripes 1408E-1408H) in background 1408 to include the samevisual pattern of stripes.

In some embodiments, in accordance with receiving an input directed todecreasing the number of stripes (e.g., input 1415 in FIG. 14L), andsubsequently receiving an input directed to increasing the number ofstripes (e.g., input 1417 in FIG. 14M), device 600 does not re-displaystripes (e.g., stripes 1408E-1408H) in the background to include thesame visual pattern of stripes (e.g., the second visual pattern ofstripes as in FIG. 14L) from prior to the inputs being received (e.g.,detected) if another input directed to performing an operation that doesnot include changing the number of stripes of the background is receivedby device 600 between receiving the two respective inputs (e.g., betweenreceiving (e.g., detecting) input 1415 and input 1417). For example, ifthere is an intervening operation received by device 600 betweendisplaying background 1408 with the second visual pattern of stripes asin FIG. 14L to receiving input directed to increasing the number ofstripes (e.g., input 1417 in FIG. 14M), device 600 does not re-displaystripes (e.g., stripes 1408E-1408H) in background 1408 to include thesame visual pattern of stripes. In some embodiments, performing theoperation includes displaying a user interface different from editinguser interface 1406. In some embodiments, performing the operationincludes editing a different aspect/feature of background 1408 (e.g., ina different page of editing user interface 1406) than changing thenumber of stripes of background 1408 (e.g., editing features of a watchface, such as watch face style or watch complications).

In some embodiments, if an input directed to performing an operationthat does not include changing the number of stripes of the backgroundis received by device 600 between receiving input 1415 to decrease thenumber of stripes and, subsequently, receiving input 1417 to increasethe number of stripes, device 600 displays stripes 1408E-1408H toinclude the third visual pattern of stripes of stripes 1408A-1408D as inFIG. 14M (when the number of stripes is decreased) to stripes1408A-1408H (when the number of stripes is increased).

In FIG. 14N, while displaying stripes 1408A-1408H in background 1408with the second visual pattern of stripes, device 600 receives (e.g.,detects) an input 1419 directed to changing the current page of editinguser interface 1406 to a fourth page (indicated by paging dot 1420)(e.g., an editing mode for rotating the background). In someembodiments, input 1419 includes a gesture (e.g., a horizontal swipe ondisplay 602). In response to receiving input 1419, device 600 displaysfourth page 1420 of editing user interface 1406, as shown in FIG. 14O.

While displaying fourth page 1420 of editing user interface withbackground 1408 including stripes 1408A-1408H arranged in the secondvisual pattern of stripes, device 600 receives (e.g., detects) an input1421 directed to rotating the stripes of background 1408. In someembodiments, input 1421 is a rotational input on rotatable inputmechanism 603 shown in FIGS. 14O-14P. In some embodiments, input 1421 isa touch input such as a swipe, twist, or pinch input.

In FIG. 14P, in response to (e.g., and while) receiving input 1421,device 600 rotates stripes 1408A-1408B of background 1408 in accordancewith input 1421 (e.g., background 1408 is rotated with the center ofdisplay 602 as the axis point for rotation). In some embodiments, ifinput 1421 is a rotational input in a clockwise direction, stripes1408A-1408H of background 1408 are rotated in the clockwise direction.In some embodiments, if input 1421 is a rotational input in acounter-clockwise direction, stripes 1408A-1408H of background 1408 arerotated in the counter-clockwise direction. In some embodiments, stripes1408A-1408H of background 1408 maintain a straight shape while beingrotated, as shown in FIG. 14P.

In some embodiments, rotating background 1408 includes rotatingbackground 1408 by predefined rotational increments (e.g., by 10 degreeincrements; by 15 degree increments; by 30 degree increments) withrespect to a rotational axis point (e.g., the center of display 602). Insome embodiments, rotating background 1408 includes changing (e.g.,increasing; decreasing) a characteristic (e.g., thickness; size; area)of stripes 1408A-1408H of background 1408 as the background is beingrotated in accordance with the input directed to rotating the stripes(e.g., input 1421).

In response to (e.g., after) detecting input 1421, device 600 displaysstripes 1408A-1408H of background 1408 rotated from a horizontalorientation, as in FIG. 14P, to a vertical orientation, as in FIG. 14Q.In some embodiments, stripes 1408A-1408H can be rotated to anintermediary angle between the horizontal and vertical orientations(e.g., by 1 degree increments, 2 degree increments, 5 degree increments,10 degree increments; by 15 degree increments; by 30 degree increments).

In FIG. 14Q, while displaying stripes 1408A-1408H of background 1408 inthe vertical orientation, device 600 receives (e.g., detects) an input1423 directed to exiting editing user interface 1406. In someembodiments, input 1423 is directed to rotatable input mechanism 603(e.g., a press input or a press-and-hold input at rotatable inputmechanism 603), as in FIG. 14Q. In some embodiments, input 1423 is atouch input (e.g., a tap-and-hold input) on display 602.

In response to receiving input 1423 while displaying background 1408 asin FIG. 14Q, device 600 displays a user interface 1422 (e.g., a watchuser interface) that includes background 1408 with stripes 1408A-1408Has the background of the user interface. In some embodiments, userinterface 1422 is a watch user interface that includes background 1408with stripes 1408A-1408H as the background of the watch user interfaceand an indication of time 1424 overlaid on background 1408.

At FIG. 14R, electronic device 600 detects user input 1426 (e.g., a tapand hold gesture) on user interface 1422. In response to detecting userinput 1426, electronic device 600 displays user interface 1428, as shownat FIG. 14S. At FIG. 14S, user interface 1428 includes representation1430 of background 1408, watch user interface type indicator 1432 (e.g.,“Stripes”), share affordance 1434, and edit affordance 1436.Representation 1430 of background 1408 includes stripes 1408A-1408Harranged in the vertical orientation and/or having a fourth visualpattern. In some embodiments, electronic device 600 is configured todisplay representations of different backgrounds for user interface 1422and/or representations of additional user interfaces (e.g., differentfrom user interface 1422) in response to detecting rotational input onrotatable input mechanism 603. At FIG. 14S, electronic device 600detects user input 1438 (e.g., a tap gesture) corresponding to selectionof edit affordance 1436. In response to detecting user input 1438,electronic device 600 displays editing user interface 1440 (e.g., amodified version of editing user interface 1406), at FIG. 14T.

At FIG. 14T, a first page of editing user interface 1440 includesrepresentation 1430 of background 1408, first editing feature indicator1442 (e.g., “Style”), second editing feature indicator 1444 (e.g.,“Color”), and first style indicator 1446 (e.g., “Full Screen”).Representation 1430 of background 1408 includes stripes 1408A-1408H inthe vertical orientation and/or having the fourth visual pattern. Firstediting feature indicator 1442 corresponds to a currently selectedediting feature for background 1408 (e.g., “Style”), as indicated byfirst editing feature indicator 1442 being centered on display 602 andabove representation 1430. At FIG. 14T, the currently selected editingfeature relates to a format of a border (e.g., a shape of the border) inwhich background 1408 will be displayed on user interface 1422. Firststyle indicator 1446 provides a first option for the currently selectedediting feature and indicates the option as full screen (e.g., a borderhaving a rectangular shape). In response to detecting selection of thefull screen option (e.g., via a tap gesture or press gesture onrotatable input mechanism 603), electronic device 600 displaysbackground 1408 in a full screen mode on display 602 (e.g., background1408 occupies all or substantially all of display 602 and is displayedwithin a border having a shape of display 602, such as a rectangularshape or a square shape).

At FIG. 14T, electronic device 600 detects rotational input 1448 onrotatable input mechanism 603. In response to detecting rotational input1448, electronic device 600 displays the first page of editing userinterface 1440 with representation 1450 and second style indicator 1452(e.g., “Circle”), as shown at FIG. 14U. Second style indicator 1452corresponds to a second option for the currently selected editingfeature and indicates the option as a circular mask (e.g., displayingbackground 1408 within a border having a circular shape). In someembodiments, the circular mask does not occupy the full screen ofdisplay 602. In response to detecting selection of the circular maskoption (e.g., via a tap gesture or press gesture on rotatable inputmechanism 603), electronic device 600 displays background 1408 within acircular shaped border on a portion of display 602. At FIG. 14U,representation 1450 of background 1408 maintains the verticalorientation of stripes 1408A-1408H in the circular shaped border. Insome embodiments, in response to detecting rotational input 1448,electronic device 600 adjusts a size (e.g., a width and/or a thickness)of stripes 1408A-1408H displayed in representation 1450 of background1408 (as compared to representation 1430) to enable stripes 1408A-1408Hto fit within the circular shaped border of representation 1450. Forexample, in some embodiments, electronic device 600 reduces the size(e.g., the width and/or the thickness) of stripes 1408A-1408H displayedin representation 1450 (as compared to representation 1430) because thecircular shaped border of representation 1450 includes a smaller widththan the rectangular border of representation 1430.

At FIG. 14U, electronic device detects user input 1454 (e.g., a swipegesture) on editing user interface 1440. In response to detecting userinput 1454, electronic device 600 displays a second page of editing userinterface 1440 for editing a second feature of background 1408, as shownat FIG. 14V. At FIG. 14V, electronic device displays a second page ofediting user interface 1440 for editing the second feature of background1408, as indicated by second editing feature indicator 1444 beingcentered on display 602 above representation 1450. Additionally,electronic device 600 displays third editing feature indicator 1456(e.g., “Position”) in response to detecting user input 1454 (e.g.,electronic device 600 translates first editing feature indicator 1442,second editing feature indicator 1444, and third editing featureindicator 1456 in a direction associated with movement of user input1454). The second page of editing user interface 1440 corresponds to anability to adjust a color of one or more stripes 1408A-1408H ofbackground 1408. At FIG. 14V, electronic device displays indication 1416around stripe 1408A indicating that stripe 1408A is selected forediting. Additionally, electronic device 600 displays indication 1418indicating a current color of stripe 1408A that is selected for editing(e.g., “White”). As set forth above, electronic device 600 adjusts thecolor of stripe 1408A in response to detecting rotational input onrotational input mechanism 603. For instance, the second page of editinguser interface 1440 includes color selection element 1458, whichincludes indicators 1458A-1458D corresponding to different colors thatmay be designated to stripe 1408A (or another selected stripe1408B-1408H).

Electronic device 600 is configured to adjust and/or change a positionof indicator 1416 from stripe 1408A to one of stripes 1408B-1408H inresponse to detecting a tap gesture on one of stripes 1408B-1408H. AtFIG. 14V (e.g., in response to detecting input 1454), representation1450 of background 1408 is rotated when compared to representation 1450of FIG. 14U so that stripes 1408A-1408H are in a horizontal orientation(e.g., stripes 1408A-1408H extend between the left and ride sides ofdisplay 602). As discussed below with reference to FIGS. 14AB and 14AC,in some embodiments, displaying representation 1450 such that stripes1408A-1408H are in the horizontal orientation facilitates a user'sability to accurately select a particular stripe.

At FIG. 14V, electronic device 600 detects user input 1460 (e.g., aswipe gesture) on editing user interface 1440. In response to detectinguser input 1460, electronic device 600 displays a third page of editinguser interface 1440, as shown at FIG. 14W. The third page of editinguser interface 1440 enables adjustment of an angle and/or position ofbackground 1408, and thus the angle and/or position of stripes1408A-1408H of background 1408. At FIG. 14W, electronic device displaysthird editing feature indicator 1456 as centered on display 602 aboverepresentation 1450 to indicate that the third page of editing userinterface 1440 enables adjustment of the position of background 1408.Additionally, electronic device 600 displays fourth editing featureindicator 1462 (e.g., “Complications”) in response to detecting userinput 1460 (e.g., electronic device 600 translates first editing featureindicator 1442, second editing feature indicator 1444, third editingfeature indicator 1456, and fourth editing feature indicator 1462 in adirection associated with movement of user input 1460).

At FIG. 14W (e.g., in response to detecting input 1460), electronicdevice 600 rotates representation 1450 of background 1408 back to theorientation (e.g., a vertical orientation) of background 1408 prior todisplaying the second page (e.g., for editing color) of editing userinterface 1440. In some embodiments, background 1408 is returned to theprevious orientation because the second page of editing user interface1440 for adjusting colors of stripes 1408A-1408H is no longer displayed(e.g., electronic device 600 does not detect and/or respond to userinputs on individual stripes 1408A-1408H when the second page of editinguser interface 1440 is not displayed).

As set forth above, the third page of editing user interface 1440enables adjustment of an angle and/or position of background 1408. Thethird page of editing user interface 1440 includes rotation indicator1464 that provides a visual indication of an angle of background 1408with respect to a rotational axis (e.g., the center of display 602). AtFIG. 14W, electronic device detects rotational input 1466 on rotatableinput mechanism 603. In response to detecting rotational input 1466 (andwhile receiving rotational input), electronic device 600 rotatesrepresentation 1450 with respect to the rotational axis, as shown atFIG. 14X.

At FIG. 14X, electronic device 600 updates rotation indicator 1464 toprovide a visual indication of the new angle of background 1408 withrespect to the rotational axis (e.g., 45 degrees). While electronicdevice 600 displays representation 1450 with stripes 1408A-1408H at anangle of 45 degrees with respect to the rotational axis, electronicdevice 600 can rotate representation 1450 of background 1408 to anysuitable angle (e.g., any angle from 0 degrees to 360 degrees) withrespect to the rotational axis. In some embodiments, electronic device600 rotates representation 1450 to a particular angle in accordance witha detected amount of movement associated with rotational input 1466(e.g., an amount of rotation of representation 1450 is based on anamount of detected movement or rotation associated with rotational input1466). For example, electronic device 600 can continuously rotaterepresentation 1450 while continuing to detect rotational input 1466(e.g., the angle of rotation is selectable by a continuous input, suchas continuous rotation of rotatable input mechanism 603). As set forthabove, representation 1450 corresponds to background 1408 beingdisplayed within a border that includes a circular shape. In response torotational input 1466, electronic device 600 forgoes adjustment of asize (e.g., a thickness and/or a width) of stripes 1408A-1408H ofrepresentation 1450 because representation 1450 includes the circularborder (e.g., rotating representation 1450 does not cause the lengths orwidths of stripes 1408A-1408H to change because the diameter of thecircular border remains constant). As discussed below, in someembodiments, electronic device 600 adjusts the size (e.g., thicknessand/or width) of stripes 1408A-1408H in response to rotational input1466 when background 1408 is displayed within a non-circular border.

At FIG. 14X, electronic device 600 detects user input 1468 (e.g., twoswipe gestures) on editing user interface 1440. In response to detectinguser input 1468, electronic device 600 displays the first page ofediting user interface 1440 for adjusting the shape of the border inwhich background 1408 is displayed, as shown at FIG. 14Y. At FIG. 14Y,electronic device 600 displays representation 1450 with the updatedposition (e.g., an angle of 45 degrees) caused by rotational input 1466(e.g., because the second page of editing user interface 1440 is notdisplayed). Additionally, at FIG. 14Y, electronic device 600 detectsrotational input 1470 on rotatable input mechanism 603. In response todetecting rotational input 1470, electronic device 600 displays thefirst page of editing user interface 1440 with representation 1430 ofbackground 1408 in the rectangular shaped border, as shown at FIG. 14Z.

At FIG. 14Z, representation 1430 maintains the angle of representation1450 caused by rotational input 1466 (e.g., an angle of 45 degrees).However, electronic device 600 adjusts a size (e.g., thickness and/orwidth) of stripes 1408A-1408H of representation 1430 when compared torepresentation 1450 at FIG. 14Y. Electronic device 600 adjusts the size(e.g., length, thickness, and/or width) of stripes 1408A-1408H to occupythe entire area defined by the rectangular shaped border, whilemaintaining the same number of stripes (e.g., and the same width foreach stripe). In general, the width of the stripes varies with thedimension of background 1408 in the direction perpendicular to thelength of the stripes (e.g., the stripes are wider when orientedhorizontally than when oriented vertically because the verticaldimension of display 602 is larger than the horizontal dimension ofdisplay 602, and vice versa).

At FIG. 14Z, electronic device 600 detects user input 1472 (e.g., twosuccessive swipe gestures) on editing user interface 1440. In responseto detecting user input 1472, electronic device 600 displays the thirdpage of editing user interface 1440 for adjusting the position ofrepresentation 1430, as shown at FIG. 14AA. At FIG. 14AA, electronicdevice 600 detects rotational input 1474 on rotatable input mechanism603. In response to detecting rotational input 1474, electronic device600 rotates representation 1430 (e.g., about the rotational axis) inaccordance with an amount of movement and/or a direction of rotationalinput 1474, as shown at FIG. 14AB.

At FIG. 14AB, electronic device 600 displays representation 1430 withstripes 1408A-1408H at an angle of 60 degrees (e.g., relative tohorizontal), as indicated by rotation indicator 1464. In response torotational input 1474, electronic device 600 reduces a size (e.g.,thickness and/or width) of stripes 1408A-1408H in addition to rotatingstripes 1408A-1408H about the rotational axis. For example, in responseto rotating stripes 1408A-1408H from an angle of 45 degrees to an angleof 60 degrees, electronic device 600 varies the lengths of stripes1408A-1408H as needed to fit within rectangular border of representation1430. Electronic device 600 also reduces the size (e.g., thicknessand/or width) of stripes 1408A-1408H in order to maintain the samenumber of stripes 1408A-1408H (e.g., each with the same width) withinthe rectangular border of representation 1430. In some embodiments,electronic device 600 adjusts the size of stripes 1408A-1408H based on adetected amount of movement associated with rotational input 1474. Forexample, while electronic device 600 detects rotational input 1474(e.g., continuously detects rotational input 1474), electronic device600 gradually and/or continuously adjusts the size of stripes1408A-1408H in response to continuing to detect rotational input 1474.In some embodiments, electronic device 600 adjusts the size of stripes1408A-1408H based on a direction of rotational input 1474 (e.g.,clockwise or counter-clockwise). For example, in response to detectingthat rotational input 1474 is in a first direction, electronic device600 reduces the size of stripes 1408A-1408H and, in response todetecting that rotational input 1474 is in a second direction, differentfrom the first direction, electronic device 600 increases the size ofstripes 1408A-1408H.

At FIG. 14AB, electronic device 600 detects user input 1476 (e.g., aswipe input) on editing user interface 1440. In response to detectinguser input 1476, electronic device 600 displays the second page ofediting user interface 1440, as shown at FIG. AC. As set forth above,the second page of editing user interface 1440 enables adjustment ofcolors of stripes 1408A-1408H. Electronic device 600 detects user input(e.g., a tap gesture) on a respective stripe in order to enableadjustment of the color of the respective stripe. As shown in FIG. 14AC(e.g., in response to detecting input 1476), electronic device 600rotates representation 1430 when transitioning from the third page ofediting user interface 1440 (shown at FIG. 14AB) to the second page ofediting user interface 1440 (shown at FIG. 14AC). In some embodiments,electronic device 600 rotates representation 1430 when transitioningfrom any page of editing user interface 1440 to the second page ofediting user interface 1440. In particular, electronic device 600rotates representation 1430 to include the horizontal orientation ofstripes 1408A-1408H. In some embodiments, when representation 1430includes the horizontal orientation when displayed in the first pageand/or the third page of editing user interface 1440, electronic device600 maintains display of representation 1430 in the horizontalorientation when transitioning to the second page of editing userinterface 1440. The horizontal orientation of representation 1430 canfacilitate a user's ability to select a particular stripe of stripes1408A-1408H by providing uniform targets for a user to select (e.g., viaa tap gesture). As such, displaying representation 1430 in thehorizontal orientation when electronic device 600 displays the secondpage of editing user interface 1440 can improve a user's ability toselect stripes 1408A-1408H and adjust a particular stripe to a desiredcolor.

FIG. 14AD illustrates examples of user interface 1422 after electronicdevice 600 ceases to display editing user interface 1440. FIG. 14ADincludes first representation 1478 of user interface 1422 and secondrepresentation 1480 of user interface 1422 with background 1408displayed within a circular border. Additionally, FIG. 14AD shows thirdrepresentation 1482 of user interface 1422 and fourth representation1484 of user interface 1422 with background 1408 displayed within arectangular border (e.g., a full screen border that includes the shapeof display 602). First representation 1478 and second representation1480 include complications 1486, 1488, 1490, and 1492 positioned incorners of display 602 and outside of background 1408. Complications1486, 1488, 1490, and 1492 may be selected and/or edited via user inputin a fourth page of editing user interface 1440. Additionally, thirdrepresentation 1482 and fourth representation 1484 include complications1494 and 1496 overlaid on background 1408. Complications 1494 and 1496can also be selected via user input in the fourth page of editing userinterface 1440.

FIGS. 15A-15F are a flow diagram illustrating methods of enablingconfiguration of a background for a user interface, in accordance withsome embodiments. Method 1500 is performed at a computer system (e.g.,100, 300, 500, 600) (e.g., a smart device, such as a smartphone or asmartwatch; a mobile device) that is in communication with a displaygeneration component and one or more input devices (e.g., including atouch-sensitive surface that is integrated with the display generationcomponent; a mechanical input device; a rotatable input device; arotatable and depressible input device; a microphone). Some operationsin method 1500 are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operationsare, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted.

As described below, method 1500 provides an intuitive way for managinguser interfaces related to time. The method reduces the cognitive burdenon a user for managing user interfaces related to time, thereby creatinga more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computingdevices, enabling a user to manage user interfaces related to timefaster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the timebetween battery charges.

The computer system (e.g., 600) displays (1502), via the displaygeneration component (e.g., 602), an editing user interface (e.g., 1406)for editing a background (e.g., 1408) of a user interface (e.g., ahome/main user interface; a wake screen user interface; a lock screenuser interface; a watch user interface; a watch face that includes anindication of time and one or more watch complications), wherein theuser interface includes content (e.g., an indication of time; watchcomplications; icons; menus; folders) overlaid on the background (1504),and the editing user interface includes a representation of thebackground of the user interface that includes a first number of stripes(e.g., graphical lines across the background in a vertical or horizontaldirection) that is greater than one (e.g., two or more stripes; an evennumber of repeating two stripes of different colors) (1506).

While displaying the editing user interface (e.g., 1406) (1512), thecomputer system (e.g., 600) detects (1514), via the one or more inputdevices, a first user input (e.g., 1403, 1405) (e.g., a rotational inputon the rotatable input device; a touch input such as a swipe or pinchinput).

In response to detecting the first user input (e.g., 1403) (1518), inaccordance with a determination that the first user input corresponds toa first type of input (e.g., an input in a first direction (e.g., aclockwise rotational direction; a first vertical or horizontaldirection)), the computer system (e.g., 600) displays (1522), in theuser interface, a representation of an updated background (e.g., 1408)with a second number of stripes that is greater than the first number ofstripes (e.g., add one or more additional stripes to the background(e.g., add one more stripe; add multiple stripes; add an even number ofstripes; double the number of stripes); add one or more additionalstripes to the background where the added stripes repeat a pattern(e.g., a repeating color pattern) of the original stripes). In someembodiments, updating the background with the second number of stripesthat is greater than the first number of stripes includes moving (e.g.,sliding) the new stripes onto the background from an edge of the display(e.g., 602).

In response to detecting the first user input (e.g., 1405) (1518), inaccordance with a determination that the first user input corresponds toa second type of input different from the first type of input (e.g., aninput in a second direction (e.g., a counter-clockwise rotationaldirection; a second vertical or horizontal direction)), the computersystem (e.g., 600) displays (1524), in the user interface, therepresentation of the updated background (e.g., 1408) with a thirdnumber of stripes that is less than the first number of stripes (e.g.,remove one or more stripes from the background (e.g., remove one stripe;remove multiple stripes); if the first number of stripes have arepeating pattern (e.g., a repeating color pattern), remove one or morestripes such that the pattern is maintained within the remainingstripes; if the first number of stripes do not have a repeating pattern(e.g., a repeating color pattern), remove one or more stripes from thebackground in one direction). In some embodiments, updating thebackground with the third number of stripes that is less than the firstnumber of stripes includes moving (e.g., sliding) stripes out of thebackground off of an edge of the display. Changing the number of stripesin the background in accordance with the first user input enables a userto change the number of stripes in the background easily and in anintuitive manner. Providing improved control options enhances theoperability of the device and makes the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs andreducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life ofthe device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently.

The computer system (e.g., 600) detects (1526) (e.g., subsequent todetecting the first input), via the one or more input devices, a seconduser input (e.g., 1423) (e.g., a request to exit or cease display of theuser interface for editing the background).

In response to detecting the second user input (e.g., 1423) (1528), thecomputer system (e.g., 600) displays (1530), via the display generationcomponent (e.g., 602), the user interface with the updated background(e.g., 1408). In some embodiments, the updated background includes thesecond number of stripes. In some embodiments, the updated backgroundincludes the third number of stripes. Displaying the user interface withthe updated background in response to detecting the second user inputenables a user to quickly and easily update the background of thecurrent user interface. Providing improved control options withoutcluttering the UI with additional displayed controls enhances theoperability of the device and makes the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs andreducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life ofthe device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently.

In some embodiments, the user interface is a watch user interface (e.g.,a watch face; a user interface that includes an indication of a currenttime; a clock user interface for a smartwatch) (1508). In someembodiments, the content is an indication of a current time or currentdate (1510).

In some embodiments, while displaying the editing user interface (e.g.,1406) (1512), the computer system (e.g., 600) displays (1516), in theediting user interface, a user interface (e.g., a tab (e.g., 1412)within the editing user interface) for editing (e.g., increasing ordecreasing) a number of stripes of the representation of the backgroundof the user interface, wherein the user interface for editing the numberof stripes includes the representation of the background (e.g., 1408) ofthe user interface.

In some embodiments, the first number of stripes are arranged in a firstvisual pattern of stripes of different colors (e.g., a first type ofalternating color pattern (e.g., a repeating 2-color pattern; arepeating 3-color pattern)), and second number of stripes are arrangedin the first visual pattern of stripes of different colors (e.g., thefirst type of alternating color pattern (e.g., a repeating 2-colorpattern; a repeating 3-color pattern)) (1522). Maintaining the firstvisual pattern of stripes when the number of stirpes in the backgroundare increased enables efficient editing of a background that includesthe number of stripes. Reducing the number of inputs needed to performan operation enhances the operability of the device and makes theuser-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user toprovide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, while displaying the representation of the updatedbackground (e.g., 1408) with the third number of stripes, wherein thethird number of stripes are arranged in a second visual pattern ofstripes of different colors (e.g., a second type of alternating colorpattern (e.g., a repeating 2-color pattern; a repeating 3-colorpattern)) (1532), the computer system (e.g., 600) detects (1534), viathe one or more input devices, a third user input (e.g., a rotationalinput on the rotatable input device; a touch input such as a swipe orpinch input). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the thirduser input (1536), the computer system displays (1538), in the userinterface, the representation of the updated background with the firstnumber of stripes, wherein the first number of stripes are arranged inthe second visual pattern of stripes of different colors (e.g., a secondtype of alternating color pattern (e.g., a repeating 2-color pattern; arepeating 3-color pattern)). Arranging the first number of stripes inthe second visual pattern of stripes of different colors (e.g.,remembering the previous visual pattern of stripes) in response todetecting the third user input, where the number of stripes were firstdecreased, then increased via the third user input, enables efficientediting of a background that includes the number of stripes. Reducingthe number of inputs needed to perform an operation enhances theoperability of the device and makes the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs andreducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life ofthe device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently

In some embodiments, while displaying the representation of the updatedbackground (e.g., 1408) with the third number of stripes, wherein thethird number of stripes are arranged in a third visual pattern ofstripes of different colors (e.g., a third type of alternating colorpattern (e.g., a repeating 2-color pattern; a repeating 3-colorpattern)), the computer system (e.g., 600) detects, via the one or moreinput devices, a fourth user input (e.g., a rotational input on therotatable input device; a touch input such as a swipe or pinch input),wherein no other inputs were detected between displaying therepresentation of the updated background with the third number todetecting the fourth user input (e.g., there were no interveningoperations on the computer system from updating the representation ofthe updated background to include the third number of stripes todetecting the fourth user input). In some embodiments, in response todetecting the fourth user input, displaying, in the user interface, therepresentation of the updated background with the first number ofstripes, wherein the first number of stripes are arranged in the thirdvisual pattern of stripes of different colors (e.g., the third type ofalternating color pattern (e.g., a repeating 2-color pattern; arepeating 3-color pattern)). Arranging the first number of stripes inthe third visual pattern of stripes of different colors (e.g.,remembering the previous visual pattern of stripes) in response todetecting the fourth user input, where the number of stripes were firstdecreased, then increased via the fourth user input (e.g., and nointervening inputs were detected between the decreasing and increasingof the number of stripes), enables efficient editing of a backgroundthat includes the number of stripes. Reducing the number of inputsneeded to perform an operation enhances the operability of the deviceand makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping theuser to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

Alternatively, in some embodiments, while displaying the representationof the updated background (e.g., 1408) with the third number of stripes,where the third number of stripes are arranged in the third visualpattern of stripes of different colors, the computer system (e.g., 600)detects one or more intervening inputs directed to causing display of adifferent user interface and/or causing display of a different page thana current page of the editing user interface, then detects the fourthuser input. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the fourthuser input, the computer system displays or causes display of, in theuser interface, the representation of the updated background with thefirst number of stripes, where the first number of stripes are stillarranged in the third visual pattern of stripes of different colors(e.g., the third type of alternating color pattern (e.g., a repeating2-color pattern; a repeating 3-color pattern)).

In some embodiments, while displaying the representation of the updatedbackground (e.g., 1408) with the third number of stripes, wherein thethird number of stripes are arranged in a fourth visual pattern ofstripes of different colors (e.g., a fourth type of alternating colorpattern (e.g., a repeating 2-color pattern; a repeating 3-colorpattern)), the computer system (e.g., 600) detects, via the one or moreinput devices, a user input directed to performing an operation thatdoes not include changing the third number of stripes of therepresentation of the updated background to a different number ofstripes. In some embodiments, performing the operation includesdisplaying a user interface different from the editing user interface.In some embodiments, performing the operation includes editing adifferent aspect/feature of the representation of the updated backgroundthan changing or other modifying the stripes within the representationof the updated background (e.g., editing features of a watch face (e.g.,watch face style; watch complications) having the updated background asthe background).

In some embodiments, in response to detecting the user input directed toperforming the operation, the computer system (e.g., 600) ceases displayof the representation of the updated background (e.g., 1408) (e.g., andexiting the user interface for editing the number of stripes anddisplaying (e.g., replacing display of the user interface for editingthe number of stripes with) a different user interface for performingthe operation that does not include changing the third number of stripesof the representation of the updated background to a different number ofstripes).

In some embodiments, subsequent to ceasing display of the representationof the updated background (e.g., 1408), the computer system (e.g., 600)detects, via the one or more input devices, a fifth user input (e.g., arotational input on the rotatable input device; a touch input such as aswipe or pinch input).

In some embodiments, in response to detecting the fifth user input, thecomputer system (e.g., 600) displays, in the user interface, therepresentation of the updated background (e.g., 1408) with the firstnumber of stripes, wherein the first number of stripes are arranged in afifth visual pattern of stripes of different colors (e.g., the fifthtype of alternating color pattern (e.g., a repeating 2-color pattern; arepeating 3-color pattern)) that is different from the fourth visualpattern of stripes of different colors. Arranging the first number ofstripes with the fifth visual pattern of stripes of different colorsthat is different from the fourth visual pattern of stripes of differentcolors in response to detecting the fifth user input, where the numberof stripes were first decreased, then increased via the fifth userinput, and there were intervening operations between the decreasing andincreasing of the number of stripes, enables efficient editing of abackground that includes the number of stripes by enabling a user toeasily maintain the current visual pattern of stripes. Reducing thenumber of inputs needed to perform an operation enhances the operabilityof the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g.,by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakeswhen operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, while displaying the editing user interface (e.g.,1406), the computer system (e.g., 600) detects, via the one or moreinput devices (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface that is integrated withthe display generation component (e.g., 602)), an input (e.g., 1407; apress-and-hold input; a touch-and-hold input) directed to a first stripe(e.g., 1408D; a stripe of the first number of stripes of therepresentation of the background (e.g., 1408). In some embodiments, inresponse to detecting the input directed to the first stripe, thecomputer system displays, in the editing user interface, an indication(e.g., 1416) (e.g., a visual indication (e.g., a tab, a box) surroundingor within the selected stripe indicating that the stripe has beenselected, and that it can be modified) that the first stripe is selectedfor editing (e.g., editing for a different visual characteristic (e.g.,a different color)). Transitioning through different selectable colorsin response to detecting the rotational input enables a user to quicklyand easily transition through the different selectable colors. Providingimproved control options without cluttering the UI with additionaldisplayed controls enhances the operability of the device and makes theuser-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user toprovide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, while displaying the indication (e.g., 1416) thatthe first stripe is selected for editing, the computer system (e.g.,600) detects, via the one or more input devices (e.g., a rotatable inputdevice; a rotatable and depressible input device), a rotational input(e.g., 1409) (e.g., a rotational input on the rotatable input device; atouch input such as a swipe or pinch input). In some embodiments, inresponse to (e.g., and while) detecting the rotational input, thecomputer system transitions from a first color to a second colordifferent from the first color (e.g., such that the second color is nowset as the current color for the first stripe). In some embodiments, thetransition from the first color to the second color includes, whiledetecting the rotational input, transitioning from the first color,through a plurality of different colors), to the second color. In someembodiments, the first stripe is edited without editing other stripes ofthe first number of stripes. Displaying the indication that the secondstripe is selected for editing in response to detecting the inputcorresponding to the drag gesture enables efficient editing of arespective stripe of the background. Reducing the number of inputsneeded to perform an operation enhances the operability of the deviceand makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping theuser to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, displaying the editing user interface (e.g., 1406)includes, in accordance with a determination that the editing userinterface is in a first editing mode (e.g., an editing mode for changingthe number of respective stripes in the background), the representationof the background (e.g., 1408) of the user interface includes displayingrespective stripes in the background with visually distinguishablespaces between the respective stripes. In some embodiments, displayingthe editing user interface includes, in accordance with a determinationthat the editing user interface is in a second editing mode (e.g., anediting mode for changing a visual characteristic, such as a color, ofone or more stripes in the background; an editing mode for rotating therespective stripes in the background) different from the first editingmode, the representation of the background includes displaying therespective stripes in the background without visually distinguishablespaces between the respective stripes.

In some embodiments, while displaying the editing user interface (e.g.,1406), the computer system (e.g., 600) detects, via the one or moreinput devices (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface that is integrated withthe display generation component), an input (e.g., 1411) on therepresentation of the background corresponding to a drag gesture (e.g.,a finger touch drag gesture), wherein the drag gesture is detectedacross a plurality of stripes of the first number of stripes, beginningat an first stripe and ending at a second stripe (e.g., and includingone or more stripes between the initial stripe and the final stripe). Insome embodiments, in response to detecting the input corresponding tothe drag gesture, the computer system displays, in the editing userinterface, an indication (e.g., a visual indication (e.g., a tab, a box)surrounding or within the selected stripe indicating that the stripe hasbeen selected, and that it can be modified) that the second stripe(e.g., the stripe that is displayed at a location that corresponds to alocation in the user interface at which the drag gesture ended) isselected for editing (e.g., editing for a different visualcharacteristic (e.g., a different color)). Enabling the selection of asecond stripe within the background using a drag gesture, where the draggesture is detected beginning at the first stripe and ending at thesecond stripe, provides a convenient and intuitive method for selectinga different stripe in the background (e.g., without needing to provideadditional controls for enabling selection of the second stripe).Providing additional control options without cluttering the UI withadditional displayed controls enhances the operability of the device andmakes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping theuser to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently

In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g., 600) displays, via thedisplay generation component (e.g., 602), the editing user interface(e.g., 1406) for editing the background of the user interface (e.g.,including a respective number of stripes) in a second editing mode(e.g., an editing mode for rotating the stripes in the background;different from the current editing mode for changing the number ofstripes in the background). In some embodiments, the while displayingthe editing user interface for editing the background of the userinterface, the computer system detects, via the one or more inputdevices (e.g., via a touch-sensitive surface that is integrated with thedisplay generation component), an input (e.g., a swipe input (e.g., ahorizontal swipe input)) directed to changing an editing mode. In someembodiments, in response to detecting the input directed to changing theediting mode, the computer system displays or causes display of theediting user interface in the second editing mode. Enabling quick andeasy changing of an editing mode for editing a differentfeature/characteristic of a user interface, while maintaining display ofthe editing user interface (e.g., without needing to exit the editinguser interface), enables the editing of user interfaces in an efficientmanner and reduces the inputs required to edit the user interface.Reducing the number of inputs needed to perform an operation andproviding improved control options enhances the operability of thedevice and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., byhelping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakeswhen operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, while displaying, via the display generationcomponent (e.g., 602), the editing user interface (e.g., 1406) forediting the background (e.g., 1408) of the user interface (e.g.,including the respective number of stripes) in the second editing mode,the computer system detects, via the one or more input devices (e.g., arotatable input device; a rotatable and depressible input device), arotational input (e.g., a rotational input on the rotatable inputdevice; a touch input such as a swipe or pinch input).

In some embodiments, in response to (e.g., and while) detecting therotational input (e.g., 1415), the computer system (e.g., 600) rotatesthe representation of the background (e.g., 1408) (e.g., including therespective number of stripes) (e.g., rotating with the center of thedisplay generation component as the axis point) in accordance with thedetected rotational input. In some embodiments, if the rotational inputis in a clockwise direction, the (stripes within) the representation ofthe background is also rotated in the clockwise direction. In someembodiments, if the rotational input is in a counter-clockwisedirection, the (stripes within) the representation of the background isalso rotated in the counter-clockwise direction. In some embodiments,the representation of the background, including its respective number ofstripes, are rotated with the center of the display generation componentas the axis point for the rotation. In some embodiments, the respectivenumber of stripes of the representation of the background maintain theirstraight shape (e.g., maintain their straightness as stripes) while theyare being rotated about the axis point. Rotating the representation ofthe background in accordance with the detected rotational input enablesefficient editing of a feature/characteristic of the background.Providing additional control options without cluttering the UI withadditional displayed controls enhances the operability of the device andmakes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping theuser to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, rotating the representation of the background(e.g., 1408) includes rotating the representation of the background bypredefined rotational increments (e.g., 1 degree, 2 degree, 5 degree, by10 degree increments; by 15 degree increments; by 30 degree increments)with respect to a rotational axis point (e.g., the center of the displaygeneration component (e.g., 602)).

In some embodiments, rotating the representation of the background(e.g., 1408) includes changing (e.g., increasing; decreasing) acharacteristic (e.g., thickness; size; area) of a respective stripewithin the representation of the background as the representation of thebackground is being rotated in accordance with the rotational input(e.g., 1415).

In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g., 600) displays, via thedisplay generation component (e.g., 602), the user interface with theupdated background (e.g., 1408). In some embodiments, while displayingthe user interface with the updated background (e.g., a watch userinterface (e.g., watch face) with the updated background; a home userinterface or main user interface with the updated background), thecomputer system detects, via the one or more input devices (e.g., arotatable input device; a rotatable and depressible input device), arotational input (e.g., 1415) (e.g., a rotational input on the rotatableinput device; a touch input such as a swipe or pinch input). In someembodiments, in response to (e.g., and while) detecting the rotationalinput, the computer system rotates the updated background (e.g., withthe center of the display generation component as the axis point) withinthe user interface in accordance with the detected rotational input. Insome embodiments, if the rotational input is in a clockwise direction,the (stripes within) the updated background is also rotated in theclockwise direction. In some embodiments, if the rotational input is ina counter-clockwise direction, the (stripes within) the updatedbackground is also rotated in the counter-clockwise direction. Enablingthe updated background to be rotated based on the rotational input,where the direction of rotation of the updated background is based ondirection of rotation of the input, provides an efficient and intuitivemethod for editing a feature of the updated background. Providingadditional control options without cluttering the UI with additionaldisplayed controls enhances the operability of the device and makes theuser-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user toprovide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, the content is a first complication. In someembodiments, a complication refers to any clock face feature other thanthose used to indicate the hours and minutes of a time (e.g., clockhands or hour/minute indications). In some embodiments, complicationsprovide data obtained from an application. In some embodiments, acomplication includes an affordance that when selected launches acorresponding application. In some embodiments, a complication isdisplayed at a fixed, predefined location on the display. In someembodiments, complications occupy respective locations at particularregions of a watch face (e.g., lower-right, lower-left, upper-right,and/or upper-left). In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g., 600)displays the user interface with the updated background (e.g., 1408),wherein the first complication includes a primary color (e.g., a colorthat most visually prominent in the displayed respective complication)that is selected (by the computer system) based on a first color a firststripe of a plurality of stripes in the updated background (e.g., basedon the color of the first-in-order stripe in the updated background;based on the color of the stripes that are most common in the updatedbackground). Automatically applying (e.g., without user input) theprimary color for the first complication based on the first color of thefirst stripe of the updated background provides efficientediting/configuration of features of the user interface. Reducing thenumber of inputs needed to perform an operation enhances the operabilityof the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g.,by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakeswhen operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g., 600) displays the userinterface with the updated background (e.g., 1408), wherein the firstcomplication includes a secondary color (e.g., a color that issecond-most visually prominent in the displayed respective complication;a color that is not as visually prominent in the displayed respectivecomplication than the primary color) that is selected (by the computersystem) based on a second color from a second stripe, different from thefirst stripe, of the plurality of stripes in the updated background(e.g., based on the color of the second-in-order stripe; based on thecolor of the stripe(s) that is not the most common in the updatedbackground). Selecting (e.g., automatically, without user input) thesecondary color for the first complication based on the second colorfrom the second stripe reduces the number of user inputs needed tocreate a respective user interface that includes the updated background.Reducing the number of inputs needed to perform an operation enhancesthe operability of the device and makes the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs andreducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life ofthe device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently.

In some embodiments, rotating the representation (e.g., 1430) of thebackground (e.g., 1408) includes changing a thickness (e.g., a width) ofthe first number of stripes (e.g., 1408A-1408H) within therepresentation (e.g., 1430) of the background (e.g., 1408) as therepresentation (e.g., 1430) of the background (e.g., 1408) is beingrotated in accordance with the rotational input (e.g., 1474). In someembodiments, the thickness of the first number of stripes within therepresentation of the background are changed uniformly (e.g., eachstripe of the first number of stripes changes by the same amount). Insome embodiments, the thickness of the first number of stripes changesbased on a length of the longest stripe of the first number of stripeson the representation of the background (e.g., the stripes stretch andreduce in thickness as the length of the longest stripe increases). Insome embodiments, rotating the representation (e.g., 1430) of thebackground (e.g., 1408) includes maintaining the first number of stripes(e.g., 1408A-1408H) within the representation (e.g., 1430) of thebackground (e.g., 1408) (e.g., the thickness of the stripes changes inorder to fit the first number of stripes within the shape of thebackground without changing the first number of stripes).

Changing the thickness of the first number of stripes as therepresentation of the background is being rotated in accordance with therotational input enables a user to customize and/or adjust thebackground in an easy and intuitive manner. Providing improved controloptions enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-deviceinterface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide properinputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with thedevice) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves batterylife of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quicklyand efficiently.

In some embodiments, the representation (e.g., 1430) of the background(e.g., 1408) is within a boundary having a first shape (e.g., arectangle and/or a square). In some embodiments, the computer system(e.g., 600) displays, via the display generation component (e.g., 602),the editing user interface (e.g., 1440) for editing the background(e.g., 1408) of the user interface (e.g., 1422) (e.g., including arespective number of stripes) in a third editing mode (e.g., an editingmode for changing the representation of the background from a fullscreen mode to a partial screen mode (e.g., the partial screen modedisplays the first number of stripes within a boundary having adifferent shape from a boundary of the full screen mode)). In someembodiments, while displaying the editing user interface (e.g., 1440)for editing the background (e.g., 1408) of the user interface, thecomputer system (e.g., 600) detects, via the one or more input devices(e.g., via a touch-sensitive surface that is integrated with the displaygeneration component), an input (e.g., 1454, 1460, 1468, 1472, 1476)(e.g., a swipe input (e.g., a horizontal swipe input)) directed tochanging an editing mode. In some embodiments, in response to detectingthe input (e.g., 1454, 1460, 1468, 1472, 1476) directed to changing theediting mode, the computer system (e.g., 600) displays or causes displayof the editing user interface (e.g., 1440) in the second editing mode.

In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g., 600), while displaying,via the display generation component (e.g., 602), the editing userinterface (e.g., 1440) for editing the background (e.g., 1408) of theuser interface (e.g., 1422) (e.g., including the respective number ofstripes) in the third editing mode, detects, via the one or more inputdevices (e.g., a rotatable input device; a rotatable and depressibleinput device), an input (e.g., 1448, 1470) (e.g., a rotational input onthe rotatable input device; a touch input such as a swipe or pinchinput).

In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g., 600), in response to(e.g., and while) detecting the input (e.g., 1448, 1470), displays therepresentation (e.g., 1430, 1450) of the background (e.g., 1408) withina boundary having a second shape that is different from the first shape(e.g., the second shape is a circle, oval, and/or a round shape) andchanges a thickness of the first number of stripes (e.g., 1408A-1408H)within the representation (e.g., 1430, 1450) of the background (e.g.,1408) (e.g., the first number of stripes is maintained when displayingthe representation of the background in the boundary having the secondshape, but the thickness of the first number of stripes is changed sothat the first number of stripes fit evenly within the boundary havingthe second shape).

Displaying the representation of the background within a boundary havinga second shape that is different from the first shape in response todetecting the input enables a user to customize and/or adjust thebackground in an easy and intuitive manner. Providing improved controloptions enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-deviceinterface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide properinputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with thedevice) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves batterylife of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quicklyand efficiently.

The computer system (e.g., 600), while displaying the user interface(e.g., 1422), receives (1540) a request (e.g., 1426) to display a watchface (e.g., a request to turn on the display, a request to switch fromone watch face to a stripes watch face, or a request to exit an editingmode) with a first arrangement of stripes (e.g., color, thickness,number, angle).

The computer system (e.g., 600), in response (1542) to the request(e.g., 1426) to display the watch face and in accordance with adetermination that the first arrangement of stripes is displayed withina first boundary (e.g., a boundary having a first shape and first size),displays (1544) the first arrangement of stripes with a first width.

The computer system (e.g., 600), in response (1542) to the request(e.g., 1426) to display the watch face and in accordance with adetermination that the first arrangement of stripes is displayed withina second boundary (e.g., a boundary having a second shape different fromthe first shape and/or a second size different from the first size) thatis different from the first boundary, displays (1546) the firstarrangement of stripes with a second width that is different from thefirst width.

Displaying the first arrangement of stripes with the first width ordisplaying the first arrangement of stripes with the second width basedon a boundary of the first arrangement of stripes reduces a number ofinputs needed by the user to customize the background. Reducing thenumber of inputs needed to customize the background enhances theoperability of the device and makes the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs andreducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life ofthe device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently.

The computer system (e.g., 600), while displaying the user interface(e.g., 1422), receives (1540) a request (e.g., 1426) to display a watchface (e.g., a request to turn on the display, a request to switch fromone watch face to a stripes watch face, or a request to exit an editingmode) with a first arrangement of stripes (e.g., color, thickness,number, angle).

The computer system (e.g., 600), in response (1542) to the request(e.g., 1426) to display the watch face and in accordance with adetermination that the first arrangement of stripes is displayed at afirst angle within a first boundary (e.g., a boundary having a firstshape and a first size), displays (1548) the first arrangement ofstripes with a first width.

The computer system (e.g., 600), in response (1542) to the request(e.g., 1426) to display the watch face and in accordance with adetermination that the first arrangement of stripes is displayed at thefirst angle within a second boundary (e.g., a boundary having a secondshape that is different from the first shape and/or a second sizedifferent from the first size) that is different from the firstboundary, displays (1550) the first arrangement of stripes with a secondwidth (e.g., the first width or a width different from the first width).

The computer system (e.g., 600), in response (1542) to the request(e.g., 1426) to display the watch face and in accordance with adetermination that the first arrangement of stripes is displayed at asecond angle that is different from the first angle within the firstboundary, displays (1552) the first arrangement of stripes with thefirst width (e.g., the first boundary includes a circular shape suchthat the width of the first arrangement of stripes do not change basedon an angle of the first arrangement of stripes).

The computer system (e.g., 600), in response (1542) to the request(e.g., 1426) to display the watch face and in accordance with adetermination that the first arrangement of stripes is displayed at thesecond angle within the second boundary, displays (1554) the firstarrangement of stripes with a third width that is different from thesecond width (e.g., the second boundary includes a non-circular shapesuch that the width of the first arrangement of stripes changes based onthe angle of the first arrangement of stripes to fit the firstarrangement of stripes evenly within the non-circular shaped boundary).

Displaying the first arrangement of stripes with the first width, thesecond width, or the third width based on the boundary and an angle ofthe first arrangement of stripes reduces a number of inputs needed bythe user to customize the background. Reducing the number of inputsneeded to customize the background enhances the operability of thedevice and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., byhelping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakeswhen operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

The computer system (e.g., 600), while displaying the editing userinterface (e.g., 1440) for editing the background (e.g., 1408) of theuser interface (e.g., 1422) (e.g., including a respective number ofstripes) in a fourth editing mode (e.g., the second editing mode, anediting mode for rotating the stripes in the background; different fromthe editing mode for changing the number of stripes in the background),detects (1556), via the one or more input devices, an input (e.g., 1466,1474) (e.g., rotational input on the rotatable input device)corresponding to a request to rotate the representation (e.g., 1430,1450) of the background (e.g., 1408).

The computer system (e.g., 600), in response to detecting (1558) theinput (e.g., 1466, 1474) and in accordance with a determination that therepresentation (e.g., 1450) of the background (e.g., 1408) is set to bedisplayed within a boundary of a first shape (e.g., a circle, an oval,and/or a round shape), rotates (1560) the representation of thebackground without adjusting a thickness of the first number of stripes(e.g., 1408A-1408H) within the representation (e.g., 1450) of thebackground (e.g., 1408) (e.g., rotating the representation of thebackground when displayed within the boundary having the first shapedoes not adjust a thickness of the first number of stripes).

The computer system (e.g., 600), in response to detecting (1558) theinput (e.g., 1466, 1474) and in accordance with a determination (1562)that the representation (e.g., 1430) of the background (e.g., 1408) isset to be displayed within a boundary of a second shape (e.g., a squareand/or a rectangle), rotates (1564) the representation (e.g., 1430) ofthe background (e.g., 1408) and adjusts (1566) (e.g., changing,increasing, decreasing) the thickness of the first number of stripes(e.g., 1408A-1408H) as the representation (e.g., 1430) of the background(e.g., 1408) is rotated.

Adjusting the thickness of the first number of stripes or forgoingadjusting the thickness of the first number of stripes based on a shapeof the boundary of the background reduces a number of inputs needed bythe user to customize the background. Reducing the number of inputsneeded to customize the background enhances the operability of thedevice and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., byhelping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakeswhen operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

The computer system (e.g., 600), while displaying the editing userinterface (e.g., 1440) for editing the background (e.g., 1408) of theuser interface (e.g., 1422) (e.g., in an editing mode for rotating therepresentation of the background, in an editing mode for adjusting thefirst number of stripes, in an editing mode for adjusting the shape ofthe boundary of the representation of the background, and/or in anediting mode that is not for adjusting the color of a respective stripeof the first number of stripes), detects (1568) an input (e.g., 1454,1476) corresponding to a request to display the editing user interfacefor editing the background of the user interface in a fifth editing mode(e.g., an editing mode for changing a color of a respective stripe ofthe first number of stripes).

The computer system (e.g., 600), in response to detecting the input(e.g., 1454, 1476), displays (1570), via the display generationcomponent (e.g., 602), the editing user interface (e.g., 1440) forediting the background (e.g., 1408) of the user interface (e.g., 1422)(e.g., including a respective number of stripes) in the fifth editingmode (e.g., an editing mode for changing a color of a respective stripeof the first number of stripes), wherein displaying the editing userinterface (e.g., 1440) for editing the background (e.g., 1408) of theuser interface (e.g., 1422) in the fifth editing mode includes thecomputer system (e.g., 600), in accordance with a determination that therepresentation (e.g., 1430, 1450) of the background (e.g., 1408) is in afirst position (e.g., a rotational position and/or an angular positionwhere the first number of stripes do not extend horizontally (at a 0degree angle and/or a 360 degree angle) across display generationcomponent), rotating (1574) the representation (e.g., 1430, 1450) of thebackground (e.g., 1408) to a second position (e.g., a rotationalposition and/or an angular position where the first number of stripesextend horizontally (at a 0 degree angle and/or a 360 degree angle)across display generation component) and displaying (1576) therepresentation (e.g., 1430, 1450) of the background (e.g., 1408) in thesecond position (e.g., a rotational position and/or an angular positionwhere the first number of stripes extend horizontally (at a 0 degreeangle and/or a 360 degree angle) across display generation component) inthe editing user interface (e.g., 1440) for editing the background(e.g., 1408) of the user interface (e.g., 1422) in the fifth editingmode.

The computer system (e.g., 600), in response to detecting the input(e.g., 1454, 1476), displays (1570), via the display generationcomponent (e.g., 602), the editing user interface (e.g., 1440) forediting the background (e.g., 1408) of the user interface (e.g., 1422)(e.g., including a respective number of stripes) in the fifth editingmode (e.g., an editing mode for changing a color of a respective stripeof the first number of stripes), wherein displaying the editing userinterface (e.g., 1440) for editing the background (e.g., 1408) of theuser interface (e.g., 1422) in the fifth editing mode includes thecomputer system (e.g., 600), in accordance with a determination that therepresentation (e.g., 1430, 1450) of the background (e.g., 1408) is inthe second position (e.g., a rotational position and/or an angularposition where the first number of stripes extend horizontally (at a 0degree angle and/or a 360 degree angle) across display generationcomponent), maintaining (1578) display of the representation (e.g.,1430, 1450) of the background (e.g., 1408) in the second position (e.g.,a rotational position and/or an angular position where the first numberof stripes extend horizontally (at a 0 degree angle and/or a 360 degreeangle) across display generation component) in the editing userinterface (e.g., 1440) for editing the background (e.g., 1408) of theuser interface (e.g., 1422) in the fifth editing mode.

Displaying the representation of the background in the second positionwhile the computer system displays the editing user interface forediting the background of the user interface in the fifth editing modefacilitates a user's ability to select a particular stripe of the firstnumber of stripes, which reduces a number of inputs needed by the userto customize the background. Reducing the number of inputs needed tocustomize the background enhances the operability of the device andmakes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping theuser to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, the editing user interface (e.g., 1440) for editingthe background (e.g., 1408) of the user interface (e.g., 1422) in thefifth editing mode includes, in accordance with a determination that therepresentation (e.g., 1430, 1450) of the background (e.g., 1408) is in athird position (e.g., a rotational position and/or an angular positionwhere the first number of stripes do not extend horizontally (at a 0degree angle and/or a 360 degree angle) across display generationcomponent) (e.g., a position different from the first position and thesecond position), rotating the representation (e.g., 1430, 1450) of thebackground (e.g., 1408) to the second position (e.g., a rotationalposition and/or an angular position where the first number of stripesare in a predetermined orientation such as a horizontal orientation (ata 0 degree angle and/or a 360 degree angle), a vertical orientation,and/or another predetermined orientation) and displaying therepresentation (e.g., 1430, 1450) of the background (e.g., 1408) in thesecond position (e.g., a rotational position and/or an angular positionwhere the first number of stripes extend horizontally (at a 0 degreeangle and/or a 360 degree angle) across display generation component) inthe editing user interface (e.g., 1440) for editing the background(e.g., 1408) of the user interface (e.g., 1422) in the fifth editingmode.

Displaying the representation of the background in the second positionwhile the computer system displays the editing user interface forediting the background of the user interface in the fifth editing modefacilitates a user's ability to select a particular stripe of the firstnumber of stripes, which reduces a number of inputs needed by the userto customize the background. Reducing the number of inputs needed tocustomize the background enhances the operability of the device andmakes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping theuser to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

Note that details of the processes described above with respect tomethod 1500 (e.g., FIGS. 15A-15F) are also applicable in an analogousmanner to the methods described above and below. For example, method 700optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the variousmethods described above with reference to method 1500. For example, abackground for a user interface as described in FIGS. 14A-14AD can beused as the background for a watch user interface as described in FIGS.6A-6H. For another example, method 900 optionally includes one or moreof the characteristics of the various methods described above withreference to method 1500. For example, a background for a user interfaceas described in FIGS. 14A-14AD can be used as the background for a watchuser interface as described in FIGS. 8A-8M. For another example, method1100 optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of thevarious methods described above with reference to method 1500. Forexample, a device can use as a watch user interface either a watch userinterface as described in FIGS. 10A-10AC or a user interface with abackground as described in FIGS. 14A-14AD. For another example, method1300 optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of thevarious methods described above with reference to method 1500. Forexample, a device can use as a watch user interface either a watch userinterface as described in FIGS. 12A-12G or a user interface with abackground as described in FIGS. 14A-14AD. For another example, method1700 optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of thevarious methods described above with reference to method 1500. Forexample, one or more characteristics or features of a user interfacethat includes a background as described in FIGS. 14A-14AD can be editedvia the process for editing characteristics or features of a watch userinterface as described with reference to FIGS. 16A-16AE. For brevity,these details are not repeated below.

FIGS. 16A-16AE illustrate exemplary user interfaces for enablingconfiguration of a user interface (e.g., editing a watch userinterface), in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces inthese figures are used to illustrate the processes described below,including the processes in FIGS. 17A-17D.

FIG. 16A illustrates device 600 displaying, via display 602, a watchuser interface 1606 that includes a time region for displaying a currenttime (e.g., a dial and clock hands indicate the current time) and one ormore complication regions for displaying watch complications on watchuser interface 1606. In some embodiments, a complication refers to anyclock face feature other than those used to indicate the hours andminutes of a time (e.g., clock hands or hour/minute indications). Insome embodiments, complications provide data obtained from anapplication. In some embodiments, a complication includes an affordancethat when selected launches a corresponding application. In someembodiments, a complication is displayed at a fixed, predefined locationon display 602. In some embodiments, complications occupy respectivelocations at particular regions of watch user interface 1606 (e.g.,lower-right, lower-left, upper-right, and/or upper-left). In someembodiments the complications are displayed at respective complicationregions within watch user interface 1606.

In FIG. 16A, watch user interface 1606 includes a complication 1608corresponding to a contactable users application, a complication 1610corresponding to a calendar application, a complication 1612corresponding to a weather application, and a complication 1614corresponding to a moon phase application.

In FIG. 16A, while displaying watch user interface 1606, device 600receives (e.g., detects) an input 1601 on watch user interface 1606. Insome embodiments, input 1601 is a touch input (e.g., touch press input)on display 602. In some embodiments, input 1601 is a press-and-holdinput on display 602. In response to detecting input 1601, device 600displays a user interface 1616 that includes a representation 1618 ofwatch user interface 1606 and an edit affordance 1620 for initiating aprocess for editing watch user interface 1606, as shown in FIG. 16B.

In FIG. 16B, while displaying user interface 1616, device 600 receives(e.g., detects) an input 1603 directed to selecting edit affordance1620. In response to detecting input 1603, device 600 displays, viadisplay 602, a first page 1626 (e.g., a style page) of an editing userinterface 1622, as shown in FIG. 16C, where editing user interface 1622includes a representation 1624 of a layout of watch user interface 1606.In some embodiments, first page 1626 of editing user interface 1622 isfor editing a style of watch user interface 1606.

In FIG. 16C, while displaying first page 1626 of editing user interface1622, device 600 receives (e.g., detects) an input 1605 directed tochanging the current page of editing user interface 1622 to a secondpage 1628 (e.g., an editing mode for editing a dial of watch userinterface 1606). In some embodiments, input 1605 includes a touchgesture (e.g., a horizontal swipe on display 602) or a rotational inputon rotatable input mechanism 603. In response to detecting input 1605,device 600 displays second page 1628 of editing user interface 1606including representation 1624 of a layout of watch user interface 1606,as shown in FIG. 16D.

In FIG. 16D, while displaying second page 1628 of editing user interface1622, device 600 receives (e.g., detects) an input 1607 directed tochanging the current page of editing user interface 1622 to a third page1630 (e.g., an editing mode for changing a color (e.g., a backgroundcolor; a color scheme) of watch user interface 1606). In someembodiments, input 1607 includes a touch gesture (e.g., a horizontalswipe on display 602) or a rotational input on rotatable input mechanism603. In response to detecting input 1607, device 600 displays third page1630 of editing user interface 1606 including representation 1624 of alayout of watch user interface 1606, as shown in FIG. 16E. Features ofthird page 1630 of editing user interface 1622 are described in greaterdetail below with reference to FIGS. 16V-16X.

In FIG. 16E, while displaying third page 1630 of editing user interface1622, device 600 receives (e.g., detects) an input 1609 directed tochanging the current page of editing user interface 1622 to a fourthpage 1632 (e.g., an editing mode for changing one or more complicationsof watch user interface 1606). In some embodiments, input 1609 includesa touch gesture (e.g., a horizontal swipe on display 602) or arotational input on rotatable input mechanism 603. In response todetecting input 1609, device 600 displays fourth page 1632 of editinguser interface 1606, as shown in FIG. 16F.

In FIG. 16F, device 600 displays, in fourth page 1632 of editing userinterface 1622, complication previews 1634-1640 corresponding tocomplications 1608-1614 of watch user interface 1606, as shown in FIG.16A. Complication preview 1634 corresponds to complication 1608 for thecontactable users application, complication preview 1636 corresponds tocomplication 1610 for the calendar application. Complication preview1638 corresponds to complication 1612 for the weather application, andcomplication preview 1640 corresponds to complication 1614 for the moonphase application.

In FIG. 16F, while displaying complication previews 1634-1640 in editinguser interface 1622, device 600 receives (e.g., detects) an input 1611directed to selecting complication preview 1634 corresponding tocomplication 1608 for the contactable users application. In someembodiments, input 1611 is a touch input on display 602. In response todetecting input 1611, device 600 displays, via display 602, acomplication selection user interface 1642 for selecting a complicationto be included in watch user interface 1606 (e.g., to replacecomplication 1608 in watch user interface 1606), as shown in FIG. 16G.

In FIG. 16G, complication selection user interface 1642 includes a firstregion 1644 corresponding to the contactable users application (e.g.,because the selected complication preview corresponds to the contactableusers application). Region 1644 includes a header/label indicating thatthe region corresponds to the contactable users application and a groupof complication previews 1644A-1644E.

In some embodiments, a respective complication preview corresponds to arespective complication that is configured to display a respective setof information obtained from the respective application (e.g.,information based on a feature, operation, and/or characteristic of therespective application). The respective complication preview includes agraphical representation of the respective complication displaying thefirst set of information (e.g., an exemplary representation of therespective complication with an example of the respective set ofinformation).

In some embodiments, when the respective application is associated witha plurality of available complications, complication selection userinterface 1642 includes a plurality of complication previewscorresponding to the plurality of available complications. For example,in accordance with a determination that the plurality of availablecomplications exceeds a predetermined number of available complications(e.g., more than 5 or 6 complications), device 600 displays a pluralityof complication previews that correspond to respective complications ofthe plurality of available complication along with an affordance forshowing one or more additional complication previews of complications inthe plurality of available complications (e.g., the plurality ofcomplication previews does not exceed the predetermined number). In FIG.16G, complication previews 1644A-1644E corresponding to thepredetermined number of available complications for the respectiveapplication (the contactable users application) are displayed along withaffordance 1648 (e.g., a “show more” icon or button). In response toselection of affordance 1648, device 600 displays one or more additionalcomplication previews that were not included in the plurality ofcomplication previews as well as the complication previews that wereincluded in the plurality of complication previews. In some embodiments,in accordance with a determination that the plurality of availablecomplications does not exceed the predetermined number, complicationselection user interface 1642 includes a complication preview for all ofthe available complications, without displaying the affordance (e.g.,affordance 1648).

As mentioned, in FIG. 16G, complication selection user interface 1642includes first region 1644 corresponding to the contactable usersapplication, where the contactable users application is for managinginformation of a set of contactable users (e.g., user contacts stored inand/or accessible on device 600; user contacts stored in and/oraccessible from an address book). A respective complicationcorresponding to the contactable users application corresponds to arespective contactable user of the set of contactable users.Complication previews 1644A-1644E correspond to respective complications(complication 1608) for five respective contactable users of the set ofcontactable users.

In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that a firstrespective contactable user is a candidate contact (e.g., a favoritecontact; a frequent contact; a primary contact) and that a secondrespective contactable user is not a candidate contact, device 600displays a first respective complication preview corresponding to thefirst respective contactable user prior to a second respectivecomplication preview corresponding to the second respective contactableuser in the displayed order of the complication previews. In someembodiments, in accordance with a determination that the firstrespective contactable user is not a candidate contact and that thesecond respective contactable user is a candidate contact, device 600displays the second respective complication preview corresponding to thesecond respective contactable user prior to the first respectivecomplication preview corresponding to the first respective contactableuser in the displayed order of the complication previews.

In some embodiments, if there are as many or more candidate contactsthan the maximum number of complication previews that are concurrentlyshown in complication selection user interface 1642 for the contactableusers application, as in FIG. 16G, all of the maximum number ofcomplication previews that are shown (1644A-1644E) correspond tocandidate contacts (e.g., listed in alphabetical order). In someembodiments, if there are fewer candidate contacts than the maximumnumber of complication previews that are concurrently shown, thecandidate contacts are shown first (e.g., in alphabetical order) andregular contacts (non-candidate contacts) are shown for the remainingcomplication previews (e.g., separately in alphabetical order).

In FIG. 16G, device 600 displays a visual indication 1646 thatcomplication preview 1644A corresponds to the currently-selectedcomplication for complication 1608 in watch user interface 1606 (e.g.,complication preview 1644A is highlighted and/or outlined compared toother complication previews). While displaying complication selectionuser interface 1642 with complication preview 1644A selected, device 600receives (e.g., detects) an input 1613 directed to selectingcomplication preview 1644D. In some embodiments, input 1613 is a touchinput on display 602. In some embodiments, input 1613 is a press inputon rotatable input mechanism 603 after visual indication 1646 is movedto complication preview 1644D (e.g., via rotation of rotatable inputmechanism 603).

In response to receiving input 1613, device 600 removes visualindication 1646 from complication preview 1644A and displays visualindication 1646 for complication preview 1644D, as shown in FIG. 16H,thereby indicating that the complication corresponding to complicationpreview 1644D has been selected to be used as the complication forcomplication 1608 in watch user interface 1606.

In FIG. 16H, while complication preview 1644D is selected, device 600receives (e.g., detects) an input 1615 directed to an affordance 1650for exiting complication selection user interface 1642 with thenewly-selected settings. In some embodiments, input 1615 is a touchinput on display 602. In response to receiving input 1615, device 600displays fourth page 1632 (e.g., an editing mode for changing one ormore complications of watch user interface 1606) of editing userinterface 1622, where complication preview 1634 for watch user interface1606 now corresponds to the contactable user corresponding tocomplication preview 1644D (instead of the contactable usercorresponding to complication preview 1644A) in FIGS. 16G-16H, as shownin FIG. 16I.

In FIG. 16I, while displaying fourth page 1632 of editing user interface1622, device 600 receives (e.g., detects) an input 1617 directed toselecting complication 1634. In some embodiments, input 1617 is a touchinput on display 602. In response to detecting input 1617, device 600displays first region 1644 of complication selection user interface1642, as shown in FIG. 16J, where first region 1644 includescomplication previews 1644A-1644E corresponding to complications for thecontactable users application, as first described above with referenceto FIG. 16G. As mentioned, first region 1644 of complication selectionuser interface 1642 includes affordance 1648 that, when selected, causesdevice 600 to display one or more additional complication previews thatwere not included in the plurality of complication previews (e.g., inaddition to the complication previews that were included in theplurality of complication previews).

In FIG. 16J, while displaying first region 1644 corresponding to thecontactable users application of complication selection user interface1642, device 600 receives (e.g., detects) an input 1619 directed toselecting affordance 1648. In some embodiments, input 1619 is a touchinput on display 602. In response to detecting input 1619 directed toaffordance 1648, device 600 displays a contactable user selection userinterface 1652, as shown in FIG. 16K.

In some embodiments, contactable user selection user interface 1652includes a first region 1654 for candidate contacts (e.g., favoritecontacts; frequent contacts; primary contacts), where first region 1654includes complication previews 1644A-1644D. Complication previews1644A-1644D each correspond to a respective contactable user that isdesignated (e.g., by a user of device 600) as a candidate contact. Insome embodiments, contactable user selection user interface 1652includes a second region 1656 for regular contacts (e.g., non-candidatecontacts; non-favorite contacts), where second region 1656 includescomplication previews 1644E and 1656A that correspond to respectivecontactable users that are not designated as candidate contacts. In someembodiments, contactable user selection user interface 1652 can benavigated (e.g., scrolled) to show, in second region 1656, additionalcomplication previews corresponding to respective contactable users thatare not designated as candidate contacts.

FIG. 16L illustrates device 600 displaying, via display 602,complication selection user interface 1642 with first region 1644corresponding to complication previews for the contactable usersapplication, as first described above with reference to FIG. 16G. Whiledisplaying first region 1644 of complication selection user interface1642, device 600 receives (e.g., detects) an input 1621 directed tonavigating (e.g., scrolling) complication selection user interface 1642.In some embodiments, input 1621 is a rotational input on rotatable inputmechanism 603 shown in FIG. 16L. In some embodiments, input 1621 is atouch input such as a swipe or pinch input.

FIGS. 16M-16O illustrate complication selection user interface 1642being navigated (e.g., scrolled) in response to input 1621. In FIG. 16M,in response to (e.g., and while) receiving input 1621, device 600navigates complication selection user interface 1642 from first region1644 (corresponding to a complication group for contactable usersapplication complications) to a second region 1658 of complicationselection user interface 1642, where second region 1658 corresponds to acomplication group for a first third-party application

In some embodiments, second region 1658 includes complication previews1658A-1658E corresponding to respective complications that areconfigured to display, on watch user interface 1606, a respective set ofinformation obtained from the first third-party application. One or moreof complication previews 1658A-1658E can include a respective graphicalrepresentation of the respective complication displaying the respectiveset of information. Second region 1658 of complication selection userinterface 1642 includes an affordance 1660 that, when selected, causesdevice 600 to display one or more additional complication previews thatwere not included in the plurality of complication previewscorresponding to the first third-party application in second region 1658of complication selection user interface 1642.

In FIG. 16N, in response to (e.g., and while) receiving input 1621,device 600 navigates complication selection user interface 1642 fromsecond region 1658 (corresponding to a complication group for the firstthird-party application complications) to a third region 1662 and afourth region 1664 of complication selection user interface 1642, wherethird region 1662 corresponds to a complication group for a secondthird-party application and fourth region 1664 corresponds to acomplication group for a fitness application.

In some embodiments, third region 1662 includes complication previews1662A-1662B corresponding to respective complications that areconfigured to display a respective set of information obtained from thesecond third-party application. One or more of complication previews1662A-1662B can include a respective graphical representation of therespective complication displaying the respective set of information. Insome embodiments, third region 1662 of complication selection userinterface 1642 includes fewer than the predetermined number (e.g., 5 or6) of complication previews that can be included for a respective regionin complication selection user interface 1642, and thus no affordance(e.g., affordance 1648; affordance 1660) that, when selected, causesdevice 600 to display one or more additional complication previews forthe respective application, is included.

In some embodiments, fourth region 1664 includes complication previews1664A-1664B corresponding to respective complications that areconfigured to display a respective set of information obtained from thefitness application. One or more of complication previews 1662A-1662Bcan include a respective graphical representation of the respectivecomplication displaying the respective set of information. In someembodiments, fourth region 1664 of complication selection user interface1642 includes fewer than the predetermined number (e.g., 5 or 6) ofcomplication previews that can be included for a respective region incomplication selection user interface 1642, and thus no affordance(e.g., affordance 1648; affordance 1660) that, when selected, causesdevice 600 to display one or more additional complication previews forthe respective application, is included.

In FIG. 16O, in response to (e.g., and after) receiving input 1621,device 600 navigates (e.g., scrolls) complication selection userinterface 1642 to a fifth region 1666 of complication selection userinterface 1642, where fifth region 1666 corresponds to a complicationgroup for the weather application.

In some embodiments, fifth region 1666 includes complication previews1666A-1666D corresponding to respective complications that areconfigured to display, on watch user interface 1606, a respective set ofinformation obtained from the weather application. One or more ofcomplication previews 1666A-1666D can include a respective graphicalrepresentation of the respective complication displaying the respectiveset of information. In some embodiments, fifth region 1666 ofcomplication selection user interface 1642 includes fewer than thepredetermined number (e.g., 5 or 6) of complication previews that can beincluded for a respective region in complication selection userinterface 1642, and thus no affordance (e.g., affordance 1648;affordance 1660) that, when selected, causes device 600 to display oneor more additional complication previews for the respective application,is included.

FIG. 16P illustrates device 600 displaying, via display 602, a watchuser interface 1668 that is different from watch user interface 1606first described above with reference to FIG. 16A. In FIG. 16P, watchuser interface 1668 includes a complication 1670 corresponding to anactivity application, complication 1672 corresponding to a calendarapplication, complication 1674 corresponding to a health application,complication 1676 corresponding to a fitness application, complication1678 corresponding to a time application, complication 1680corresponding to a weather application, complication 1682 correspondingto the weather application, and complication 1684 corresponding to thecalendar application.

FIG. 16Q illustrates device 600 displaying, via display 602, fourth page1632 (e.g., an editing mode for changing one or more complications ofwatch user interface 1606) of editing user interface 1622, includingcomplication preview 1686 corresponding to complication 1670 for theactivity application, complication preview 1688 corresponding tocomplication 1672 for the calendar application, complication preview1690 corresponding to complication 1674 for the health application,complication preview 1692 corresponding to complication 1676 for thefitness application, complication preview 1694 corresponding tocomplication 1678 for the time application, complication preview 1696corresponding to complication 1680 for the weather application,complication preview 1698 corresponding to complication 1682 for theweather application, and complication preview 1699 corresponding tocomplication 1684 for the calendar application.

In FIG. 16Q, while displaying fourth page 1632 of editing user interface1622 for watch user interface 1668, device 600 receives (e.g., detects)an input 1625 directed to selecting complication preview 1688corresponding to complication 1672 for the calendar application. In someembodiments, input 1625 is a touch input on display 602. In response toreceiving input 1625, device 600 displays a sixth region 1697 ofcomplication selection user interface 1642 corresponding to acomplication group for the calendar application, as shown in FIG. 16R,where sixth region 1697 of complication selection user interface 1642includes a complication preview 1697A.

In FIG. 16R, complication selection user interface 1642 includescomplication preview 1697A in a first shape (e.g., a first layout; afirst design; a first outline) that corresponds to how the correspondingcomplication will be displayed if applied to watch user interface 1668at the location within watch user interface 1668 corresponding to thecurrent location of complication 1688. In some embodiments, inaccordance with a determination that the current watch user interface(e.g., watch user interface 1668) is of a first type (e.g., a watch userinterface having a first type of layout, design, and/or configuration),a respective complication preview shown in the complication selectionuser interface (e.g., complication preview 1697A) includes a graphicalrepresentation of the corresponding respective complication in the firstshape. In some embodiments, the shape for the respective complicationpreview is (e.g., at least partly) determined based on the layout,design, and/or configuration of the respective watch user interface forwhich the corresponding respective complication is to be used. In someembodiments, the shape for a respective complication preview is (e.g.,at least partly) determined based on the respective complication regionof the one or more complications within the respective watch userinterface for which the respective complication is being used.

In FIG. 16Q, while displaying fourth page 1632 of editing user interface1622 for watch user interface 1668, device 600 receives (e.g., detects)an input 1627 directed to selecting complication preview 1698corresponding to complication 1682 for the weather application. In someembodiments, input 1627 is a touch input on display 602. In response toreceiving input 1627, device 600 displays a region 1693 of complicationselection user interface 1642 corresponding to a complication group forthe weather application, as shown in FIG. 16S, where region 1693 ofcomplication selection user interface 1642 includes complicationpreviews 1693A-1693D.

In FIG. 16S, complication selection user interface 1642 includescomplication previews 1693A-1693D in a second shape (e.g., a secondlayout; a second design; a second outline) that corresponds to how thecorresponding complication will be displayed if applied to watch userinterface 1668 at the location within watch user interface 1668corresponding to the current location of complication 1698. In someembodiments, in accordance with a determination that the current watchuser interface (e.g., watch user interface 1668) is of the first type,corresponding respective complication previews shown in the complicationselection user interface (e.g., complication previews 1693A-1693D)include respective graphical representations of the correspondingrespective complications in the second shape, different from the firstshape. In some embodiments, the shape for the respective complicationpreview is (e.g., at least partly) determined based on the layout,design, and/or configuration of the respective watch user interface forwhich the corresponding respective complication is to be used. In someembodiments, the shape for a respective complication preview is (e.g.,at least partly) determined based on the respective complication regionof the one or more complications within the respective watch userinterface for which the respective complication is being used.

In FIG. 16S, while displaying region 1693 of complication selection userinterface 1642, device 600 receives (e.g., detects) an input 1631directed to selecting complication preview 1693C. In some embodiments,input 1631 is a touch input on display 602. In response to receivinginput 1631, device 600 visually indicates that complication preview1693C has been selected, as shown in FIG. 16T (e.g., complicationpreview 1693C is outlined, highlighted, etc. compared to othercomplication previews to visually distinguish complication preview 1693Cfrom other complication previews).

In FIG. 16T, while complication preview 1693C is selected, device 600receives (e.g., detects) an input 1633 directed to affordance 1650 forexiting complication selection user interface 1642 with thenewly-selected settings. In some embodiments, input 1633 is a touchinput on display 602. In response to receiving input 1633, device 600displays fourth page 1632 (e.g., an editing mode for changing one ormore complications of watch user interface 1668) of editing userinterface 1622, as shown in FIG. 16U, where complication preview 1698for watch user interface 1668 now corresponds to complication preview1693C selected in FIGS. 16S-16T.

In FIG. 16U, while displaying fourth page 1634 of editing user interface1622, device 600 receives (e.g., detects) an input 1635 directed tochanging the current page of editing user interface 1622 to third page1630 (e.g., an editing mode for changing a color of watch user interface1668). In some embodiments, input 1635 includes a gesture (e.g., ahorizontal swipe on display 602; a rotational input on rotatable inputmechanism 603). In response to detecting input 1635, device 600 displaysthird page 1630 of editing user interface 1622 including representation1691 of a layout of watch user interface 1668, as shown in FIG. 16V.

In FIG. 16V, third page 1630 of editing user interface 1622 includes anavigable (e.g., scrollable) user interface element 1689 that includes aplurality of selectable colors (e.g., to be used as a background colorfor watch user interface 1668; to be applied as a color scheme to watchuser interface 1668). In some embodiments, user interface element 1689includes a color wheel with colors represented in selectable circles.

In FIG. 16V, while displaying third page 1630 of editing user interface1622 including user interface element 1689, device 600 receives (e.g.,detects) an input 1637. In some embodiments, input 1637 is a rotationalinput on rotatable input mechanism 603 shown in FIG. 16V. In someembodiments, input 1637 is a touch input such as a swipe or pinch input.

In response to (e.g., and while) receiving input 1637, device 600navigates through the plurality of selectable colors in user interface1689. In some embodiments, as the plurality of selectable colors arebeing navigated via user interface element 1689, device 600 indicates(e.g., by highlighting; by bolding; by visually emphasizing) thecurrently-selected color.

In some embodiments, in response to receiving input 1637, device 600navigates through the plurality of selectable colors in user interfaceelement 1689 to an end (e.g., top or bottom) of user interface element1689, as shown in FIG. 16W. In some embodiments, user interface element1689 includes, at the end of user interface element 1689, an indication1687 that more colors are available for selection. In FIG. 16W, inresponse to reaching the end of user interface element 1689, device 600displays an affordance 1685 that, when selected, causes display of theadditional selectable colors.

In FIG. 16W, while displaying affordance 1685, device 600 receives(e.g., detects) an input 1639 directed to affordance 1685. In someembodiments, input 1639 is a touch input on display 602. In response todetecting input 1639, device 600 displays an additional color selectionuser interface 1683 that includes one or more groups (e.g., group 1681)of additional selectable colors (e.g., group 1681 including at leastadditional selectable colors 1681A-1681D), as shown in FIG. 16X. In someembodiments, additional color selection user interface 1683 can benavigated (e.g., scrolled) for more groups of additional selectablecolors. In some embodiments, a group of colors includes similar colors(e.g., a similar range of colors; colors of a common shade or theme). Insome embodiments, a group of colors includes colors from a common period(e.g., a particular season of a particular year). In some embodiments,the plurality of selectable colors included in user interface element1689 corresponds to common colors and/or frequently used colors. In someembodiments, the plurality of additional selectable colors included inadditional color selection user interface 1683 corresponds toless-common colors and/or less-frequently used colors.

FIG. 16Y illustrates a second device 600B (e.g., a smartphone)displaying, via a display 602B, a first user interface 1679 of acompanion application. In some embodiments, device 600B is paired withdevice 600. In some embodiments, the companion application on device600B can be used to edit, configure, and/or modify settings or featuresof device 600 and/or applications that are installed on device 600.

In some embodiments, first user interface 1679 includes a watch userinterface representation 1677 corresponding to a representation of awatch user interface (e.g., watch user interface 1668; a watch userinterface that is currently selected to be used on device 600). In someembodiments, first user interface 1679 includes a colors region 1675that includes a plurality of selectable colors that can be applied tothe watch user interface (e.g., as a background color or for a colorscheme). Similar to third page 1630 of editing user interface 1622 ofdevice 600, a color can be selected from color region 1675 to be appliedto the watch user interface. In some embodiments, first user interface1679 includes a complications region 1673 that indicates and enableschanges to the current complications that are selected for the watchuser interface.

FIG. 16Z illustrates device 600B displaying, via display 602B, a seconduser interface 1671 of the companion application, where second userinterface 1671 includes a selectable user interface element 1669 formanaging/editing a color(s) of the watch user interface. In FIG. 16Z,while displaying second user interface 1671 of the companionapplication, device 600B receives (e.g., detects) an input 1641 directedto user interface element 1669. In some embodiments, input 1641 is atouch input on display 602B. In response to receiving (e.g., detecting)input 1641, device 600B displays, via display 602, an additional colorselection user interface 1667 of the companion application, as shown inFIG. 16AA.

Similar to additional color selection user interface 1683 describedabove with reference to FIG. 16X, additional color selection userinterface 1667 of FIG. 16AA includes one or more groups (e.g., groups1665 and 1663) of additional selectable colors (e.g., group 1665including additional selectable colors 1665A-1665F and group 1663including at least additional selectable colors 1663A-1663D), as shownin FIG. 16AA. In some embodiments, additional color selection userinterface 1667 can be navigated (e.g., scrolled) for more groups ofadditional selectable colors. In some embodiments, the plurality ofselectable colors included in color region 1675 of first user interface1679 of the companion application corresponds to common colors and/orfrequently used colors. In some embodiments, the plurality of additionalselectable colors included in additional color selection user interface1667 of the companion application corresponds to less-common colorsand/or less-frequently used colors.

FIG. 16AB-16AE, as described below, illustrate device 600 displaying, inregion 1693 of complication selection user interface 1642, thecomplication previews 1693A-1693D for respective correspondingcomplications of the weather application, where the shape of eachrespective complication preview is automatically adjusted or modified.

In FIG. 16AB, complication previews 1693A-1693D corresponding tocomplications of the weather application are displayed with a firstshape (e.g., a first layout; a first design; a first type of outline).In some embodiments, complication previews 1693A-1693D in the firstshape, as in FIG. 16AB, correspond to a first complication region (e.g.,the top-left-corner region, thus being the top-left-corner complication)of watch user interface 1668.

In FIG. 16AC, complication previews 1693A-1693D corresponding tocomplications of the weather application are displayed, in complicationselection user interface 1642, with a second shape. In some embodiments,complication previews 1693A-1693D in the second shape, as in FIG. 16AC,correspond to a second complication region (e.g., the top-right-cornerregion, thus being the top-right-corner complication) of watch userinterface 1668.

In FIG. 16AD, complication preview 1693B corresponding to a complicationof the weather application is displayed, in complication selection userinterface 1642, with a third shape. In some embodiments, complicationpreview 1693B in the third shape, as in FIG. 16AD, corresponds to athird complication region (e.g., the top-bezel region, thus being thetop-bezel complication) of watch user interface 1668.

In FIG. 16AD, complication previews 1693C-1693D corresponding tocomplications of the weather application are displayed, in complicationselection user interface 1642, with a fourth shape. In some embodiments,complication previews 1693C-1693D in the fourth shape, as in FIG. 16AD,correspond to a fourth complication region (e.g., one of the (e.g., 4possible) inner-dial regions, thus being one of the inner-dialcomplications) of watch user interface 1668.

In FIG. 16AE, complication previews 1693A-1693D corresponding tocomplications of the weather application are displayed, in complicationselection user interface 1642, with the fourth shape. In someembodiments, complication previews 1693A-1693D in the fifth shape, as inFIG. 16AE, correspond to the fourth complication region (e.g., one ofthe inner-dial regions) of watch user interface 1668. In someembodiments, as shown by complication preview 1693B as shown in FIG.16AD and complication preview 1693B as shown in FIG. 16AE, the samecomplication for the same application can be include in a respectivewatch user interface with different shapes based on the type of therespective watch user interface and/or the respective complicationregion within the respective watch user interface for which thecomplication is being used.

As mentioned above, in some embodiments, the shape for the respectivecomplication preview is (e.g., at least partly) determined based on thelayout, design, and/or configuration of the respective watch userinterface (e.g., watch user interface 1668) for which the correspondingrespective complication is to be used. As also mentioned above, in someembodiments, the shape for a respective complication preview is (e.g.,at least partly) determined based on the respective complication regionof the one or more complications within the respective watch userinterface for which the respective complication is being used.

FIGS. 17A-17D are a flow diagram illustrating methods of enablingconfiguration of a background for a user interface, in accordance withsome embodiments. Method 1700 is performed at a computer system (e.g.,100, 300, 500, 600) (e.g., a smart device, such as a smartphone or asmartwatch; a mobile device) that is in communication with a displaygeneration component and one or more input devices (e.g., including atouch-sensitive surface that is integrated with the display generationcomponent; a mechanical input device; a rotatable input device; arotatable and depressible input device; a microphone). Some operationsin method 1700 are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operationsare, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted.

As described below, method 1700 provides an intuitive way for managinguser interfaces related to time. The method reduces the cognitive burdenon a user for managing user interfaces related to time, thereby creatinga more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computingdevices, enabling a user to manage user interfaces related to timefaster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the timebetween battery charges.

In some embodiments, prior to displaying the watch face editing userinterface (e.g., 1622), the computer system (e.g., 600) displays orcauses display of the watch user interface (e.g., 1606, 1668) (e.g., awatch face). In some embodiments, the watch user interface includes adial that indicates a current time. In some embodiments, the watch userinterface includes one or more complications (e.g., 1608, 1610, 1612,1614, 1670, 1672, 1674, 1676, 1678, 1680, 1682, 1684) corresponding torespective applications that indicate respective sets of information(e.g., a date; a calendar event; weather; contacts). In someembodiments, the complications are displayed at respective complicationregions within the watch user interface.

In some embodiments, while displaying the watch user interface (e.g.,1606, 1668), the computer system (e.g., 600) detects an input (e.g.,1601, 1603) (e.g., a press input; a press-and-hold input) on the watchuser interface. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the inputon the watch user interface, the computer system displays or causesdisplay of the watch face editing user interface (e.g., 1622).

The computer system (e.g., 600) displays (1702), via the displaygeneration component (e.g., 602), a watch face editing user interface(e.g., 1622), wherein the watch face editing user interface includes arepresentation of a layout of a watch user interface (e.g., 1624) (e.g.,a watch face; a user interface for a watch that includes an indicationof a time and/or date) including a time region for displaying a currenttime and one or more complication regions for displaying complicationson the watch user interface. In some embodiments, a complication refersto any clock face feature other than those used to indicate the hoursand minutes of a time (e.g., clock hands or hour/minute indications). Insome embodiments, complications provide data obtained from anapplication. In some embodiments, a complication includes an affordancethat, when selected, launches a corresponding application. In someembodiments, a complication is displayed at a fixed, predefined locationon the display. In some embodiments, complications occupy respectivelocations at particular regions of a watch face (e.g., lower-right,lower-left, upper-right, and/or upper-left).

While displaying the watch face editing user interface (e.g., 1622)(1704), the computer system (e.g., 600) detects (1706), via the one ormore input devices, a first input (e.g., 1611, 1617) (e.g., a first userselection) directed to a complication region of the one or morecomplication regions (e.g., regions corresponding to complications 1608,1610, 1612, 1614; regions corresponding to complications 1670, 1672,1674, 1676, 1678, 1680, 1682, 1684) (e.g., a corner region (e.g.,top-left, top-right, bottom-left, bottom-right); a bezel region).

In response to detecting the first input (e.g., 1611, 1617) directed tothe complication region of the one or more complication regions (1708),the computer system (e.g., 600) displays (1710) a complication selectionuser interface (e.g., 1642).

Displaying the complication selection user interface (e.g., 1642)includes (1710) concurrently displaying an indication (e.g.,label/header of region 1644, 1658, 1662, 1664, 1666) of (e.g., the nameof; a graphical indication of; an icon corresponding to; a category of)a first application (e.g., an application that is installed on, can belaunched on, and/or is accessible from the computer system) (1712), afirst complication preview (e.g., 1644A-1644E) (e.g., a graphicalpreview of how the first complication would be displayed in the watchuser interface) corresponding to a first complication that is configuredto display, on the watch user interface (e.g., 1606, 1668), a first setof information obtained from the first application (e.g., informationbased on a feature, operation, and/or characteristic of the firstapplication), wherein the first complication preview includes agraphical representation of the first complication displaying the firstset of information (e.g., an exemplary representation of the firstcomplication with an example of the first set of information) (1714),and a second complication preview (e.g., a graphical preview of how thesecond complication would be displayed in the watch user interface)corresponding to a second complication that is configured to display, onthe watch user interface, a second set of information, different fromthe first set of information, obtained from the first application (e.g.,information based on a feature, operation, and/or characteristic of thefirst application), wherein the second complication preview includes agraphical representation of the second complication displaying thesecond set of information (e.g., an exemplary representation of thesecond complication with an example of the second set of information)(1716). Displaying the complication selection user interface thatincludes the indication of the first application, the first complicationpreview, and the second complication preview (e.g., together in the sameregion of the complication selection user interface, displays as agroup) enables a user to quickly and easily recognize that the first andsecond complication previews correspond to complications related to thefirst application, thereby enhancing the operability of the device andmaking the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping theuser to view related/associated items in the user interface togetherwithout needing to navigate to other portions of the user interface)which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life ofthe device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently.

While displaying the complication selection user interface (e.g., 1642)(1718), the computer system (e.g., 600) detects (1720), via the one ormore input devices (e.g., via a rotatable input device (e.g., 603); viaa touch-sensitive surface), a second input (e.g., 1613) directed toselecting a respective complication preview (e.g., 1644A-1644E).

In response to detecting the second input (e.g., 1613) directed toselecting the respective complication preview (e.g., 1644A-1644E)(1722), the computer system (e.g., 600) displays (1724), via the displaygeneration component (e.g., 602), a representation of the watch userinterface (e.g., as shown in FIG. 16F and 16Q) with a representation ofa selected complication corresponding to the respective complicationpreview displayed at the first complication region of the watch userinterface (e.g., 1606, 1668).

In accordance with a determination that the respective complicationpreview is the first complication preview, the first complication isdisplayed in the first complication region of the watch user interface(e.g., 1606, 1668) (1726).

In accordance with a determination that the respective complicationpreview is the second complication preview, the second complication isdisplayed in the first complication region of the watch user interface(e.g., 1606, 1668) (1728). Displaying (e.g., automatically, without userinput) a respective complication in a respective complication region ofthe watch user interface based on the selected complication previewenables a user to conveniently and efficiently manage and changecomplications of the watch user interface. Providing improved controloptions without cluttering the UI with additional displayed controlsenhances the operability of the device.

In some embodiments, while displaying the complication selection userinterface (e.g., 1642) (1730), the computer system (e.g., 600) detects(1732), via the one or more input devices (e.g., via a rotatable inputdevice; via a touch-sensitive surface), a third input (e.g., 1621)(e.g., a rotational input on the rotatable input device (e.g., 603); atouch scrolling input on the touch-sensitive surface). In someembodiments, in response to detecting the third input (1734), thecomputer system navigates (e.g., scrolls) through the complicationselection user interface (1736).

In some embodiments, navigating (e.g., scrolling) through thecomplication selection user interface (e.g., 1642) includes (1736)concurrently displaying an indication of (e.g., the name of; a graphicalindication of; an icon corresponding to; a category of) a secondapplication (e.g., an application that is installed on, can be launchedon, and/or is accessible from the computer system) (1728), a thirdcomplication preview (e.g., 1634, 1636, 1638, 1640, 1686, 1688, 1690,1692, 1694, 1696, 1698, 1699) (e.g., a graphical preview of how thethird complication would be displayed in the watch user interface)corresponding to a third complication that is configured to display, onthe watch user interface (e.g., 1606, 1668), a third set of informationobtained from the second application (e.g., information based on afeature, operation, and/or characteristic of the second application),wherein the third complication preview includes a graphicalrepresentation of the third complication displaying the third set ofinformation (e.g., an exemplary representation of the third complicationwith an example of the third set of information) (1740), and a fourthcomplication preview (e.g., a graphical preview of how the fourthcomplication would be displayed in the watch user interface)corresponding to a fourth complication that is configured to display, onthe watch user interface, a fourth set of information, different fromthe third set of information, obtained from the second application(e.g., information based on a feature, operation, and/or characteristicof the second application), wherein the fourth complication preview(e.g., 1634, 1636, 1638, 1640, 1686, 1688, 1690, 1692, 1694, 1696, 1698,1699) includes a graphical representation of the fourth complicationdisplaying the fourth set of information (e.g., an exemplaryrepresentation of the fourth complication with an example of the fourthset of information) (1742). Displaying the indication of the secondapplication, the third complication preview, and the fourth complicationpreview (e.g., together in the same region of the complication selectionuser interface; together as a group of complications corresponding tothe second application) in accordance with navigating (e.g., scrolling)through the complication selection user interface provides easy andefficient access to different complications that are available forselection, as related complications (complications corresponding to thesame application) are grouped together within the complication selectionuser interface. Providing improved visual feedback enhances theoperability of the device enhances the operability of the device andmakes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping theuser to view related/associated items in the user interface togetherwithout needing to navigate to other portions of the user interface)which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life ofthe device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently.

In some embodiments, navigating (e.g., scrolling) through thecomplication selection user interface (e.g., 1642) further includesceasing display of the first complication preview (e.g., 1634, 1636,1638, 1640, 1686, 1688, 1690, 1692, 1694, 1696, 1698, 1699)corresponding to the first complication and the second complicationpreview (e.g., 1634, 1636, 1638, 1640, 1686, 1688, 1690, 1692, 1694,1696, 1698, 1699) corresponding to the second complication (e.g., andother complication previews corresponding to respective complicationsthat are configured to display, on the watch user interface (e.g., 1606,1668) (e.g., watch face), a respective set of information obtained fromthe first application) (1744). In some embodiments, ceasing display ofthe first complication preview and the second complication previewcomprises moving the first complication preview and the secondcomplication preview off of an edge of the display generation componentas the complication selection user interface is navigated (e.g.,scrolled).

In some embodiments, the indication of the first application, the firstcomplication preview (e.g., 1634, 1636, 1638, 1640, 1686, 1688, 1690,1692, 1694, 1696, 1698, 1699), and the second complication preview(e.g., 1634, 1636, 1638, 1640, 1686, 1688, 1690, 1692, 1694, 1696, 1698,1699) are displayed in (e.g., grouped together in) a first region (e.g.,1644, 1658, 1662, 1664, 1666) of the complication selection userinterface (e.g., 1642) (e.g., where the indication of the firstapplication is a header/label for the group), and the indication of thesecond application, the third complication preview, and the fourthcomplication preview are displayed in (e.g., grouped together in) asecond region of the complication selection user interface differentfrom the first region (e.g., where the indication of the secondapplication is a header/label for the group) (1746). Displaying theindication of the first application, the first complication preview, andthe second complication preview together in the first region of thecomplication selection user interface and displaying the indication ofthe second application, the third complication preview, and the fourthcomplication preview together in the second region of the complicationselection user interface enable a user to view and select from theavailable complications in an intuitive manner. Providing additionalcontrol options enhances the operability of the device and makes theuser-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user toprovide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, the first application is associated with aplurality of available complications (e.g., 1608, 1610, 1612, 1614,1670, 1672, 1674, 1676, 1678, 1680, 1682, 1684) that are configured todisplay information obtained from the first application, and theplurality of available complications include the first complication andthe second complication. In some embodiments, displaying thecomplication selection user interface includes (e.g., 1642), inaccordance with a determination that the plurality of availablecomplications that are configured to display information obtained fromthe first application exceeds a predetermined number (e.g., 5, 6), thecomputer system (e.g., 600) displays a plurality of complicationpreviews (e.g., the plurality of complication previews includes a numberof complication previews that equals the predetermined number) that eachcorrespond to a complication of the plurality of available complication,where the plurality of complication previews does not exceed thepredetermined number, and a first selectable user interface object(e.g., 1648, 1660) (e.g., a first affordance; a “show more” icon/button)that, when selected, causes display of one or more additionalcomplication previews (e.g., 1656A) that were not included in theplurality of complication previews (e.g., the one or more additionalcomplication previews includes previews for all of the availablecomplications that were not included in the plurality of complicationpreviews). In some embodiments, displaying the complication selectionuser interface includes, in accordance with a determination that theplurality of available complications that are configured to displayinformation obtained from the first application does not exceed thepredetermined number, displaying a second plurality of complicationpreviews (e.g., the second plurality of complication previews includescomplication previews for all of the available complications that areconfigured to display information obtained from the first application)that each correspond to a complication of the plurality of availablecomplication without displaying the first selectable user interfaceobject. Displaying the plurality of complication previews that eachcorrespond to a complication of the plurality of available complication,where the plurality of complication previews does not exceed thepredetermined number, prevents cluttering of the complication selectionuser interface, thereby enabling a user to access the availablecomplications in a quicker and more efficient manner. Providingadditional control options without cluttering the UI with additionaldisplayed controls enhances the operability of the device and makes theuser-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user toprovide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, the first application corresponds to an application(e.g., a contactable users application) for managing information of aset of contactable users (e.g., user contacts stored in and/oraccessible on the computer system (e.g., 600); user contacts stored inand/or accessible from an address book), the first complication (e.g.,1608) corresponds to a first contactable user of the set of contactableusers, the second complication corresponds to a second contactable userof the set of contactable users, the first complication preview and thesecond complication preview are displayed in an order (e.g., apredetermined order; a selected order).

In some embodiments, displaying the complication selection userinterface (e.g., 1642) includes, in accordance with a determination thatthe first contactable user is a user of a first type (e.g., a candidatecontact, a favorite contact; a frequent contact) and that the secondcontactable user is not a user of the first type, the computer system(e.g., 600) displays the first complication preview prior to the secondcomplication preview in the order. In some embodiments, displaying thecomplication selection user interface includes, in accordance with adetermination that the first contactable user is not a user of the firsttype and that the second contactable user is a user of the first type,displaying the second complication preview prior to the firstcomplication preview in the order. Displaying a complication previewcorresponding to a candidate contact prior to displaying a complicationpreview corresponding to a non-candidate contact in the complicationselection user interface provides a user with quicker and easier accessto a respective complication preview corresponding to a candidatecontact when navigating the complication selection user interface.Reducing the number of inputs needed to perform an operation enhancesthe operability of the device and makes the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs andreducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life ofthe device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently.

In some embodiments, the first application is the contactable usersapplication, and the computer system (e.g., 600) displays or causesdisplay of a maximum number of complication previews for the contactableusers application in the complication selection user interface (e.g.,1642). In some embodiments, if there are as many or more candidatecontacts (e.g., favorite contacts; frequent contacts) than the maximumnumber of complication previews that are concurrently shown in thecomplication section user interface for the contactable usersapplication, all of the maximum number of complication previews that areshown correspond to candidate contacts (e.g., listed in alphabeticalorder). In some embodiments, if there are fewer candidate contacts thanthe maximum number of complication previews that are concurrently shown,the candidate contacts are shown first (e.g., in alphabetical order) andregular contacts are shown for the remaining complication previews(e.g., separately in alphabetical order).

In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the watchuser interface (e.g., 1606, 1668) is of a first type (e.g., a watch facehaving a first type of layout, design, and/or configuration), the firstcomplication preview includes the graphical representation of the firstcomplication in a first shape (e.g., 1693A-1693D in FIG. 16AB) (e.g., afirst layout; a first design; a first outline) and the secondcomplication preview includes the graphical representation of the secondcomplication in the first shape. In some embodiments, in accordance witha determination that the watch user interface is of a second type (e.g.,a watch face having a second type of layout, design, and/orconfiguration), the first complication preview includes the graphicalrepresentation of the first complication in a second shape (e.g.,1693A-1693D in FIG. 16AC) (e.g., a second layout; a second design; asecond outline) and the second complication preview includes thegraphical representation of the second complication in the second shape,wherein the second shape is different from the first shape. In someembodiments, the type of shape (e.g., layout; design; outline) forcomplication previews are (e.g., at least partly) determined based onthe layout, design, and/or configuration of the watch face for which thecorresponding complications are to be used. Including, in thecomplication selection user interface, complication previews thatinclude graphical representations of a respective complication in arespective shape, where the type of the respective shape is at leastpartly determined based on the layout, design, and/or configuration ofthe current watch user interface enables a user to conveniently preview,before selecting a particular complication for use, how a respectivecomplication would appear when used in the watch user interface.Providing improved visual feedback and reducing the number of inputsneeded to perform an operation enhances the operability of the deviceand makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping theuser to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that thecomplication region (selected via the first input) of the one or morecomplication regions correspond to a first complication region, thefirst complication preview includes the graphical representation of thefirst complication in a third shape (e.g., 1693B in FIG. 16AD) (e.g., athird layout; a third design; a third outline) and the secondcomplication preview includes the graphical representation of the secondcomplication in the third shape. In some embodiments, in accordance witha determination that the complication region (selected via the firstinput) of the one or more complication regions correspond to a secondcomplication region different from the first complication region, thefirst complication preview includes the graphical representation of thefirst complication in a fourth shape (e.g., 1693A-1693D in FIG. 16AE)(e.g., a fourth layout; a fourth design; a fourth outline) and thesecond complication preview includes the graphical representation of thesecond complication in the fourth shape, wherein the fourth shape isdifferent from the third shape. In some embodiments, the type of shape(e.g., layout; design; outline) for complication previews are (e.g., atleast partly) determined based on the respective complication region ofthe one or more complications within a watch face for which therespective complication is being used.

In some embodiments, displaying the complication selection userinterface (e.g., 1642) further includes displaying the indication of thefirst application prior to (e.g., above; as a header) the firstcomplication preview and the second complication preview (e.g., prior toall complication previews that are associated with the firstapplication). In some embodiments, the indication of the firstapplication is indicative of (e.g., represents; is the name for; is theheader for) a complication preview group comprising the firstcomplication preview and the second complication preview. Displaying theindication of the first application prior to the first complicationpreview and the second complication preview enables a user to quicklyand easily recognize the corresponding application for the displayedcompilations, thereby enhancing the operability of the device and makingthe user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user tomore easily recognize and categorize the displayed complications) which,additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life of thedevice by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently.

In some embodiments, while displaying the watch face editing userinterface (e.g., 1622), the computer system (e.g., 600) displays, viathe display generation component (e.g., 602) (e.g., at a top region ofthe display generation component), an indication (e.g., “DIAL” or“COLOR” in FIGS. 16V and 16W; an indication of a color editing userinterface; an indication of a dial editing user interface) of anadjacent editing tab corresponding to an adjacent user interface that isdifferent from a user interface for editing one or more complications ofthe watch user interface. In some embodiments, the editing interfacedifferent from the watch face editing user interface is configured toedit a different aspect/characteristic of the watch face other than thecomplications of the watch face. In some embodiments, while displayingthe watch face editing user interface, the computer system detects, viathe one or more input devices, a fourth input (e.g., a swipe inputdetected via a touch-sensitive surface that is integrated with thedisplay generation component) directed to navigating to a differentediting tab. In some embodiments, while displaying the watch faceediting user interface, in response to detecting the fourth input, thecomputer system displays, via the display generation component, theadjacent user interface, the adjacent user interface for editing acharacteristic (e.g., different aspect; different feature) of the watchuser interface different from the one or more complications of the watchuser interface. Providing, in the watch face editing user interface,adjacent editing tabs for editing different aspects/characteristics ofthe watch user interface enables a user to quickly and easily access theother editing tabs for editing the different aspects/characteristics(e.g., without needing to exit the watch face editing user interface).Providing improved control options and reducing the number of inputsneeded to perform an operation enhances the operability of the deviceand makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping theuser to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g., 600) displays, via thedisplay generation component (e.g., 602), a color editing user interface(e.g., 1630) (e.g., different from the watch face editing userinterface). In some embodiments, the color editing user interface can beaccessed via one or more swipe inputs from the watch face editing userinterface (e.g., 1622) (e.g., the watch face editing user interface andcolor editing user interface are different tabs within a watch faceediting mode). In some embodiments, the color editing user interface isaccessed while the computer system is in watch face editing mode. Insome embodiments, the color editing user interface is a tab within aplurality of (e.g., adjacent) tabs (e.g., style tab; dial tab; colortab; complication tab) that can be accessed while the computer system isin watch face editing mode. In some embodiments, the color editing userinterface can be accessed via a companion application on a secondcomputer system (e.g., a second electronic device, such as a smartphone)that is paired with the computer system. Providing the color editinguser interface that can be accessed via one or more swipe inputs fromthe watch face editing user interface provides quick and easy access forediting colors of a current watch user interface that is being edited(e.g., without needing to exit the watch face editing user interface).Providing improved control options and reducing the number of inputsneeded to perform an operation enhances the operability of the deviceand makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping theuser to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, the color editing user interface (e.g., 1630)includes the representation of the layout of the watch user interface(e.g., 1624) displayed in a first color scheme based on a first color,and a first plurality of selectable colors (e.g., 1689) (e.g., displayedas navigable list of colors, with each color represented in a selectablecircle) for the watch user interface (e.g., 1606, 1668) (e.g., a watchface), including the first color. Providing the representaiton of thelayout of the watch user interface in the color editing user interfaceenables a user to easily view changes in color that are appleid to thecurrent watch user interface, thereby enhancing the operability of thedevice and making the color editing process more efficient (e.g., byenabling the user to more easily view the changes that are being made)which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life ofthe device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently. In some embodiments, the color editing user interface isused to edit/modify a color/color scheme of the (e.g., background of)the layout of the watch user interface. In some embodiments, the firstcolor is the currently-selected color. In some embodiments, if the firstcolor is the currently-selected color, the computer system (e.g., 600)indicates (e.g., by highlighting; by bolding; by visually emphasizing),in the first plurality of colors, that the first color is thecurrently-selected color.

In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g., 600) detects, via theone or more input devices (e.g., via a rotatable input device (e.g.,603); via a touch-sensitive surface), a fifth input (e.g., 1637) (e.g.,a rotational input on the rotatable input device; a touch scrollinginput on the touch-sensitive surface) directed to navigating (e.g.,scrolling) through the first plurality of selectable colors (e.g.,1689). Enabling the plurality of selectable colors to be navigated(e.g., scrolled) via a rotational input on a rotatable input deviceprovides an intuitive method for navigating through and selecting fromthe plurliaty of selectable colors. Providing improved control optionsenhances the operability of the device and makes the user-deviceinterface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide properinputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with thedevice) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves batterylife of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quicklyand efficiently.

In some embodiments, in response to detecting the fifth input (e.g.,1637), the comptuer system (e.g., 600) navigates (e.g., scrolls) throughthe first plurality of colors (e.g., 1689) from the first color to asecond color different from the first color. In some embodiments, thecomputer system also indicates (e.g., by highlighting; by bolding; byvisually emphasizing), in the first plurality of colors, that the secondcolor is now the currently-selected color. In some embodiments, inresponse to detecting the fifth input, the computer system displays therepresentation of the layout of the watch user interface (e.g., 1624) ina second color scheme based on the second color. Providing a colorediting user interface that includes the representation of the layout ofthe watch user interface, where the displayed presentation of the layoutof the watch user interface is adjusted based on a selected color schemefrom the color editing user interface, enables a quick and easy methodfor editing the color scheme of the current watch user interface.Reducing the number of inputs needed to perform an operation enhancesthe operability of the device and makes the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs andreducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life ofthe device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently.

In some embodiments, subsequent to detecting the fifth input (e.g.,1637), the computer system (e.g., 600) detects, via the one or moreinput devices (e.g., via a rotatable input device (e.g., 603); via atouch-sensitive surface), a sixth input (e.g., a continuation of thefifth input) directed to navigating (e.g., scrolling) through the firstplurality of selectable colors (e.g., 1689). In some embodiments, inresponse to detecting the sixth input, the computer system navigates(e.g., scrolls) through the first plurality of colors to display asecond selectable user interface object (e.g., 1685) (e.g., a secondaffordance; a “show more” icon/button). In some embodiments, the secondselectable user interface object is displayed with (e.g., with the sameshape/layout/design as) other colors in the first plurality of colors.In some embodiments, the second selectable user interface object isdisplayed as the last color in the list of the first plurality ofcolors. In some embodiments, the computer system detects, via the one ormore input devices, an activation (e.g., selection) of the secondselectable user interface object. In some embodiments, in response todetecting the activation of the second selectable user interface object,the computer system displays, via the display generation component, asecond plurality of selectable colors for the watch user interface thatis different from the first plurality of selectable colors. In someembodiments, the first plurality of colors include common colors and/orfrequently used colors while the second plurality of colors includeless-common colors and/or less-frequently used colors. Providing thesecond selectable user interface object which, when activated, causesdisplay of the second plurality of selectable colors prevents clutteringof the plurality of selectable colors while also enabling a user toeasily access additional selectable colors, the second plurality ofselectable colors, that were not included in the plurality of selectablecolors. Providing additional control options without cluttering the UIwith additional displayed controls enhances the operability of thedevice and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., byhelping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakeswhen operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

Note that details of the processes described above with respect tomethod 1700 (e.g., FIGS. 17A-17D) are also applicable in an analogousmanner to the methods described above. For example, method 700optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the variousmethods described above with reference to method 1700. For example, arespective complication of a watch user interface as described withreference to FIGS. 6A-6H can be changed to a different complication viathe process for managing complications described with reference to FIGS.16A-16AE. For another example, method 900 optionally includes one ormore of the characteristics of the various methods described above withreference to method 1700. For example, a respective complication of awatch user interface as described with reference to FIGS. 8A-8M can bechanged to a different complication via the process for managingcomplications described with reference to FIGS. 16A-16AE. For anotherexample, method 1100 optionally includes one or more of thecharacteristics of the various methods described above with reference tomethod 1700. For example, one or more characteristics or features of auser interface that includes an indication of time and a graphicalrepresentation of a character as described with reference to FIGS.10A-10AC can be edited via the process for editing characteristics orfeatures of a watch user interface as described with reference to FIGS.16A-16AE. For another example, method 1300 optionally includes one ormore of the characteristics of the various methods described above withreference to method 1700. For example, one or more characteristics orfeatures of a time user interface as described with reference to FIGS.12A-12G can be edited via the process for editing characteristics orfeatures of a watch user interface as described with reference to FIGS.16A-16AE. For another example, method 1500 optionally includes one ormore of the characteristics of the various methods described above withreference to method 1700. For example, a respective complication of awatch user interface with a background as described with reference toFIGS. 14A-14AD can be changed to a different complication via theprocess for managing complications described with reference to FIGS.16A-16AE. For brevity, these details are not repeated below.

FIGS. 18A-18J illustrate exemplary user interfaces for sharing aconfiguration of a user interface with an external device, in accordancewith some embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used toillustrate the processes described below, including the processes inFIGS. 19A-19C.

At FIG. 18A, electronic device 600 (e.g., “Jane's Watch”) displays watchface user interface 1800 on display 602. Watch face user interface 1800includes graphical representation 1802 of a character (e.g., a firstcharacter in a set of characters configured to be displayed on watchface user interface 1800). In FIG. 18A, watch face user interface 1800includes time indicator 1804 and complication 1806A (e.g., correspondingto a calendar application) and complication 1806B (e.g., correspondingto weather application). Watch face user interface 1800 includes adefault color (e.g., black) and background 1808 having colors that aredifferent from the default color (e.g., colors displayed by electronicdevice 600 in accordance with user inputs while an editing userinterface is displayed by electronic device 600). At FIG. 18A,electronic device 600 detects user input 1850A (e.g., a long pressgesture) on watch face user interface 1800. In response to detectinguser input 1850A, electronic device 600 displays user interface 1810, asshown at FIG. 18B.

At FIG. 18B, user interface 1810 includes first representation 1800A ofwatch face user interface 1800 (e.g., corresponding to set or collectionof avatar characters configured to be sequentially displayed on watchface user interface 1800) and second representation 1800B of anadditional watch face user interface configured to be displayed byelectronic device 600 (e.g., a watch face user interface correspondingto a set or collection of animal-like characters and/or emojisconfigured to be sequentially displayed on the watch face userinterface). First representation 1800A of watch face user interface 1800includes graphical representations of multiple characters (e.g., acollection and/or a set of characters) configured to be displayed onwatch face user interface 1800 (e.g., displayed sequentially based onelectronic device 600 detecting a change in activity state and/or a userinput), as indicated by the multiple characters included on firstrepresentation 1800A. User interface 1810 includes watch face indicator1812 that includes a name associated with watch face user interface 1800(e.g., “Avatar”). User interface 1810 also includes share affordance1814 and edit affordance 1816. At FIG. 18B, electronic device 600detects user input 1850B (e.g., a tap gesture) on share affordance 1814.In response to detecting user input 1850B, electronic device 600displays sharing user interface 1818, as shown at FIG. 18C.

At FIG. 18C, sharing user interface 1818 enables selection of arecipient for receiving information associated with watch face userinterface 1800. For example, sharing user interface 1818 includesaffordances 1820A-1820C corresponding to respective recipients (e.g.,contactable users, information for which is stored in electronic device600) for receiving information associated with watch face user interface1800. At FIG. 18C, while electronic device 600 displays sharing userinterface 1818 including affordances 1820A-1820C, electronic device 600detects user input 1850C (e.g., a tap gesture) corresponding toselection of affordance 1820C corresponding to recipient Ann Smith or anexternal device associated with recipient Ann Smith. In response todetecting user input 1850C, electronic device 600 displays messaginguser interface 1822 of a messaging application of electronic device 600,as shown at FIG. 18D.

At FIG. 18D, messaging user interface includes 1822 includes a message1824 having representation 1826 of watch face user interface 1800.Messaging user interface 1822 includes indicator 1828 that indicates therecipient (e.g., Ann Smith) of message 1824. Additionally, messaginguser interface 1822 includes send affordance 1830 for initiatingtransmission of message 1824. At FIG. 18D, electronic device 600 detectsuser input 1850D (e.g., a tap gesture) corresponding to selection ofsend affordance 1830. In response to detecting user input 1850D,electronic device 600 initiates a process for sending message 1824 tothe selected recipient (e.g., external device 1832 (e.g., Ann's Watch)).Message 1824 includes representation 1826 of watch face user interface1800. In addition to transmitting message 1824 and representation 1826,electronic device 600 also transmits data and/or information associatedwith watch face user interface 1800 to external device 1832. Forexample, electronic device 600 transmits information associated with abackground of watch face user interface 1800 (e.g., color and/or size ofbackground), a font of watch face user interface 1800 (e.g., a font fora date and/or time displayed by watch face user interface 1800), aposition of a time indicator and/or complications of watch face userinterface 1800, applications corresponding to complications of watchface user interface 1800, and/or customizations to complications ofwatch face user interface 1800 (e.g., colors and/or size ofcomplications).

As discussed below, in some embodiments, electronic device 600 transmitsinformation and/or data indicative of graphical representation 1802 of acharacter of watch face user interface 1800. In particular, electronicdevice 600 transmits information and/or data indicative of (e.g., thatdefines) graphical representation 1802 of the character of watch faceuser interface 1800 when watch face user interface 1800 is configured todisplay a graphical representation of a single character withouttransitioning between display of graphical representations of multiplecharacters. Electronic device 600 forgoes transmission of informationand/or data indicative of graphical representation 1802 of a characterof watch face user interface 1800 when watch face user interface 1800 isconfigured to transition between display of respective graphicalrepresentations for multiple characters (e.g., a set of predeterminedcharacters and/or a collection of predetermined characters). Forexample, electronic device 600 transmits information associated with(e.g., that defines) a graphical representation of a character for watchface user interfaces that are configured to display a graphicalrepresentation of only a single character. In some embodiments,electronic device 600 forgoes transmission of information associatedwith any graphical representation of any character for watch face userinterfaces that transition between display of graphical representationsof multiple characters (e.g., in response to detecting a change inactivity state of electronic device 600 and/or in response to userinput). While electronic device 600 transmits and/or forgoestransmission of information associated with graphical representations ofcharacters based on a type of watch face user interface (e.g., a singlecharacter watch face user interface or a collection of characters watchface user interface), in some embodiments, electronic device 600transmits other data associated with watch face user interface 1800(e.g., information related to background, fonts, and/or complications)regardless of whether information associated with a graphicalrepresentation of a character is transmitted or not.

At FIG. 18E, external device 1832 (e.g., Ann's Watch) receives messageconversation 1824 and representation 1826 of watch face user interface1800. For example, external device 1832 displays message conversation1824 and representation 1826 in a messaging user interface 1831 ondisplay 1833 of external device. Since watch face user interface 1800includes graphical representations of multiple characters (e.g., watchface user interface 1800 is configured to transition between display ofgraphical representations of characters included in a collection ofcharacters), external device 1832 does not receive information relatedto graphical representation 1802 and/or graphical representations ofother characters associated with watch face user interface 1800. At FIG.18E, external device 1832 detects user input 1834 (e.g., a tap gesture)corresponding to selection of representation 1826. In response todetecting user input 1834, external device 1832 displays user interface1836, as shown at FIG. 18F.

At FIG. 18F, user interface 1836 includes representation 1838, watchface indicator 1840, and add watch face affordance 1842. At FIG. 18F,external device 1832 detects user input 1844 (e.g., a tap gesture)corresponding to selection of add watch face affordance 1842. Inresponse to detecting user input 1844, external device 1832 adds a newwatch face user interface to a watch face library of external device1832 and displays watch face user interface 1846, as shown at FIG. 18G.

At FIG. 18G, external device 1832 displays watch face user interface1846. Watch face user interface 1846 includes time indicator 1804 andcomplication 1806A (e.g., corresponding to a calendar application) andcomplication 1806B (e.g., corresponding to a weather application). Watchface user interface 1846 further includes a default color (e.g., black)and background 1808 having colors that are different from the defaultcolor (e.g., colors displayed by electronic device 600 in response touser inputs while an editing user interface is displayed by electronicdevice 600). As such, watch face user interface 1846 includes featuresthat are the same as watch face user interface 1800. At FIG. 18G, timeindicator 1804 and complication 1806A and complication 1806B of watchface user interface 1846 include a same position, font, and/or size aswatch face user interface 1800. Additionally, background 1808 of watchface user interface 1846 includes a same color and/or size as watch faceuser interface 1800. As such, electronic device 600 transmitsinformation related to watch face user interface 1800 to external device1832 that is not indicative of graphical representation 1802 of watchface user interface 1800. Because watch face user interface 1800 isassociated with a collection of graphical representations of multiplecharacters, electronic device 600 forgoes transmission of informationassociated with graphical representation 1802 and information associatedwith any other graphical representations of characters associated withwatch face user interface 1800.

At FIG. 18G, watch face user interface 1846 includes graphicalrepresentation 1848 of a character that is different from graphicalrepresentation 1802 of the character of watch face user interface 1800(e.g., since information defining the characters of watch face userinterface 1800 is not provided). In some embodiments, watch face userinterface 1846 is associated with a collection of graphicalrepresentations of characters that are included and/or stored onexternal device 1832, or stored in an account associated with externaldevice 1832. In some embodiments, watch face user interface 1846 isassociated with a collection of graphical representations of charactersthat are selected randomly from a library of characters (e.g., stored onexternal device 1832 and/or stored on another external device differentfrom external device 1832 (e.g., a server)).

Turning back to FIG. 18B, electronic device 600 detects user input 1850E(e.g., a swipe gesture) on user interface 1810. In response to detectinguser input 1850E, electronic device 600 translates first representation1800A of watch face user interface 1800 and second representation 1800Bof a second watch face user interface in a direction corresponding touser input 1850E, as shown at FIG. 18H. As a result of translating firstrepresentation 1800A and second representation 1800B, electronic device600 displays third representation 1800C associated with a third watchface user interface, different from watch face user interface 1800 andsecond watch face user interface.

At FIG. 18H, second representation 1800B of the second watch face userinterface includes multiple different characters (e.g., animal-likeavatars and/or emojis) to indicate that the second watch face userinterface associated with second representation 1800B is configured totransition between display of graphical representations of multiplecharacters. Accordingly, in response to detecting user inputcorresponding to selection of share affordance 1814, electronic device600 initiates the process for transmitting data associated with thesecond watch face without including information associated withgraphical representations of characters configured to be displayed onthe second watch face user interface.

At FIG. 18H, electronic device detects user input 1850F (e.g., a swipegesture) on user interface 1810. In response to detecting user input1850F, electronic device 600 translates first representation 1800A,second representation 1800B, and third representation 1800C in adirection associated with user input 1850F, as shown at FIG. 18I. As aresult of translating first representation 1800A, second representation1800B, and third representation 1800C, electronic device 600 ceases todisplay first representation 1800A and displays fourth representation1800D associated with a fourth watch face user interface, different fromwatch face user interface 1800, second watch face user interface, andthird watch face user interface.

At FIG. 18I, third representation 1800C includes a graphicalrepresentation of a single character, thereby indicating that the thirdwatch face user interface is configured to display a graphicalrepresentation of only a single character (e.g., regardless ofelectronic device 600 detecting a change in activity state and/or a userinput). At FIG. 18I, electronic device 600 detects user input 1850G(e.g., a tap gesture) corresponding to selection of share affordance1814 (e.g., to share third watch face user interface). In response todetecting user input 1850G, electronic device 600 initiates a processfor sharing the third watch face user interface (e.g., because thirdrepresentation 1800C is designated, as indicated by being in a centerposition on user interface 1810). For example, in response to detectinguser input 1850G, electronic device 600 displays sharing user interface1818. In response to detecting user input on an affordance associatedwith an external device of a recipient on sharing user interface 1818,electronic device 600 displays messaging user interface 1822. Inresponse to detecting user input corresponding to selection of sendaffordance 1830, electronic device 600 initiates a process fortransmitting information associated with the third watch face userinterface (e.g., a background, a font, and/or complications) as well asinformation associated with (e.g., that defines) a graphicalrepresentation of the character of the third user interface.

At FIG. 18J, external device 1832 displays watch face user interface1852 (e.g., in response to receiving the transmission from electronicdevice 600 and detecting user input corresponding to add watch faceaffordance 1842). At FIG. 8J, watch face user interface 1852 includesgraphical representation 1854 of a character that is the same characterdisplayed on third representation 1800C. Since third representation1800C corresponds to a watch face user interface of electronic device600 that is configured to display a graphical representation of a singlecharacter, electronic device 600 transmits information corresponding tothe graphical representation of the single character to external device632. In some embodiments, the information corresponding to the graphicalrepresentation of the single character includes a recipe that definesthe graphical representation of the single character. In someembodiments, the recipe of the graphical representation of the singlecharacter includes information related to features of the character,such as skin color, hair type, hair color, hair length, nose type, nosesize, mouth type, mouth size, lip color, eye color, eye type, eye size,eyebrow color, eyebrow size, eyebrow type, and/or accessories of thecharacter (e.g., headwear, eyewear, earrings, nose rings, etc.). In someembodiments, the recipe of the graphical representation of the singlecharacter includes information related to animations that can beperformed by the character either automatically (e.g., at predeterminedintervals) and/or in response to user inputs. The information related toanimations may be user defined (e.g., by a user of electronic device600) such that the animations are specific to the character. In someembodiments, the information corresponding to the graphicalrepresentation of the single character includes an image and/or a videoof the graphical representation of the character. In some embodiments,external device 1832 is configured to store and/or add graphicalrepresentation 1854 to a character library once watch face userinterface 1852 is added to external device 1832. In some embodiments,external device 1832 is configured to edit the character associated withgraphical representation 1854 after adding watch face user interface1852 to external device 1832 and/or storing graphical representation1854 to external device 1832 and/or to the character library of externaldevice 1832.

FIGS. 19A-19C are a flow diagram illustrating methods for sharing aconfiguration of a user interface with an external device, in accordancewith some embodiments. Method 1900 is performed at a computer system(e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600) (e.g., a smart device, such as a smartphoneor a smartwatch; a mobile device) that is in communication with adisplay generation component (e.g., 602) (e.g., a display and/or atouchscreen). Some operations in method 1900 are, optionally, combined,the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and someoperations are, optionally, omitted.

As described below, method 1900 provides an intuitive way for sharing aconfiguration of a user interface with an external device. The methodreduces the cognitive burden on a user for sharing a configuration of auser interface with an external device, thereby creating a moreefficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computingdevices, enabling a user to manage user interfaces related to timefaster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the timebetween battery charges.

The computer system (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600) displays (1902), via thedisplay generation component (e.g., 602), a representation (e.g.,1800A-1800D) of a watch face user interface (e.g., 1800) (e.g., a watchface user interface that displays a single character withouttransitioning between multiple characters or a watch face user interfacethat transitions between display of multiple characters in a collectionof characters) that is associated with one or more graphicalrepresentations (e.g., 1802) of respective characters (e.g.,predetermined animated characters such as anthropomorphized animals,robots, or other objects or user-generated animated characters such asvirtual avatars) (e.g., a recipe for a character that is included in thewatch face user interface, the recipe including information related tofeatures of the character, such as hair color, skin color, facialfeature information, and/or accessory information) (e.g., a graphicalrepresentation of a single character when the watch face user interfaceis of a first type and graphical representations of a collection ofcharacters when the watch face user interface is of a second type).

The computer system (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600), while displaying therepresentation (e.g., 1800A-1800D) of the watch face user interface(e.g., 1800), detects (1904) an input (e.g., 1850A, 1850B, 1850C, and/or1850D) (e.g., a long press gesture on display generation component, andoptionally, a subsequent tap gesture on a share affordance and/or acontact displayed in response to the long press gesture) correspondingto a request to share the watch face user interface (e.g., 1800) with anexternal device (e.g., 1832).

The computer system (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600), in response to detectingthe input (1850A, 1850B, 1850C, and/or 1850D), initiates (1906) aprocess for sharing the watch face user interface (e.g., 1800) with theexternal device (e.g., 1832) and, in accordance with a determinationthat the watch face user interface (e.g., 1800) is associated with lessthan a threshold number of graphical representations (e.g., 1802) ofrespective characters (e.g., less than two characters, a singlecharacter) (e.g., a first watch face that does not transition betweenmultiple characters), the process (1908) for sharing the watch face userinterface (e.g., 1800) with the external device (e.g., 1832) includessharing one or more characteristics of the watch face user interface(e.g., 1800) (e.g., background color, date/time font, date/time size,date/time placement, complication placement, complication type, and/orcomplication color) including transmitting a representation of one ormore of the one or more graphical representations (e.g., 1802) ofrespective characters associated with the watch face user interface(e.g., 1800) (e.g., preparing and/or sending an electronic message to anaddress associated with the external device that includes a recipe forthe respective characters of the watch face user interface, whichenables a recipient associated with the external device to displaygraphical representations of the respective characters). In someembodiments, transmitting the representation of one or more of the oneor more graphical representations of the respective charactersassociated with the watch face user interface includes sending dataand/or information (e.g., without image data and/or multimedia data)associated with the one or more of the one or more graphicalrepresentations of the respective characters associated with the watchface user interface. In some embodiments, transmitting therepresentation of one or more of the one or more graphicalrepresentations of the respective characters associated with the watchface includes sending image data and/or multimedia data (e.g., videodata) associated with the one or more of the one or more graphicalrepresentations of the respective characters associated with the watchface user interface.

The computer system (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600), in response to detectingthe input (e.g., 1850A, 1850B, 1850C, and/or 1850D), initiates (1906) aprocess for sharing the watch face user interface (e.g., 1800) with theexternal device (e.g., 1832) and, in accordance with a determinationthat the watch face user interface (e.g., 1800) is associated withgreater than or equal to the threshold number of graphicalrepresentations (e.g., 1802) of respective characters (e.g., acollection of characters, two or more characters) (e.g., a second watchface that transitions between display of characters sequentially, andoptionally, the transition between characters is in response to meetinga transition criteria (e.g., inactivity of and/or an absence of userinputs detected by the computer system for a predetermined period oftime)), the process (1910) for sharing the watch face user interface(e.g., 1800) with the external device (e.g., 1832) includes sharing oneor more characteristics of the watch face user interface (e.g., 1800)(e.g., background color, date/time font, date/time size, date/timeplacement, complication placement, complication type, and/orcomplication color) without transmitting a representation of the one ormore graphical representations (e.g., 1802) of respective charactersassociated with the watch user interface (e.g., 1800) (e.g., preparingand/or sending an electronic message to an address associated with theexternal device that includes data associated with features of the watchface user interface other than the representation of the one or moregraphical representations of the respective characters, such that theexternal device is configured to display graphical representations ofone or more second characters, different from the graphicalrepresentations of respective characters of the watch face userinterface).

Sharing one or more characteristics of the watch face user interfacewith or without transmitting a representation of one or more graphicalrepresentations of respective characters associated with the watch faceuser interface depending on a number of graphical representations ofrespective characters associated with the watch face user interfacereduces an amount of data transmitted between the computer system andthe external device. In particular, transmitting multiplerepresentations of one or more graphical representations of respectivecharacters associated with the watch face user interface consumes arelatively large amount of storage on external device and/or arelatively large amount of processing power of computer system. Reducinga size of a transmission improves the operability of the device andmakes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping theuser to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, the representation of one or more of the one ormore graphical representations (e.g., 1802) of respective charactersassociated with the watch face user interface (e.g., 1800) (e.g., inaccordance with the determination that the watch face user interface isassociated with less than the threshold number of graphicalrepresentations of respective characters) includes transmittinginformation corresponding to one or more settings associated withcharacteristic features (e.g., settings set by a user of computer systemthat are associated with (e.g., define) visual characteristics of therespective character corresponding to the graphical representation) ofthe representation of one or more of the one or more graphicalrepresentations (e.g., 1802) of respective characters associated withthe watch face user interface (e.g., 1800) (e.g., without transmittingimage data (e.g., an image file) and/or multimedia data (e.g., a videofile) associated with the representation of one or more of the one ormore graphical representations of respective characters associated withthe watch face user interface).

Sharing settings associated with characteristic features of therepresentation of one or more of the one or more graphicalrepresentations of respective characters associated with the watch faceuser interface without transmitting image data and/or multimedia datareduces an amount of data transmitted between the computer system andthe external device. Reducing a size of a transmission improves theoperability of the device and makes the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs andreducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life ofthe device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently.

In some embodiments, sharing the one or more characteristics of thewatch face user interface (e.g., 1800) (e.g., background color,date/time font, date/time size, date/time placement, complicationplacement, complication type, and/or complication color) withouttransmitting a representation of the one or more graphicalrepresentations (e.g., 1802) of respective characters associated withthe watch user interface (e.g., 1800) includes transmitting one or moregraphical representation templates (e.g., blank and/or fillablegraphical representations that do not correspond to the one or moregraphical representations of respective characters associated with thewatch face user interface) for one or more second graphicalrepresentations (e.g., 1848) of respective second characters, differentfrom the one or more graphical representations (e.g., 1802) ofrespective characters of the watch face user interface (e.g., 1800)(e.g., the one or more second graphical representations of respectivesecond characters are stored on external device).

Sharing one or more graphical representation templates instead ofsharing the representation of the one or more graphical representationsof respective characters associated with the watch face user interfacereduces an amount data transmitted between computer system and externaldevice. Reducing a size of a transmission improves the operability ofthe device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., byhelping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakeswhen operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

The computer system (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600), while displaying therepresentation (e.g., 1800A-1800D) of the watch face user interface(e.g., 1800), detects (1912) a sequence of one or more inputs (e.g.,1850A) (e.g., a long press gesture on display generation component, andoptionally, a subsequent tap gesture on an edit affordance)corresponding to a request to edit the watch face user interface (e.g.,1800).

The computer system (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600), in response to detectingthe sequence of one or more inputs (e.g., 1850A), displays (1941), viathe display generation component (e.g., 602), a first user interface(e.g., 1810) for selecting between a first set of characters (e.g.,1800A) that includes a plurality of user-customizable virtual avatars(e.g., a plurality of avatar-like emojis and/or the respectivecharacters associated with the watch face user interface) and agraphical representation (e.g., 1800B) of a second set of characters(e.g., a plurality of emojis of animal-like characters) that includestwo or more predetermined characters that are not available in the firstset of characters.

The computer system (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600), while displaying thefirst user interface (e.g., 1810), detects (1916) (e.g., via one or moreinput devices that is in communication with the computer system, such asa touch-sensitive surface integrated with the display generationcomponent) a third input corresponding to selection of the first set ofcharacters (e.g., 1800A) or the second set of characters (e.g., 1800B).

The computer system (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600), in accordance with(e.g., or in response to) a determination that the third inputcorresponds to selection of the first set of characters (e.g., 1800A),displays (1918) the representation (e.g., 1800A) of the watch face userinterface (e.g., 1800) including a first graphical representation (e.g.,1802) of a currently selected character from the first set ofcharacters.

The computer system (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600), in accordance with(e.g., or in response to) a determination that the input corresponds toselection of the second set of characters (e.g., 1800B), displays (1920)the representation of the watch face user interface including a secondgraphical representation of a currently selected character from thesecond set of characters.

Displaying the first user interface for selecting between the first setof characters and the second set of characters enables a user to easilycustomize the watch face user interface, thereby enhancing theoperability of the device and making the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs andreducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life ofthe device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently.

The computer system (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600), while displaying therepresentation (e.g., 1800A-1800D) of the watch face user interface(e.g., 1800), detects (1922) a fourth input (e.g., 1850A) (e.g., a longpress gesture on display generation component, and optionally, asubsequent tap gesture on an edit affordance) corresponding to a requestto edit the watch face user interface.

The computer system (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600), after detecting thefourth input (e.g., 1850A), displays (1924), via the display generationcomponent (e.g., 602), a second user interface (e.g., 810) that includesa plurality of selectable characters (e.g., 1800A-1800D) (e.g.,including a plurality of animated (e.g., 3D) emojis of animal-likecharacters; a plurality of animated (e.g., 3D) avatar-like emojis). Insome embodiments, the plurality of selectable characters are displayedin a first tab or first screen of the second user interface. In someembodiments, the plurality of selectable characters includes selectablesets of characters.

The computer system (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600), while displaying thesecond user interface (e.g., 810), detects (1926) (e.g., via one or moreinput devices of the computer system, such as a touch-sensitive surfaceintegrated with the display generation component) a selection of acharacter of the plurality of selectable characters.

The computer system (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600), in accordance with(e.g., or in response to) detecting the selection of the character,updates (1928) the representation of the watch face user interface toinclude a third graphical representation of the selected character(e.g., a graphical representation of a single character corresponding tothe selected character and/or a graphical representation of a currentlyselected character from a selected set of characters).

Displaying the second user interface for selecting between a pluralityof selectable characters enables a user to easily customize the watchface user interface, thereby enhancing the operability of the device andmaking the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping theuser to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

The computer system (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600), while displaying therepresentation (e.g., 1800A-1800D) of the watch face user interface(e.g., 1800), detects (1930) a fifth input (e.g., 1850A) (e.g., a longpress gesture on display generation component, and optionally, asubsequent tap gesture on an edit affordance) corresponding to a requestto edit the watch face user interface (e.g., 1800).

The computer system (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600) displays (1932), via thedisplay generation component (e.g., 602), a third user interface thatincludes a fourth graphical representation of a character of the one ormore graphical representations of respective characters associated withthe watch face user interface (e.g., 1800).

The computer system (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600), while displaying thefourth representation of the character, detects (1934) (e.g., via one ormore input devices that is in communication with the computer system,such as a touch-sensitive surface integrated with the display generationcomponent) a sixth input (e.g., a rotational input on a rotatable inputdevice or a rotatable and depressible input device; a scrolling input ona touch-sensitive surface integrated with the display generationcomponent) directed to changing a visual characteristic of the character(e.g., hair color, skin color, facial feature information, and/oraccessory information).

The computer system (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600), in response to detectingthe input directed to changing the visual characteristic, changes (1936)(e.g., by transitioning through a plurality of selectable visualcharacteristics (e.g., selectable features associated with hair color,skin color, facial feature information, and/or accessory information))the visual characteristic (e.g., hair color, skin color, facial featureinformation, and/or accessory information) from a first visualcharacteristic (e.g., a first hair color, a first skin color, a firstfacial feature, and/or a first accessory) to a second visualcharacteristic (e.g., a second hair color, a second skin color, a secondfacial feature, and/or a second accessory) different from the firstvisual characteristic. In some embodiments, changing the visualcharacteristic to the second visual characteristic is performed prior tosharing the watch face user interface and, when the watch face userinterface with the second visual characteristic is shared, arepresentation of the watch face user interface including the secondvisual characteristic, is shared.

Displaying the third user interface for changing the visualcharacteristic of the character enables a user to easily customize thewatch face user interface, thereby enhancing the operability of thedevice and making the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., byhelping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakeswhen operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, the representation (e.g., 1800A-1800D) of the watchface user interface (e.g., 1800) includes a fifth graphicalrepresentation (e.g., 1802) of a character that corresponds to agraphical representation of (e.g., an animation based on; a graphicalrepresentations that animates features of) a user associated (e.g.,based on an account to which the computer system is logged into) withthe computer system (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600) (e.g., an animated (e.g.,3D) avatar-like representation of the user of the computer system).

Displaying the representation of the watch face user interface havingthe fifth graphical representation of a character that corresponds to agraphical representation of the user associated with the computer systemprovides improved visual feedback related to an identity of the user ofthe computer system, and in some embodiments, the identity of the usersharing the watch face user interface. Providing improved visualfeedback enhances the operability of the device and makes theuser-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user toprovide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, sharing the one or more characteristics of thewatch face user interface (e.g., 1800) (e.g., background color,date/time font, date/time size, date/time placement, complicationplacement, complication type, and/or complication color) withouttransmitting a representation of the one or more graphicalrepresentations (e.g., 1802) of respective characters associated withthe watch user interface (e.g., 1800) includes transmitting one or moregraphical representation templates (e.g., blank and/or fillablegraphical representations that do not correspond to the one or moregraphical representations of respective characters associated with thewatch face user interface) for one or more second graphicalrepresentations (e.g., 1848) of respective second characters stored onthe external device (e.g., 1832), different from the one or moregraphical representations of respective characters of watch face userinterface (e.g., 1800), wherein the one or more second graphicalrepresentations (e.g., 1848) of respective second characters stored onthe external device (e.g., 1832) includes a sixth graphicalrepresentation (e.g., 1848) of a character that includes one or morevisual characteristics set by a user of the external device (e.g., 1832)(e.g., the one or more second graphical representations of respectivesecond characters are stored on the external device and includecustomized visual characteristics set by a user of the external device).In some embodiments, the one or more characteristics of the watch faceuser interface are based on settings of the computer system anddisplayed on the external device despite the one or more secondgraphical representations of respective second characters being storedon external device.

Sharing one or more graphical representation templates instead ofsharing the representation of the one or more graphical representationsof respective characters associated with the watch face user interfacereduces an amount data transmitted between computer system and externaldevice. Reducing a size of a transmission improves the operability ofthe device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., byhelping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakeswhen operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, transmitting the representation of one or more ofthe one or more graphical representations (e.g., 1802) of respectivecharacters associated with the watch face user interface (e.g., 1800)(e.g., in accordance with the determination that the watch face userinterface is associated with less than the threshold number of graphicalrepresentations of respective characters) includes initiating a processfor storing the representation of one or more of the one more graphicalrepresentations (e.g., 1802) of respective characters associated withthe watch face user interface (e.g., 1800) on the external device (e.g.,1832) (e.g., in response to detecting user input corresponding to an addwatch face affordance on external device, external device stores therepresentation of one or more of the one or more graphicalrepresentations of respective characters associated with the watch faceuser interface in a character library and/or an image library ofexternal device).

Initiating the process for storing the representation of one or more ofthe one or more graphical representations of respective charactersassociated with the watch face user interface on the external devicereduces a number of inputs needed by a user of the external device tostore the particular character on the external device. In particular,the user of the external device may store the representation of one ormore of the graphical representations of respective charactersassociated with the watch face user interface instead of providing asequence of inputs to create the particular character. Reducing thenumber of inputs needed to store the particular character improves theoperability of the device and makes the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs andreducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life ofthe device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently.

In some embodiments, initiating the process for storing therepresentation of one or more of the one or more graphicalrepresentations (e.g., 1802) of respective characters associated withthe watch face user interface (e.g., 1800) on the external device (e.g.,1832) includes enabling, via the external device (e.g., 1832), anability to change one or more visual characteristics (e.g., via anediting user interface) of the representation of one or more of the oneor more graphical representations (e.g., 1802) of respective charactersassociated with the watch face user interface (e.g., 1800) (e.g., a userof the external device may access the representation of one or more ofthe one or more graphical representations of respective charactersassociated with the watch face user interface (e.g., via a characterlibrary, via an image library, via a watch face selection userinterface, and/or via a watch face editing user interface) and requestto enter an editing mode of the representation, such that the externaldevice may receive user inputs and adjust visual characteristics of therepresentation based on the user inputs (e.g., the external deviceupdates visual characteristics of the representation that were shared toexternal device via computer system)).

Enabling an ability on the external device to change one or more visualcharacteristics of the representation of one or more of the one or moregraphical representations of respective characters associated with thewatch face user interface reduces a number of inputs needed by the userof the external device to customize the character. In particular, theuser of the external device may start with the representation of one ormore of the one or more graphical representations of respectivecharacters associated with the watch face user interface instead ofcreating the representation of the character via a sequence of userinputs. Reducing the number of inputs needed to customize the particularcharacter improves the operability of the device and makes theuser-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user toprovide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

Note that details of the processes described above with respect tomethod 1900 (e.g., FIGS. 19A-19C) are also applicable in an analogousmanner to the methods described above. For brevity, these details arenot repeated below.

The foregoing description, for purpose of explanation, has beendescribed with reference to specific embodiments. However, theillustrative discussions above are not intended to be exhaustive or tolimit the invention to the precise forms disclosed. Many modificationsand variations are possible in view of the above teachings. Theembodiments were chosen and described in order to best explain theprinciples of the techniques and their practical applications. Othersskilled in the art are thereby enabled to best utilize the techniquesand various embodiments with various modifications as are suited to theparticular use contemplated.

Although the disclosure and examples have been fully described withreference to the accompanying drawings, it is to be noted that variouschanges and modifications will become apparent to those skilled in theart. Such changes and modifications are to be understood as beingincluded within the scope of the disclosure and examples as defined bythe claims.

1. A computer system, comprising: a display generation component; one ormore processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured tobe executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programsincluding instructions for: at a first time, displaying, concurrently ina user interface displayed via the display generation component: anindication of time, and a graphical representation of a first character,wherein displaying the graphical representation of the first characterincludes: in accordance with a determination that the computer system isin a first activity state, wherein the first activity state is alow-power state, displaying the graphical representation of the firstcharacter in a first visual state that corresponds to the first activitystate of the computer system; and in accordance with a determinationthat the computer system is in a second activity state that is differentfrom the first activity state, displaying the graphical representationof the first character in a second visual state, different from thefirst visual state, that corresponds to the second activity state of thecomputer system; and at a second time, after the first time, displaying,concurrently in the user interface: the indication of time, and agraphical representation of a second character, wherein displaying thegraphical representation of the second character includes: in accordancewith a determination that the computer system is in the first activitystate, displaying the graphical representation of the second characterin the first visual state that corresponds to the first activity stateof the computer system; and in accordance with a determination that thecomputer system is in the second activity state that is different fromthe first activity state, displaying the graphical representation of thesecond character in the second visual state, different from the firstvisual state, that corresponds to the second activity state of thecomputer system.
 2. The computer system of claim 1, the one or moreprograms further including instructions for: at the second time,detecting a change in activity state of the computer system from thefirst activity state to the second activity state.
 3. The computersystem of claim 2, wherein displaying the graphical representation ofthe second character in the second visual state includes displaying thegraphical representation of the second character in the second visualstate in response to detecting the change in activity state of thecomputer system from the first activity state to the second activitystate.
 4. The computer system of claim 1, wherein the first character isthe same character as the second character.
 5. The computer system ofclaim 1, wherein the first character is a different character from thesecond character.
 6. The computer system of claim 1, wherein the firstvisual state or the second visual state is a static visual state.
 7. Thecomputer system of claim 1, wherein the first visual state or the secondvisual state is an animated visual state.
 8. The computer system ofclaim 1, wherein: the first activity state corresponds to a state inwhich the user interface is displayed at a lower brightness level than adesignated brightness level, and the first visual state corresponds to aneutral body expression.
 9. The computer system of claim 1, wherein thefirst activity state corresponds to a locked state, and the first visualstate includes a visual appearance that the first character is asleep.10. The computer system of claim 1, wherein: the first activity statecorresponds to a state in which the indication of time is beingdisplayed, and the first visual state corresponds to a respective motionrepeating at a regular frequency, wherein the respective motioncorresponds to a nodding motion by the first character.
 11. The computersystem of claim 1, wherein: the first activity state corresponds to astate in which the indication of time is being displayed, and whereindisplaying the graphical representation of the first character includesdisplaying the first character glancing at the indication of time at apredetermined time interval.
 12. The computer system of claim 1,wherein: in accordance with a determination that the first charactercorresponds to a first version of a first character type, displaying thefirst character with a first type of glancing animation; and inaccordance with a determination that the first character corresponds toa second version of the first character type different from the firstversion, displaying the first character with a second type of glancinganimation different from the first type of glancing animation thedisplayed glancing.
 13. (canceled)
 14. (canceled)
 15. The computersystem of claim 1, wherein: at the first time, displaying the userinterface includes displaying, in the user interface, the graphicalrepresentation of the first character, and at the second time after thefirst time, displaying the user interface includes displaying, in theuser interface, a transition from the graphical representation of thefirst character to the graphical representation of the second character,wherein the second character is different from the first character. 16.The computer system of claim 1, the one or more programs furtherincluding instructions for: displaying, via the display generationcomponent, a second user interface that includes a plurality ofselectable characters; while displaying the second user interface,detecting a selection of a third character of the plurality ofselectable characters; and in accordance with detecting the selection ofthe third character, displaying, via the display generation component,the user interface, wherein the user interface concurrently includes:the indication of time, and a graphical representation of the thirdcharacter.
 17. The computer system of claim 1, the one or more programsfurther including instructions for: displaying, via the displaygeneration component, a third user interface that includes a graphicalrepresentation of a set of characters that includes two or morecharacters; while displaying the third user interface, detecting aninput corresponding to selection of the set of characters; and inaccordance with detecting the selection of the set of characters,concurrently displaying, in the user interface: the indication of time,and a graphical representation of a respective character from the set ofcharacters, wherein the respective character changes among the set ofcharacters over time.
 18. The computer system of claim 1, wherein therepresentation of the first character corresponds to a graphicalrepresentation of a user associated with the computer system.
 19. Thecomputer system of claim 1, the one or more programs further includinginstructions for: while displaying athell a representation of athell aselected character, detecting an input directed to changing a visualcharacteristic; and in response to detecting the input directed tochanging the visual characteristic, changing the visual characteristicfrom a first visual characteristic to a second visual characteristicdifferent from the first visual characteristic.
 20. The computer systemof claim 1, the one or more programs further including instructions for:at the second time, detecting a change in activity state of the computersystem from the first activity state to the second activity state; andin response to detecting the change in activity state of the computersystem from the first activity state to the second activity state:displaying, in the user interface, the graphical representation of thesecond character; and ceasing to display, in the user interface, thegraphical representation of the first character, wherein the secondcharacter is different from the first character.
 21. The computer systemof claim 20, the one or more programs further including instructionsfor: at a third time, detecting a change in activity state of thecomputer system from the second activity state to the first activitystate; and in response to detecting the change in activity state of thecomputer system from the second activity state to the first activitystate, maintaining display, in the user interface, of the graphicalrepresentation of the second character, wherein the graphicalrepresentation of the second character includes an animated visualstate.
 22. The computer system of claim 21, the one or more programsfurther including instructions for: at a fourth time, after displayingthe second character in the animated visual state, detecting a change inactivity state of the computer system from the first activity state tothe second activity state; and in response to detecting the change inactivity state of the computer system from the first activity state tothe second activity: displaying, in the user interface, a graphicalrepresentation of a third character; and ceasing to display, in the userinterface, the graphical representation of the second character, whereinthe third character is different from the first character and the secondcharacter.
 23. The computer system of claim 1, wherein, at the firsttime, displaying, in the user interface, the graphical representation ofthe first character includes displaying a graphical element surroundingat least a portion of the first character displayed in the userinterface, and wherein the one or more programs further includeinstructions for: at the second time, detecting a change in activitystate of the computer system from the first activity state to the secondactivity state; and in response to detecting the change in activitystate of the computer system from the first activity state to the secondactivity state, decreasing a brightness of a portion of the userinterface that included the graphical element.
 24. The computer systemof claim 1, the one or more programs further including instructions for:while the computer system is in the first activity state, in response toa determination that a predetermined change in time has occurred,displaying the graphical representation of the first character in achange-in-time visual state; and while the computer system is in thesecond activity state, forgoing display of the graphical representationof the second character in the change-in-time visual state when thepredetermined change in time has occurred.
 25. The computer system ofclaim 1, the one or more programs further including instructions for:detecting a change in time; and in response to detecting the change intime: in accordance with a determination that the computer system is inthe first activity state, updating a representation of time anddisplaying the graphical representation of the first character in afirst manner; and in accordance with a determination that the computersystem is in the second activity state, updating the representation oftime without displaying the graphical representation of the firstcharacter in the first manner.
 26. The computer system of claim 1, theone or more programs further including instructions for: whiledisplaying the graphical representation of the first character,detecting an input directed to one or more input devices of the computersystem; and in response to detecting the input, displaying the graphicalrepresentation of the first character in a third visual state thatincludes enlarging the graphical representation of the first charactersuch that a portion of the graphical representation of the firstcharacter ceases to be displayed in the user interface.
 27. The computersystem of claim 1, the one or more programs further includinginstructions for: while displaying the graphical representation of thefirst character, detecting a first input directed to one or more inputdevices of the computer system; in response to detecting the firstinput, displaying the graphical representation of the first character ina first animated visual state for a predetermined period of time; afterdetecting the first input, detecting a second input directed to one ormore input devices of the computer system; and in response to detectingthe second input: in accordance with a determination that thepredetermined period of time has ended, displaying the graphicalrepresentation of the first character in a second animated visual state,wherein the second animated visual state includes movement of thegraphical representation of the first character starting from a firstposition; and in accordance with a determination that the predeterminedperiod of time has not ended, displaying the graphical representation ofthe first character in a third animated visual state, wherein the thirdanimated visual state includes movement of the graphical representationof the first character starting from a second position, different fromthe first position.
 28. The computer system of claim 1, the one or moreprograms further including instructions for: displaying, via the displaygeneration component, a fourth user interface for selecting between afirst set of characters that includes a plurality of user-customizablevirtual avatars and a graphical representation of a second set ofcharacters that includes two or more predetermined characters that arenot available in the first set of characters; while displaying thefourth user interface, detecting an input corresponding to selection ofthe first set of characters or the second set of characters; and inaccordance with a determination that the input corresponds to selectionof the first set of characters, concurrently displaying, in the userinterface: the indication of time, and a graphical representation of acurrently selected character from the first set of characters, whereinthe currently selected character is automatically changed betweendifferent characters in the first set of characters when predeterminedcriteria are met; and in accordance with a determination that the inputcorresponds to selection of the second set of characters, concurrentlydisplaying, in the user interface: the indication of time, and agraphical representation of a currently selected character from thesecond set of characters, wherein the currently selected character isautomatically changed between different characters in the second set ofcharacters when the predetermined criteria are met.
 29. A non-transitorycomputer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configuredto be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is incommunication with a display generation component, the one or moreprograms including instructions for: at a first time, displaying,concurrently in a user interface displayed via the display generationcomponent: an indication of time, and a graphical representation of afirst character, wherein displaying the graphical representation of thefirst character includes: in accordance with a determination that thecomputer system is in a first activity state, wherein the first activitystate is a low-power state, displaying the graphical representation ofthe first character in a first visual state that corresponds to thefirst activity state of the computer system; and in accordance with adetermination that the computer system is in a second activity statethat is different from the first activity state, displaying thegraphical representation of the first character in a second visualstate, different from the first visual state, that corresponds to thesecond activity state of the computer system; and at a second time,after the first time, displaying, concurrently in the user interface:the indication of time, and a graphical representation of a secondcharacter, wherein displaying the graphical representation of the secondcharacter includes: in accordance with a determination that the computersystem is in the first activity state, displaying the graphicalrepresentation of the second character in the first visual state thatcorresponds to the first activity state of the computer system; and inaccordance with a determination that the computer system is in thesecond activity state that is different from the first activity state,displaying the graphical representation of the second character in thesecond visual state, different from the first visual state, thatcorresponds to the second activity state of the computer system.
 30. Amethod, comprising: at a computer system that is in communication with adisplay generation component: at a first time, displaying, concurrentlyin a user interface displayed via the display generation component: anindication of time, and a graphical representation of a first character,wherein displaying the graphical representation of the first characterincludes: in accordance with a determination that the computer system isin a first activity state, wherein the first activity state is alow-power state, displaying the graphical representation of the firstcharacter in a first visual state that corresponds to the first activitystate of the computer system; and in accordance with a determinationthat the computer system is in a second activity state that is differentfrom the first activity state, displaying the graphical representationof the first character in a second visual state, different from thefirst visual state, that corresponds to the second activity state of thecomputer system; and at a second time, after the first time, displaying,concurrently in the user interface: the indication of time, and agraphical representation of a second character, wherein displaying thegraphical representation of the second character includes: in accordancewith a determination that the computer system is in the first activitystate, displaying the graphical representation of the second characterin the first visual state that corresponds to the first activity stateof the computer system; and in accordance with a determination that thecomputer system is in the second activity state that is different fromthe first activity state, displaying the graphical representation of thesecond character in the second visual state, different from the firstvisual state, that corresponds to the second activity state of thecomputer system.